The Autoblog Podcast: Recent Episodes
Autoblog
The Autoblog Podcast is one of the oldest and most-listened to automotive podcasts anywhere. The show features a rotating panel of editors and guests hosted by Editor-in-Chief Greg Migliore. The gloves come off and the lively discussion has everything from the most important news of the week to the best and worst cars we're driving. The show traditionally wraps with the popular Spend My Money segment. With nearly 700 episodes, the podcast is a must-listen for automotive enthusiasts everywhere.
The Life of a Press CarPress cars lead a hard life, no matter where they’re based. Sure, some motoring journalists are careful with them, but that doesn’t mean they won’t see some abuse over their lifetime. While these are maintained and repaired when needed, that doesn’t necessarily undo what it’s been through. It’s probably not as bad as rentals, but you get the picture.
In many ways, press cars see a lifetime’s worth of abuse in a shorter amount of time, maybe even more. While some are kept in heritage fleets, others get crushed, and others are retired and eventually meet their demise. The cars you see in gleaming press photos or featured in reviews don’t always have a quiet retirement.
RCM 4x4 Limited/Facebook
One for the Top Gear FansIf you watched Top Gear extensively back in the day, you may remember a certain review of the Land Rover Discovery 3. Better known as the LR3 in the U.S., one of the two SUVs Jeremy Clarkson drove was taken up a Scottish mountain for an extensive off-road review. The challenge was to take it up a mountain where no other vehicle had climbed before.
Of course, the Discovery made it up, and it became one of the show’s more memorable reviews. As a funny postscript, Clarkson said that he had accidentally brought home the keys to the SUV while the rest of the team was still shooting B-roll of it, and joked that the Discovery had been left up there. That episode aired in late 2004.
RCM 4x4 Limited/Facebook
A SurvivorOf course, the Discovery made its way back down at some point. After all, it was one of Land Rover’s press cars, and BX04 CKN (the registration number) was even used in press materials. Not much was known about the SUV after it made the ascent, other than that it kept driving around for quite some time.
More recently, BX04 CKN was found and purchased by a client of RCM 4×4 Limited, a Land Rover specialist in the cathedral city of York, North Yorkshire, England. It wasn’t in the best shape, but it had survived the last 22 years, including a drive up a literal mountain. If this car could talk, it would have quite the story to tell.
RCM 4x4 Limited/Facebook
A Brief BackgroundThis particular Discovery 3/LR3 was featured on the show alongside another one that was filmed for the on-road segments. After the shoot, it was returned to stock (no nudge bar, winch, or all-terrain tires), which is how RCM 4×4 received it. It also looked pretty tired, but it appeared to still be running before the restoration began.
For those curious about the spec, it’s not something that was offered in the U.S. For starters, it’s a diesel, which America never got. Under its hood is a 2.7-liter V6 turbodiesel (2.7 TDV6) that made 188 hp and 325 lb-ft, so it wasn’t going to be quick by any measure. Clarkson also called the Discovery heavy, tipping the scales at over 5,000 lbs. It’s the norm for midsize EV SUVs now, but it was orbit-altering in those days.
That said, we do hope the other Discovery 3, BX04 CKP, also gets a new lease on life. While it wasn’t the hero car, it still appeared on film and is also part of automotive history. Besides, how often can you say you have a car that Jeremy Clarkson once drove?
RCM 4x4 Limited/Facebook
The JobFor its recommissioning, it was a frame-off job (these were still body-on-frame) and revealed over 20 years of muck and grime. There was also a fair bit of surface rust, which was thankfully caught in time. While we don’t know the full extent of the process, we’re assuming it has a whole bunch of new parts fitted.
For the final touches, we refitted the nudge bar and winch seen (and used) in Clarkson’s review. The nudge bar was new-old stock, while Devon 4×4 restored the winch. At the time of writing, the rejuvenation of BX04 CKN is complete, and it already looks like it’s ready to go back to the mountain it climbed 22 years ago.
Indeed, the new owners plan to take it back up there soon, which should make for an epic photo op. RCM 4×4 also said this Discovery 3 will be touring around some Land Rover shows, so if you’re in England (or based there), you could get a glimpse of this interesting bit of motoring television history. We suddenly also have the urge to take a look at old Discoverys for sale – totally unrelated to this, by the way.
RCM 4x4 Limited/Facebook
It Sucks, In a Good WayWhen proving that horsepower isn’t everything in building the fastest car, the McMurtry Spéirling is undoubtedly among the prime examples. This all-electric hypercar features a unique twin-fan system capable of generating 2,000 kg (4,400 lb) of downforce, enough to hold the car upside down at a standstill like Spider-Man. On the track, that means maximizing grip, limiting wheelspin, and improving cornering.
Fittingly, such a vehicle was recently featured by Travis Pastrana, an American professional racecar driver and stunt performer. For a guy like Pastrana, who has competed in rally racing, performed the first double backflip on a motorbike, and jumped out of a plane without a parachute, new thrills may be harder to come by. Yet he was ecstatic driving a Spéirling prototype at Dunsfold Aerodrome in England, home to the Top Gear test track.
Time To Let It RipPastrana started slowly to get a feel for the car, including its steering and braking. Eventually, he unleashed the full power of the McMurtry Spéirling, which comes from two electric motors delivering 1,000 horsepower, in a drag race against unusual opponents, including a quad bike and a motorized unicycle. He could be seen giggling, something enthusiasts can relate to when going for a full send, before clocking a quarter-mile run in under eight seconds at 160 mph.
Speaking about the McMurtry Spéirling, the 11-time X Games gold medalist called it the fastest car he had driven, saying, “You can do things you can’t do with any other vehicle… I’m going faster than I’ve gone in any vehicle I’ve ever driven in my entire life.”
That’s a huge compliment from someone who has driven countless fast cars, including a NASCAR Toyota Camry at the 2023 Daytona 500 and a 670-horsepower Subaru Brataroo 9500 Turbo for a Gymkhana film.
McMurtry
The Numbers Don’t LieBeyond this test drive, the McMurtry Spéirling has achieved several feats. Chief among these is the outright Goodwood Festival of Speed hillclimb record of 39.08 seconds, set by Max Chilton in 2022. Pastrana saw that run and initially thought the footage was sped up. The Spéirling’s time remains quicker than that of every other car that has attempted the hillclimb, including those with roughly twice the horsepower, like the 2,107-horsepower Rimac Nevera R.
The fan-assisted model also posted a 55.9-second lap time at Dunsfold Aerodrome, beating the previous record holder, a 2004 Renault R24 Formula 1 car, by about three seconds.
Now, McMurtry is bringing the electric hypercar to customers with the Spéirling Pure, a track-only production car limited to 100 examples. Pricing starts at approximately $1.3 million before taxes and options, with deliveries expected to begin later this year.
McMurtry
View the 2 images of this gallery on the original article
The Luxury Sedan SqueezeSince the start of the decade, the business case for sedans in the U.S. seems more complicated, let alone full-size luxury ones. Interestingly, the Audi A8 returned to the U.S. for the 2027 model year despite reportedly ending orders in Germany. What did not survive, however, is the Lexus LS, the pioneer in this segment following its debut in 1989. But its story is not over yet.
In Japan, Lexus continues selling the LS and has updated the luxury flagship sedan. The changes are not a full redesign, but they are aimed at improving comfort and refining the driving experience – characteristics that have long defined the nameplate. Moving forward, the vehicle will be available in its LS 500h guise only.
Lexus
Going All In on HybridThat means that the 3.4-liter twin-turbo V6 engine has been dropped in favor of a 3.5-liter V6 hybrid powertrain. The two electric motor-generators help the engine with propulsion, which should also provide smoother operation. It can be paired with either a rear-wheel-drive or all-wheel-drive system across the three Japan-spec trims: F Sport, Version L, and Executive.
Lexus reinforced the center tunnel, while the existing rear suspension and luggage braces now use a response-enhancing damping structure to reduce high-frequency vibrations. These changes should help reduce unwanted flex, vibration, and body roll. Moreover, the updates are said to “improve maneuvering stability and ride comfort,” according to the press release. The adaptive variable suspension and electric power steering were also tuned to give the driver a more natural, controllable steering feel.
In addition to the mechanical bits, the Japanese marque is now offering a panoramic roof across the lineup as an option, which not only provides more natural sunlight to the cabin but also adopts a mesh deflector to suppress wind noise when the roof is opened.
Lexus
An Uncertain FuturePrices start at 14,140,000 Japanese yen, approximately $92,000 at current exchange rates, for the LS 500h F Sport 2WD and go up to 18,050,000 yen (about $118,000) for the LS 500h Executive AWD. It is unclear whether this will be among the final model years, though at least Lexus is still introducing updates for prospective buyers. Following the unveiling of the LS Concept last year, some reports suggest that the LS could turn into a luxurious minivan, a vehicle type that has strong demand in Asia, along with the so-called MPV (multi-purpose vehicle).
In the U.S., the LS departed with the Heritage Edition, a 250-unit limited run celebrating the nameplate’s 36-year history in the market. Lexus still offers two sedans, the IS and ES. No imminent reports suggest either faces the chopping block, so perhaps now is the time to consider one while automakers continue to address slowing demand for sedans.
Lexus
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article
A Z4 With a Different Last NameBMW ending production of the Z4 is such a tough farewell, given the model’s roadster characteristics that set it apart from the brand’s full-fledged performance cars like the M2 and M4. No successor has been confirmed yet, though a new limited-series Z4-based model just emerged thanks to Bovensiepen.
Sure, this may not be a factory Z4, but Bovensiepen has deep ties to BMW. The family behind Bovensiepen founded Alpina before selling the brand rights to the Bavarian automaker, but the family still wanted to build cars and has now created this Z4 spin-off called the Spider. The Spider is the third BMW-based model in Bovensiepen’s lineup, following the M4-based Zagato and M5 Touring-based 05 GT. It boasts upgrades inside and out, essentially creating a more aggressive road-legal version of the roadster than BMW ever put into production.
Bovensiepen
A Roadster With More To GiveStarting with the powertrain, the Bovensiepen Spider retains the Z4’s B58 turbo straight-six engine, but now makes 320 kW (429 horsepower) and 580 Nm of torque (428 lb-ft). That’s nearly 50 hp more than the U.S.-spec Z4 M40i. The German manufacturer claims a 0 to 100 km/h (0 to 62 mph) sprint time of 4.2 seconds and a top speed of 260 km/h (162 mph). The increased output is made possible through revisions to the intake and exhaust systems that allow the engine to breathe more freely. A Performance Package is also offered, which raises the top speed to 295 km/h (183 mph) and adds a rear differential cover with larger cooling fins and underbody reinforcement with a V-brace.
In addition to the powertrain upgrades, the Spider is equipped with retuned dampers, longer rear auxiliary springs, 20-inch wheels wrapped in Michelin Pilot Sport 4 S tires, and optional upgraded brakes with four-piston fixed calipers on the front axle.
The exterior was designed in collaboration with Frank Stephenson, the car designer known for his work at Ferrari and McLaren, including the P1. The Spider features some aero tweaks, like the extended rear spoiler, that give the roadster a sportier finish. Inside, Vernasca leather upholstery and Alcantara seat inserts come standard, while more extensive leather trim is also available.
Bovensiepen
One for the FewBovensiepen is limiting production to just 99 examples, including 40 in Sapphire Black, 25 in Sanremo Green, 20 in Skyscraper Grey, nine in Thundernight, and five in Frozen Grey II. Customers can still request a different paint color.
Prices start at €115,500, approximately $134,000 at current exchange rates. On paper, that’s about twice the starting price of the U.S.-spec Z4 M40i. Reports have raised the possibility of an electric successor, but nothing has been confirmed, so perhaps this Bovensiepen Spider may be among the last compelling takes on the combustion-powered BMW roadster.
Bovensiepen
View the 4 images of this gallery on the original article
Volkswagen Group has been trying to fix its underperforming U.S. business for years, and this has now become its top priority as the automaker navigates troubled waters in China and Europe.
Apparently, VW is willing to go all the way and fight Ford, GM and Stellantis on their own turf with rugged SUVs and pickups based on body-on-frame platforms.
VW Group CEO Sees Rugged SUVs And Pickups As The Way To Revive U.S. DivisionVolkswagen
VW Group CEO Oliver Blume said at a meeting with investors that he sees rugged SUVs and pickups like the Jeep Wrangler and Ford F-150 as a way to boost the German automaker’s declining U.S. business.
According to a transcript of the meeting seen by Bloomberg News, Blume told investors that VW Group lacks vehicles built on ladder-frame platforms, which typically underpin serious off-roaders and pickups that are highly popular in the United States.
He noted that such rugged models are an opportunity for the Volkswagen and Audi brands, suggesting that the automaker would build such cars in the USA. Blume noted that plans for body-on-frame SUVs and trucks go beyond Scout Motors’ already announced SUV and pickup.
During the Q&A session of the meeting, Blume talked about “profit pools still not played by Volkswagen Group, especially rugged SUVs and pickups” and made it clear that the plans go beyond Scout, which is owned by the group but operates as a separate, independent U.S. subsidiary.
VW Group’s Rugged Truck U.S. Offensive Is Likely To Start With AudiKolesa
VW Group’s chief financial officer Arno Antlitz backed Blume’s statements, pointing to the weakness in VW’s current lineup, namely poor margins for popular vehicles like the Jetta sedan and Taos subcompact SUV. Both models are shipped from Mexico and are currently subject to U.S. import tariffs.
Antlitz added that VW is now looking to shift toward richer parts of the market, although he reckoned that “it’s too early to make an announcement” regarding the Volkswagen brand. The company is instead planning to first move into segments “which are more promising in terms of margin”—a pretty clear hint at Audi.
This feeds into previous rumors about Audi planning an off-road SUV and Audi CEO Gernot Dollner’s recent confimation during a roundtable discussion with journalists that the company is evaluating a rugged off-road SUV.
A Significant Strategy Shift Is UnderwayVW HQAdobe Stock
The comments from VW Group top brass shed light on how the automaker plans to reshuffle its U.S. lineup, namely by developing vehicles tailored to the needs of American buyers rather than continuing with the same one-size-fits-all global-car strategy used until now.
Scout Motors will likely play a big role in VW Group’s U.S. plans as the startup’s factory in South Carolina will give the parent company a new U.S. manufacturing site for the type of vehicles Blume is targeting. Mind you, the CEO did not say whether future VW or Audi models would share Scout technology or plant capacity.
VW Group is hard-pressed to turn around its U.S. division as the China business, which used to be its most profitable, is struggling. Last week, VW finally got the support of labor leaders in Germany to cut as many as 100,000 jobs globally and half of its model lineup as profits fall, in part because of high manufacturing costs at home.
The VW Group’s current U.S. market share is at around 4%, while Audi’s U.S. sales fell 17% in the first half of the year.
No Major Changes The Chevrolet Silverado is sticking around for at least another year. The 2027 model year will get a $400 price bump. No major changes are expected for next year’s model, and the price increase depends on the trim: work trucks get a $400 bump, while the Trail Boss and LT trims get a $200 bump.
It is a modest price increase, hitting slightly harder in the Silverado EV’s utilitarian lineup, but Chevrolet is at least keeping the Silverado EV around, a move that’s not mirrored by rivals like the Blue Oval, which axed its full-sized electric truck.
GM
Work Trucks and Trail Bosses Prices don’t include the destination fees for the Silverado EV. Cars Direct got their hands on an order guide for the Silverado EV, and if you’ve seen the price list before, blink, and you might miss the differences.
Variants with a $400 increase
- 4WT Work Truck: Now $53,200
- 5WT Work Truck: Now $66,600
- 8WT Work Truck: Now $74,600
Variants with a $200 increase
- 2LT: Now $61,100
- 3LT: Now $69,300
- 2TR Trail Boss: Now $70,200
- 3TR Trail Boss: Now $86,800
Beyond this price increase, there is no definite word yet on how long Chevrolet will continue to make the Silverado EV. Ford has discontinued its Lightning pickup truck, RAM’s moving to REEVs, but Chevy’s still sticking with its EV truck format.
2025-2026 Chevrolet Silverado EV LT in Summit WhiteChevrolet
Fewer Trims But Still-Competitive Prices In addition to the price increase, Chevrolet is also downsizing the Silverado EV lineup. As per the list, there are no more 4LT and RST Stars and Stripes trims for the 2027 model year. Apart from the Trailboss, the Silverado EV lineup will get a little less snazzy moving forward.
Still, the Silverado EV’s starting price is more affordable than the Rivian R1T, GMC Sierra EV, Tesla Cybertruck, and GMC Hummer EV Pickup. It’s the most affordable full-size electric truck among those mentioned.
2026 Chevrolet Silverado EV Trail Boss black interiorChevrolet
Global Powertrain Giant Establishes Michigan Hub to Court American OEMsHorse Powertrain, the global joint venture established by Renault Group and Geely, has officially expanded into North America with a new office in Southfield, Michigan. The company specializes in low-emission internal combustion engines, hybrid powertrains, and alternative fuel systems. Its expansion into the Detroit metropolitan area establishes a strategic foothold to build direct engineering and commercial relationships with regional automakers.
Operating as a technical and commercial support hub rather than a manufacturing facility, the Southfield location positions the supplier near major domestic manufacturers. By establishing a physical presence in Michigan, the business aims to help North American brands navigate changing market conditions, volatile consumer demand for electrification, and evolving emissions regulations.
Horse Powertrain
Executive Leadership Details Expansion Strategy and Advanced Hardware PortfolioThe new facility opens with an initial team of 32 professionals covering engineering, sales, and supply chain management. Thomas Lewis, President of Horse Powertrain USA, said opening the Detroit office lets the team collaborate directly with local automakers, with a long-term goal of becoming a core player in the North American automotive ecosystem.
CEO Matias Giannini added that North America is a critical strategic market that will benefit from the supplier’s propulsion portfolio as OEMs maintain diverse vehicle lineups. To support this strategy, the company is bringing specialized hardware stateside, including a 248-horsepower waterproof engine built to IPX8 submersion standards and a 536-horsepower hybrid V6 weighing just 353 pounds.
To further shorten development cycles for regional manufacturers, the company is offering its modular X-Range powertrain. This direct-drive system enables automakers to convert existing battery-electric vehicle architectures into range-extended hybrid models without the massive capital expenditure of a ground-up platform redesign.
Mercedes-Benz
Sluggish EV Adoption Makes Third-Party Engines an Essential LifelineHorse Powertrain’s entry into North America arrives at a pragmatic moment for Detroit. Major domestic automakers are recalibrating initial full-electric transition timelines in favor of plug-in hybrids and range-extended electric vehicles. However, engineering entire families of modern internal combustion engines or hybrid systems completely in-house requires billions in capital and years of lead time that manufacturers simply do not have.
By supplying pre-engineered, flexible propulsion technologies, the joint venture gives legacy automakers a cost-effective way to meet immediate consumer demand for hybrids. This expansion confirms that efficient combustion and flexible hybrid technologies will remain a central, profitable component of North American vehicle lineups for the foreseeable future.
Horse Powertrain
Toyota’s GR Kart went on sale across Japan on September 10th at kart tracks and GR Garage locations nationwide, priced at about $2,500 including tax. It runs a simple 215cc gas engine and measures just 71.7 inches long — small enough that Toyota specifically engineered it to fit inside a minivan without disassembly, addressing one of the biggest practical barriers to casual karting: getting the thing to the track in the first place.
Toyota
A Kart Built Like A ToyotaThe GR Kart is manufactured at a dedicated workshop in Gamagori, Aichi Prefecture, built using Toyota Production System principles and Gazoo Racing expertise — the same manufacturing philosophy underpinning Toyota’s mass-market car plants, just applied to a product an order of magnitude smaller. The seat and driving position adjust to fit drivers between 4.4 and 6.1 feet tall, meaning the same kart can serve a child’s first laps and a parent’s turn behind the wheel, and a companion app walks new owners through setup and basic driving tips. It’s a closed-course product only, with no path to road registration, and it skips CIK-FIA competition specs entirely in favor of minimalist bodywork and small gold wheels that nod visually to the GR Yaris.
Toyota
Why Toyota Is Doing This At AllThis is a genuine grassroots play, not a halo product. Toyota chairman Akio Toyoda — who races under the pseudonym Morizo and has been personally involved in nearly every GR product’s creation since founding Gazoo Racing out of his own motorsports obsession in 2007 — has said he wants motorsports to become something “more people can take up, like baseball or soccer.” That mission sits in deliberate contrast to the rest of GR’s current lineup: Toyota’s racing boss recently described the $225,000 GR GT as the start of a “phase two” for the brand built on the foundation of more accessible GR products — and a $2,500 kart is about as foundational as that pyramid gets.
Toyota
View the 2 images of this gallery on the original article Not Coming To America — At Least Not YetToyota’s announcement covers Japan only, with production based near Nagoya and no mention of US or broader international availability. Given how central the Morizo ethos has become to Toyota’s broader performance lineup, a stateside version wouldn’t be a surprising next step — just not one Toyota has announced yet.
Cooler air moves into the northern tier early next week, and forecasters expect it to bring the season’s first frosts and freezes to parts of the region.
For drivers that means the first scraper morning is closer than the thermometer suggests. The Farmers’ Almanac sets out when it usually arrives where you live.
Frost Arrives Before the Thermometer Says It ShouldThe Farmers’ Almanac first frost dates, updated on September 10, track frost rather than freeze, and the gap between the two is where drivers get caught. A freeze is measured in the air at 32 degrees or below. Frost is the ice itself, and it turns up on glass and grass with the official reading still in the mid-30s, because the air at ground level runs colder than the thermometer a few feet above it.
That gap is why the first frost morning can catch drivers by surprise. A car parked outside under a clear, calm sky loses heat to the sky faster than the surrounding air, and glass facing up loses it fastest. The outside temperature can still be 36 degrees while the windshield is already glazed.
The Same Night Puts Ice on BridgesSome of the same conditions that frost a windshield can also leave a bridge deck icy. The National Weather Service describes black ice as patchy, often clear ice that leaves the pavement visible underneath, most common in the early morning hours after overnight refreezing, and notes that bridges and overpasses freeze before the roads leading onto them.
An overpass loses heat from above and below at once, which is why it can carry ice while the approach a hundred yards back is merely wet. In late September, drivers are less likely to expect ice, which makes an isolated patch on an overpass easier to miss.
Where the First Frost LandsMore than four months separate the first frost in northern Alaska from the first frost in central Florida.
| | | | Typical First Frost | Where | Example Averages | | Late August to mid September | Alaska and the mountain West | Nome August 26, Ely September 7, Bozeman September 16 | | Late September | Northern Plains, Upper Midwest, northern New England | Great Falls September 20, Billings September 29, Bangor September 30 | | October | The middle of the country | Denver October 7, Des Moines October 12, Chicago October 28 | | November | Mid-Atlantic and the interior Southeast | New York November 11, Atlanta November 19 | | December or later | Gulf Coast, Florida, desert Southwest | New Orleans December 5, Orlando January 6 |
These are 50 percent probabilities rather than deadlines. Frost had already arrived by the listed date in about half of recorded years, which is another way of saying it turns up earlier in the other half.
What the First Cold Mornings Do to a CarTire pressure drops by roughly 1 psi for every 10-degree drop in temperature, so a set last checked in July is running low this week with nothing visibly wrong on the sidewall. Underinflated tires lengthen braking distances on exactly the surfaces that ice first.
As temperatures fall, all-season tire compounds become less flexible, which reduces grip well before conditions look anything like winter.
Scraping a windshield with anything other than a scraper is the other September mistake. Hot water on cold glass can crack it, and wiper blades dragged across frozen glass tear. Washer fluid rated for summer freezes in the reservoir and the lines, which is one of the items on the winterizing checklist worth clearing before the first cold morning rather than after it.
The Cold Arrives Next WeekThe cold surges south early next week, and Fox Weather has temperatures across the Pacific Northwest and the Rockies dropping 10 to 15 degrees below average with it. The Climate Prediction Center follows that with a slight risk of much below normal temperatures across parts of the northern Plains, Upper Mississippi Valley and eastern Great Lakes from September 18 to 20, and across northern New England from September 19 to 22. Forecasters note that near-freezing nights are not unusual for late September there, while adding that a frost or freeze could still be “impactful to some vegetation and unsuspecting populations.”
Frost runs ahead of snow by weeks in most of the country, and the first snowfall map sets out what follows it.
Chrysler’s future seemed to be in doubt over the last year or so, but the brand will soldier on under Stellantis, and it’ll become a completely different brand from the luxury-focused one it once was. According to Automotive News, Chrysler’s upcoming Arrow and Arrow Cross crossovers will start around $25,000. Previously, Tim Kuniskis, Stellantis Head of American Brands (among other responsibilities), had promised that the reskinned Fiat Grizzly crossovers, the latter of which has a fastback-like coupe design, would start under $30,000, but this new report suggests the price will be even more palatable. The publication also claims that the Airflow, which Kuniskis said will start under $40,000, is expected to be priced around $35,000. If these targets are met, Chrysler will easily become the most affordable American brand in the Stellantis portfolio.
Chrysler’s Range Is About to Become More Appealing Sebastian Cenizo/ChatGPT
View the 2 images of this gallery on the original article Chrysler has been hanging on as a minivan-only brand since 2023, when the 300 sedan was discontinued, and its only product, the Pacifica/Voyager, hasn’t exactly kept up with the times, though a recent 2027 refresh was a big step in the right direction. The updated van has a much more modern look, and the incoming Arrow crossovers and mid-size Airflow will likely share certain front-end details, but the minivan itself may yet evolve further, with a performance-minded VANkulture concept shown at Roadkill Nights last month. While this is unlikely to make production, it could indicate an interest in providing factory-supported upgrades. Whatever the brand’s ultimate intentions, Chrysler clearly wants to drum up hype and appeal to a broader demographic. Speaking of broadened horizons, the 300 may be gone with its like never to be seen again, but that doesn’t mean we won’t see a sedan with a Chrysler badge again, or at least a sedan-like vehicle. According to Scott Krugger, Stellantis Head of North America Design, vehicles will start to blend segments as buyers seek unique vehicles that offer the space and security of a crossover-like vehicle with the low aerodynamic drag and other efficiency benefits of lower, more sedan-like shapes. While he stopped short of confirming a new sedan, it seems that Chrysler is open to exploring all options, and if the cheap Ford Mustang sedan proves popular, perhaps Stellantis will green-light something similar.
Autoblog’s TakeSebastian Cenizo/ChatGPT
Neither the Arrow nor the Airflow have been given an official launch date, but the latter is expected to enter production in late 2027, while the former is predicted to arrive in 2028 or 2029 as part of the Stellantis Future 2030 plan, which will see the conglomerate invest $70 billion to launch 60 new vehicles with new tech. That’s a big investment in the future of all the Stellantis brands, and platform-sharing will certainly help keep costs in check, but even so, the Arrow being built in Morocco could mean unexpected tariff-related price adjustments, and pricing is clearly the most important factor in getting Chrysler back to meaningful growth. Nevertheless, the larger Airflow is expected to be built in Illinois, so Chrysler can expand globally if the new products resonate with buyers.
Sebastian Cenizo/ChatGPT
Automaker vs. Watchmaker In the latest automotive brand versus the world news, Scout Motors is currently in a trademark dispute with Astor+Banks, a watch brand that specializes in neo-classic timepieces, with one latest models being the Terra Scout – A.K.A. the model in question.
There is indeed a similarity. Both Scout Motors and Astor+Banks have “scout” in the name, with one being a brand and the other a model. The automaker has threatened the watchmaker with legal action over the name of its mechanical watch, citing that the Terra Scout name “conflicts with their automotive brand identity,” Astor+Banks mentioned in an Instagram post.
A screenshot posted on Reddit showing Astor+Banks’ response to the legal threat from Scout Motors – now deleted Reddit
“Entirely Different Worlds” On the one hand, you could say cars and watches go ‘hand and wrist’ together, but realistically, the two industries only associate from time to time. If you know a thing or two about horology, field watches were used in the military, some of which were in the hands of ‘scouts.’ According to Andrew Perez, founder of Astor+Banks, the Terra Scout was “built to carry on the legacy of the classic military field watch.”
Later in his statement, he said, “Scout Motors has filed a legal claim against Astor+Banks, asserting that the Terra Scout name conflicts with their automotive brand identity,” Perez said. He continued, “We believe this claim has no merit,” and said the two companies will not overlap since they are in different industries.
Because of Scout Motor’s legal challenge, Astor+Banks had to pause sales of the Terra Scout while the brand sorts out this legal debacle. The Terra Scout watch starts at a pre-order price of $875, and it goes up from there if customers choose a snazzier limited edition. After the pre-orders, the MSRP was supposed to be set at a respectable range of $995 to $1,195. Now, however, customers have to wait to get this watch on their wrist because a car company is busy trying to protect its IP, even if it hasn’t fully come back from the dead yet.
Astor+Banks also said existing customer pre-orders will receive updates as the situation develops. Customers who don’t want to wait for the dust to settle can request a refund, which Astor+Banks will oblige.
Astor+Banks
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article Scout Motors: No Comment Carscoops tried to reach Scout Motors for comment, but received no reply. On the one hand, a watch and a car don’t really have anything to do with one another; on the other hand, Scout Motors is looking very serious about bringing its brand back into iconic status, so much so that an independent watchmaker has to go on the defensive.
Aside from the trademark dispute, Scout Motors has been going “full steam ahead” already teasing models like the Traveler, so you could say that the brand is hard at work trying to make up for lost time – and maybe doing it a little too literally. However, Scout Motors also has a nameplate called the “Terra.” The Scout Terra pickup truck is the closest in name to the timepiece (Terra Scout). The Scout Terra nameplate will likely be the main talking point and the elephant to address in the courtroom.
For now, we’ll have to wait and see how this situation develops. It’s up to the lawyers to sort this out, so we’ll keep an eye on it. We can still expect the Scout Terra and the Scout Traveler in the near future as the Volkswagen-backed, soon-to-be-revived Scout Motors brand returns as an off-road EV specialist. The return is likely to be unhindered unless Astor+Banks and their Terra Scout decide to mount a countersuit; though unlikely, it could prove to be a roadblock for the Scout Terra if it happened.
Honestly, I wouldn’t mind driving a Scout Terra with a Terra Scout on my wrist. The two look good together. Why can’t we just all get along? Scout Motors
High-profile engine failures can follow automakers around for years and badly damage their reputations. From Hyundai/Kia’s Theta II engine saga to Ford’s EcoBoost debacle, these automakers are still dealing with the aftermath of fundamentally flawed powertrains. Even Toyota is struggling with engine failures linked to the Tundra’s twin-turbocharged V6. Honda, one of several Japanese brands renowned for dependability, wants to avoid the same fate. Its top executives have now spoken out about measures being put in place to ensure reliability and address problems quickly, with specific lessons being learned from what Toyota is currently facing.
What Honda Learned From Toyota’s TroublesHonda Pilot Vs. Toyota HighlanderChatGPT
Honda wants to do whatever it can to maintain the high reliability standards its loyal customers expect. In an interview with The Drive, a top exec was asked about whether the company learned anything from Toyota’s ongoing battle with V6 engine failures.
“Of course. You have to prevent quality issues from happening, but once they happen, how quickly can you recover? That’s the very important thing,” said Executive Vice President of Honda Motor, Noriya Kaihara. “If you leave a customer with a bad-quality vehicle and, on top of that, also a delay with the countermeasure, that will cause really bad damage. Sometimes you just have to take quick action. Even when you make sure nothing is wrong and everything is okay, something can still happen, and a problem arises once it hits the market. Quick action!”
The V6 found in some Tundra pickups can fail due to machining debris left in the engine during production. Toyota was forced to recall thousands of trucks and even advised mechanics to hit engines with a hammer as a quick fix. But the issue is still a major inconvenience for many owners, as one Tundra owner’s replacement engine failed again.
Related: Toyota Tundra’s Replacement V6 Engine Failed Too, Despite Looking Nearly New
How Honda’s Quality Control Is Changing2026 Honda PreludeHonda
Honda’s quality control measures are evolving to match increasingly advanced vehicle technologies. CEO of American Honda Motor, Eiji Fujimura, pointed out the need to keep up with rapid tech development from Chinese automakers, but not at the expense of traditional Honda expectations of quality.
“Technological changes, especially in terms of software, are happening very quickly today,” said Fujimura. “Of course, we need to compete with [our rivals] and China and India in terms of software, ADAS, etc. But in order to compete with them, we first need to think, ‘Who is Honda?’
“We have very good trust from our clients and very good customer loyalty, and we can’t sacrifice that trust for [production] speed. We will not compete with them just on speed—we need to use our traditions and our thinking.”
For Honda, introducing new features or systems means evaluating that piece of technology for any flaws at every step.
2023 Honda Accord comes off of the assembly line at the Marysville Auto PlantHonda
“You need good imagination to develop something new, but when that new system or model goes into the market, there will be risks—so we have to ask: what are the potential issues for those new systems in their environment?” explained Kaihara. “That is key. Right now, we look at the whole process, including development. We have to make sure each process ensures that the cars or components are okay from a quality point of view. This means nothing should move to the next step without confirming the previous step’s quality. That’s our quality control system.”
“Our quality department is completely separate from other departments. That means quality is always Honda’s number one concern. This means every single new technology always goes by this separate department.”
Despite this attention to detail, Honda has run into its own engine troubles. The naturally-aspirated 3.5-liter V6 engine in models like the Pilot has been subject to an NHTSA investigation and a class action lawsuit for premature failure.
Related: Honda’s Engine Reliability Reputation Takes Another Hit
Why It Matters2026 Honda PassportKristen Brown
As legacy automakers enter the software era and look to compete with innovative Chinese brands, maintaining their legendary reliability reputations will become more challenging. If they roll out new technologies too quickly, they risk a higher number of quality issues. But being too slow to innovate isn’t the answer, either. For brands like Honda and Toyota, there’s a happy middle ground. Even so, buying a new turbocharged, hybridized vehicle with touchscreens galore may never again get you the bulletproof dependability and mechanical simplicity of a mid-2000s Camry or Civic.
Related: Toyota Vs. Honda Reliability: One Clear Winner
Toyota’s new 640-hp GR GT just shared Laguna Seca with the GT3 race car being developed alongside it, giving us a pretty good idea of where Toyota thinks its new flagship belongs. The road car leads early, the winged racer closes in, and both attack the Corkscrew wearing matching liveries. More importantly, Toyota isn’t developing these as loosely related siblings. It’s using lessons from the race car to shape the road car, an unusually direct bit of motorsport technology transfer for a $225,000-plus street car.
Gazoo Racing
Toyota Is Letting Its GT3 Car Shape The Road CarThe GR GT runs a 4.0-litre twin-turbo V8 paired with an electric motor, sent through an eight-speed transaxle to the rear wheels only. Preliminary numbers landed at 641 hp and 627 lb-ft, with Toyota admitting those figures, along with top speed and weight, could still move before the car reaches production.
Autoblog/SH Proshots
And Toyota isn’t stopping there. Spy shots from the Nürburgring caught a more hardcore prototype, possibly wearing an RS badge, with a bigger front splitter, a swan-neck rear wing, and louvered fender vents, similar to the GT3 car. Basically Toyota looked at what the GT3 racer does right on track and decided to apply some of those learnings to the hotter road car. Given Mercedes-AMG is readying a Black Series GT and Porsche’s next GT3 RS may go turbo, that arms race makes sense.
View this post on Instagram
Good Luck Actually Buying OneThere’s a catch. Pricing starts north of $225,000, but money alone won’t get you in the door. Toyota has confirmed its entire US allocation is already spoken for, somewhere between 200 and 250 cars, and that’s apparently by design. Executives want owners who’ll actually drive the thing, not flippers looking to cash out. Over 150 hopefuls reportedly sat down to spec their dream GR GT at Monterey Car Week before Toyota was even taking orders. So yes, the car is still lapping test tracks on Toyota‘s own social media, and no, that hasn’t stopped people from queuing up for one anyway.
America’s Cheapest Three-RowNew vehicle prices continue to balloon with each passing year, making it more difficult for parents to afford a vehicle that can comfortably accommodate a growing family. In a world where a Chevrolet Tahoe can cost over six figures, I believe cars like the 2026 Mitsubishi Outlander are more important than ever. Starting at just $29,995 (plus a $1,745 destination fee), the Outlander is the least expensive three-row vehicle on the sale in the United States.
Jared Levenson/Autoblog
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article Mitsubishi is the only mainstream automaker to currently offer a compact crossover with a third row, so it has the competition undercut but thousands of dollars. The Kia Sorento is the second-cheapest at $32,390 (plus $1,445 destination), though this vehicle is a size class larger. Other manufactures such as Nissan, Toyota, and Volkswagen previous offered three-row compact crossovers, but do not currently.
Can You Fit People Back There?There may be a logical reason why no other automaker offers a compact vehicle with three rows of seats; American consumers may not want such tight packaging. Admittedly, the Outlander’s third row is tiny, flipping out to eat up nearly half of the available trunk space. Mitsubishi only quotes 18.7 inches of legroom back there, far less than even the 25.8 inches found in the cramped Tesla Model Y’s third row. Despite being over three inches shorter on the outside, the Mercedes-Benz GLB also has more legroom (29.1 inches) in its third row.
Jared Levenson/Autoblog
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article I’ll admit, the Outlander is a near-impossible squeeze for any human person, let alone an adult, if you leave the second-row in its rearmost position. Mitsubishi does give owners the ability to slide the second-row forward, making the third-row tolerable for smaller adults on shorter trips. Is it roomy? Absolutely not, but it may be handy once or twice a year for owners who know they don’t require frequent use of a seven-seat vehicle. Why spend thousands of dollars on two seats you may never use?
Is Mitsubishi The Budget Infiniti?Mitsubishi exists in an odd position right now, at least in the US market. The company’s lineup includes the popular Outlander and Outlander Plug-In Hybrid, the Outlander Sport, the Eclipse Cross, and the new Eclipse Sportback (essentially a rebadged Nissan Leaf). There is no clear cut identity among these vehicles, and it’s even murky looking at one vehicle like the Outlander. At the low end, it’s the cheapest three-row crossover in America, but at the high end, it feels more premium than the Nissan Rogue with which it shares a platform.
Jared Levenson/Autoblog
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article I tested the SEL trim, the most well-equipped aside from some visual elements available on the Black Edition. Starting at $40,845 (not including destination), this crossover comes with nearly all of the features you would expect from a luxury vehicle like an Infiniti: diamond-quilted leather, heated/ventilated seats, heated rear seats, power memory driver’s seat, three-zone climate control, panoramic sunroof, and a heated steering wheel.
There is only one major option for the SEL, a $3,000 Premium Package that further elevates the luxury with an outstanding 12-speaker Yamaha audio system, semi-aniline leather, a head-up display, and digital rearview camera mirror. That last feature is important because the third-row has the largest headrest I’ve ever seen, making it nearly impossible to see through the rear window.
Not A Nissan In One Important PlaceFor the 2026 model year, the Outlander ditches the 2.5-liter Nissan four-cylinder that was borrowed from the Rogue in favor of a Mitsubishi-sourced engine. It’s a new 1.5-liter turbo-four unit with a 48-volt mild-hybrid system producing 174 horsepower and 206 lb-ft of torque. Horsepower and torque were both previously rated a 181, so the former sees a slight decline while the other is a nice improvement.
Jared Levenson/Autoblog
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article In my testing, the Outlander hit 60 mph in 9.03 seconds. That’s behind the Nissan Rogue, which completed the same sprint in 8.41 seconds with its peppier 1.5-liter turbo-three engine that delivers 201 hp and 225 lb-ft. I much prefer the Rogue’s VC-Turbo engine to the Outlander’s four-cylinder, and I wish Mitsubishi would have kept using a Nissan engine.
What Will Happen To The Outlander?Mitsubishi has seven new models coming by 2030 as part of its Momentum 2030 plan, and the Outlander is surely part of it. Nissan has already shown off the new Rogue, which is set to arrive in November with a new e-Power hybrid system. Nissan’s hybrid system functions as a series hybrid, where the electric motors power the wheels and the engine acts as a generator to charge a small battery.
Jared Levenson/Autoblog
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article Nothing has been confirmed, but this system could work its way into the next-generation Outlander and that vehicle could continue to be one of the last affordable three-row vehicles in the US. This could give Mitsubishi a much cheaper entry intro the hybrid segment because the current Outlander PHEV is pricey starting at $43,245.
An SUV Pioneer in JapanMitsubishi first released the Pajero in 1982, and the term SUV wasn’t widely used then. Indeed, the Japanese called it an RV or recreational vehicle, and it was one of the first of its kind, with the Toyota Land Cruiser and Nissan Patrol coming much, much earlier. Still, it came at the right time, as the SUV boom would go into hyperdrive later on.
Also called the Montero in the US, it was produced until 2021, though it was dropped from the North American lineup in 2006. But after five years of staying dormant, the Pajero and Montero are back. Its main targets? Toyota’s Land Cruiser (also known as the Prado) and 4Runner, along with Nissan’s upcoming Xterra revival and ladder-frame Pathfinder.
Mitsubishi
A Rally LegendThe Pajero and Montero were great SUVs. Sure, these didn’t drive like cars, but they were unpretentiously oriented toward off-road use. But aside from being capable off the beaten track, this Mitsubishi made its bones in the world of cross-country rallying, more specifically, the Dakar Rally.
No other car has come close to the Pajero and Montero’s track record in the sport. The SUV has 12 wins under its name, with seven straight victories from 2001 to 2007. Now, Mitsubishi wants to recapture that glory with the revived model.
Mitsubishi
Performance Version Soon?We already know that the Pajero is going back to rallying next year. It won’t be the Dakar Rally just yet, but the still-grueling Asia Cross Country Rally. On top of that, a recent report from CarExpert said that a performance version under the Ralliart banner is being considered.
That’s big news, and it could bring back some of the luster the brand has been missing for a long time. But before we get too excited, it’s unlikely to be a revival of the Pajero Evolution. The reborn model isn’t even available with a three-door body. Instead, it will likely be more off-road-focused, something that could rival a Ford Bronco or Jeep Wrangler.
Autoblog
What Mitsubishi SaidMitsubishi currently makes a model called the Triton Raider. It’s a pickup with a host of chassis upgrades that help it go further off the beaten path. The company is keen on applying a similar formula to the Pajero and Montero, and perhaps even go above that.
Mitsubishi Motors Australia chairman John Signoriello told the Australian press, “Well, I guess we’ve got Raider as a toe in the water. And would we, as a company, like to see something like a Ralliart Pajero? Yes, we would. You know, it brings a lot of passion back into the brand, a lot of heritage back into the brand.”
Now, this isn’t a full ‘yes,’ just yet, but the company is putting serious thought and effort into a Ralliart Pajero. “Look, we’re passionate about the [Ralliart] brand, and we know how important it will be if we could… And MMC, if they support it, we would need their support to do it. It’s not something we could just do.” With that, Mitsubishi Motors Australia has to convince headquarters that a hardcore Pajero is worth the effort. We’ll find out soon if the mothership will give the thumbs-up or thumbs-down.
Autoblog
Enter Now, Payout Next Year The National Corvette Museum is running a sweepstakes where you can win a brand-new (for now) Corvette ZR1 Coupe 3LZ. The ZR1 is the ultimate ICE C8-generation Corvette that you can get right now, and winning one is a dream come true.
However, even the winner might have to keep dreaming at least until next year. While you can already start logging your entries, the sweepstakes officially closes on June 30, 2027, with the winner to be selected on July 13, 2027, which means that not only do you have to wait a year for the draw, but the prize also doesn’t get any newer.
Chevrolet
2026 Corvette ZR1 Coupe 3LZ While it’s set to be last year’s model next year, the prize is still nothing short of awesome. It comes with a 5.5-liter LT7 V8 engine with twin turbochargers, producing 1,064 horsepower and 828 ft-lbs of torque, mated to an eight-speed dual-clutch transmission. As a C8, the engine sits in the middle, creating an ideal weight balance. It goes from 0 to 60 in 2.3 seconds and has a top speed of 233 miles per hour.
It’s mighty impressive, perhaps even by next year’s standards, and it’s also a landmark model for the C8 generation and Corvette as a whole. However, by the time the sweepstakes closes, Corvette will probably already be well into producing its 2027 model year.
Still, it’s still a prize worth winning. The National Corvette Museum’s prize is a 3LZ, which means that the equipment and amenities in this ZR1 are far from basic. It’s a great spec to have, especially since it will come with the most powerful production Corvette so far. On top of that, the Museum is also bundling in a National Corvette Museum Delivery Experience in Bowling Green, Kentucky, and the car will also come with a one-year museum membership and VIP tour.
Don Messner’s 1990 ZR-1 CorvetteNational Corvette Museum
How to Join From August 31, 2026, to June 30, 2027, we welcome entries. The cost is free, and donations are appreciated but optional. For free entries, the Museum has eligibility requirements and other restrictions you must follow. No donation is necessary to win the prize, so imagine entering this sweepstakes event and driving home a ZR1 for the price of an application.
You can visit the National Corvette Museum Foundation’s sweepstakes page for more details. Eligibility requirements apply, and while a donation won’t guarantee a win, it improves your chances because you can get up to 100,000 entries with enough donations to the museum.
Clive Sutton
On-Board PersonalizationSome folks prefer more personal touches to their vehicles, and touchscreens have all the potential to be a canvas for car owners. We’re not just talking about what colors they would like displayed, but something more. For instance, Honda offers uploadable wallpapers, while Hyundai lets you do a Pokémon theme on the digital displays.
Meanwhile, Audi opened a digital store for owners to download infotainment themes. It’s been up since December 2023, and it looks like a moderately successful venture for the automaker. As it turns out, people are willing to pay to change wallpapers in their Audis, and as a bonus, those with the advanced lighting package can sync it with the purchased theme.
HYUNDAI
The CatalogAudi Themes is available in the MyAudi app, and there are loads of curated themes to choose from. From less than 50 when it started nearly three years ago, there are now well over 340, per Audi, and it’ll keep growing as more content is added throughout the year.
It’s been updated this year, too, and current Audi Themes subscribers won’t have to pay again. For those who are curious, the company is offering a $1 seven-day trial. If you enjoy the trial period, you can switch to the annual subscription for $39.99.
Audi
Greater PersonalizationBeyond the additional themes and special offer, Audi has added a new feature to Themes. It now allows owners to upload their own photos for even greater personalization. It’s a first for the brand, and the brand reckons it’ll add an even more personal touch.
Owners can create Personal themes via the myAudi app, with on-screen prompts providing instructions. For those worried their creations will reach the entire database, Audi says the Personal Theme will remain tied to the app account and will be removed from the vehicle if the account is disconnected from the vehicle or if the owner no longer wants a Themes account.
Up to three Personal Themes can be stored at a time, and if you would like to create a new one, you can do so by deleting an existing theme. Note that this feature is only available for 2023 model year and up models with the software to support it. With that, we might just see some pets displayed on an Audi infotainment screen a few weeks from now.
Audi
Fuel Savings The biggest shock to the global automotive industry in recent memory has been the sudden, rapid rise in fuel prices. Buyers have also begun to switch mindsets; once reluctant to jump into hybrids, people are now actively looking for them, and they’ve become the go-to choice for most new car buyers.
The trend seems set to continue, with news that major automakers across the U.S. are stockpiling fast-selling hybrids as demand increases.
Nissan Rogue Plug-In Hybrid Cole Attisha
Hybrids > Everything ElseAutomotive News published a report supporting the current upward trend in U.S. hybrid sales. The report noted that this September saw a 40,000-vehicle increase in vehicle inventory compared to the same period last year. Sales have also been faster, with current inventories averaging 73 days’ supply, down 5 days from early August and 3 weeks from last year’s average, according to data from Catalyst IQ.
The report also states that hybrids are the fastest-selling powertrains on the market today. That marks the 5th consecutive month they’ve been the go-to powertrain option for buyers. Hybrids account for the lowest supply days, at just 64 in total; however, brands are continuing to expand their hybrid inventory, especially over the last month.
Toyota
SUVs and CrossoversEVs have also enjoyed renewed popularity with buyers, with days’ supply down 20% to just 72 days. With the nation dealing with record-high diesel prices, supply days’ inventory of diesel-powered cars rose to 114 days.
The report also indicated that midsize SUVs and crossovers had the highest supply, with over 600,000 vehicles on hand. The U.S. second-most in-supply vehicle class is the full-size pickup, with 358,000 vehicles in stock. The top brands with increased sales and fewer supply days are Toyota Motor, Honda Motor, Subaru, and Hyundai.
Ford
The Farmers’ Almanac has put out a new first snowfall map sorting the Lower 48 into five windows, from September in the high country to December, January or nothing measurable at all along the Gulf. The October band runs across the northern Rockies, the northern Plains and the Upper Midwest, along with interior northern New England. November brings in the Great Lakes and the central Rockies, plus the interior Northeast and the higher Appalachians.
Line that up against the legal calendar and the two do not match anywhere. Colorado’s traction law has been live since September 1, six weeks before the state’s average first snow. Montana and Idaho open their studded tire window on October 1, the same month the map puts their first snow. Minnesota sits in the October band and never legalises studs for residents at all.
What the Map ShowsThe Farmers’ Almanac first snowfall map is built on decades of climate records rather than this year’s pattern, and the spread inside a single location is wide enough to matter. In the NWS Boulder record Denver’s average lands on October 18, with the earliest on file September 3, 1961, when 4.2 inches fell. Minneapolis is on the board by November 4 on average and Buffalo by November 8.
Measurable snow starts at 0.1 inch in National Weather Service climate records. That is well short of a shovelling event, but it can still be enough to make a bridge deck slick. The Federal Highway Administration puts 24 percent of weather-related crashes on snowy, slushy or icy pavement, with more than 1,300 people killed and 116,800 injured on those surfaces each year.
El Nino: Record Odds, and a First Snow That Could Run LateThis autumn also has a thumb on the scale. The Climate Prediction Center is running an El Nino Advisory, and its update issued this morning raised the odds again. The chance that October through December exceeds every event on record since 1950 is now 75 percent, up from 69 percent in the August discussion, and a very strong event through fall and winter sits above 90 percent. Strong El Nino autumns tend to run warm across the northern tier, the same ground the October band covers, which can push a first snow past its average date. CPC notes that impacts become more likely at that magnitude without being guaranteed, and issues its next discussion on October 8.
The five windows and the roads running through them:
| | | | First Snow | Where | Interstates and Highways in the Band | | September | Highest elevations and far northern mountains, concentrated in northern Idaho and western Montana | I-90 over Lookout Pass, US 2 over Marias Pass, US 12 over Lolo Pass | | October | Northern Rockies, northern Plains, Upper Midwest, interior northern New England | I-90 and I-94 across Montana and the Dakotas, I-15 through Montana, I-35 north of the Twin Cities | | November | Great Lakes, central Rockies, interior Northeast, higher Appalachians | I-90 across upstate New York, I-80 through northern Pennsylvania, I-70 west of Denver over the Eisenhower Tunnel at 11,158 feet | | Late November to December | Central Plains, Ohio Valley, Mid-Atlantic interior, lower-elevation Northwest | I-70 through Kansas and Missouri, I-71 in Ohio, I-81 in Virginia, I-5 through Oregon | | December, January or rare | Deep South, Gulf Coast, lower Southeast, desert Southwest, Florida | I-10 and I-20 across the Gulf states |
Typical First Snowfall Of The Season.Farmers' Almanac
Where the Rules Run Ahead of the SnowColorado moves first. The Passenger Vehicle Traction Law runs from September 1 through May 31 on the stretch of I-70 between Dotsero and Morrison, and it asks for all-wheel or four-wheel drive on mountain snowflake or M+S tires with at least 3/16 of an inch of tread. A two-wheel-drive vehicle has to carry chains or an approved traction device across that whole window whatever tires it runs.
Colorado State Patrol chief Matthew Packard put the September start down to preparation rather than storm response, telling drivers that “now is the time to check the condition of your tires”. Troopers wrote 586 citations under the law last season, 522 of them on the I-70 corridor.
Where They Run Behind ItMontana permits studded tires from October 1 through May 31 and Idaho from October 1 through April 30, so in both states the legal window and the first snow open in the same week. Minnesota, also in the October band, bans metal studs for residents outright. For the season as a whole rather than the first flake, the Old Farmer’s Almanac has four regions marked for above-normal snowfall.
What Works Before the Studs Are LegalA winter tire carrying the three-peak mountain snowflake symbol is legal every day of the year in every state, because the seasonal statutes regulate the stud rather than the compound. All-season compounds start losing flexibility as temperatures fall toward 45 degrees Fahrenheit. The early-season hazard is usually a thin refrozen film, not deep snow.
All-wheel drive helps a car accelerate on a slick surface. It does nothing for braking, which leaves tread depth and pressure to do that work. Cold air costs a passenger car tire roughly 1 psi for every 10 degrees the temperature drops, so a set checked in July is already low with nothing visible on the sidewall.
Throw enough money at it, and practically any car can last for hundreds of thousands of miles. But it turns out that some brands have a much higher chance of doing so than others. A new study by iSeeCars analyzed 395 million vehicles to find out which car brands have the best chance of reaching 250,000 miles. Unsurprisingly, Japanese brands dominated the study, but the gap between two of them—Toyota and Subaru—was unexpectedly large.
Related: The World’s Highest-Mileage Cars Share One Reliability Secret
Toyota Is The Longest-Lasting Car Brand2012 Toyota TacomaToyota
Any car that can reach 250,000 miles has achieved something rare, especially if it has done so without major maintenance or repairs. At that stage, most cars will be facing major transmission and engine wear, worn axles, bad shocks, and many other worn or failing parts.
In the study, Toyota was the top-ranked brand, with a 19.7% chance of its vehicles reaching 250,000 miles or beyond. That’s more than three times the industry average (a 5.4% chance). Below is a look at the top 10 brands in the study, with the four top spots all being Japanese automakers.
| | | | Rank | Make | % Chance of Lasting 250,000+ Miles | Compared to Average | | 1 | Toyota | 19.7% | 3.7x | | 2 | Lexus | 14.4% | 2.7x | | 3 | Honda | 13.3% | 2.5x | | 4 | Acura | 9.5% | 1.8x | | 5 | GMC | 5.8% | 1.1x | | 6 | Mazda | 5.3% | 1.0x | | 7 | Lincoln | 4.7% | 0.9x | | 8 | Ram | 4.2% | 0.8x | | 9 | Ford | 4.1% | 0.8x | | 10 | Cadillac | 3.9% | 0.7x |
What you may notice is that Subaru is one of the only Japanese brands missing from the top 10. Despite a reasonable reliability reputation and a range of adventure-focused vehicles, Subaru only landed at 14th. Its vehicles have only a 2.8% chance of lasting until 250,000 miles, far behind Toyota.
2008 Subaru OutbackSubaru
In fairness, Toyota does have a wide range of tough, body-on-frame SUVs and trucks, including the Tacoma, Tundra, and 4Runner. These rugged vehicles are known to stay on the road for ages. Still, Subaru is well off the pace of other Japanese brands.
At the other end of the spectrum, Fiat, Jaguar, Mini, and Maserati were ranked at the very bottom.
Related: 5 Simple Habits Can Help Your Car Last For Decades
How The Study Works2008 Subaru TribecaSubaru
The iSeeCars team analyzed data for over 395 million cars, with their odometer readings calculated at each yearly age. A proprietary model based on these average mileage was developed, which produced an estimation of the probability that each car would survive to a certain point. The study excludes heavy-duty vans and other models with insufficient data.
“The odds of reaching the 250,000-mile milestone for each specific model and generation were calculated and then averaged across each brand’s entire lineup, weighing the results by how common each model is on the road,” said iSeeCars.
What’s also noticeable is how far ahead the top 4 Japanese brands are compared to the rest of the industry.
“Reaching 250,000 miles is an exceptionally high bar for any vehicle, which makes the distinction among the four highest-ranked brands meaningful,” said iSeeCars Executive Analyst, Karl Brauer. “Toyota, Lexus, Honda and Acura don’t just lead the list, they substantially outperform the average vehicle’s chances of reaching that high-mileage threshold.”
What It Means2007 Toyota CamryToyota
Recent studies show that many Americans are keeping their cars longer than planned, as a new car is simply out of reach financially. While nobody wants to keep a car beyond 200,000 miles, some drivers don’t have a choice, so it helps to choose brands with a reputation for durability at high mileage.
Interestingly, longevity doesn’t necessarily correlate with reliability ratings. For instance, Ram is one of the longest-lasting brands, but it ranks almost dead last in predicted reliability scoring from Consumer Reports. A Ram pickup may have solid bones, but it will likely require much more intensive maintenance than an equivalent Toyota, which Consumer Reports ranks as number 1. In the same study, Subaru ranked second for reliability, behind only Toyota.
For anyone considering buying a high-mileage car, you can minimize risk by searching for brands that rank highly across multiple studies. Even that is no replacement for a vehicle that lacks a comprehensive service history.
Related: Subaru Vs. Toyota Reliability: The Gap Is Smaller Than You Think
The SPEQ Series system, priced at $3,359, replaces everything behind the catalytic converters with 3-inch mandrel-bent 304 stainless-steel tubing, a Tru-X crossover to manage exhaust pulses, and a pair of straight-through mufflers. Crucially, it keeps the Dodge Charger‘s factory active exhaust valves intact — the system uses its own cast stainless steel actuated valves that still respond to the car’s drive modes, rather than forcing the exhaust to stay loud all the time.
A Real Answer To A Real ComplaintDodge
The timing lines up with what Autoblog‘s own reviewers have said about the Sixpack directly, calling the factory synthetic engine sound “embarrassing,” noting that the real exhaust note underneath is “legitimately good” once the artificial layer is switched off — just not the raucous bark of the Hemi V8 it replaced. A separate test of the four-door R/T reached a similar conclusion, preferring a custom drive mode with the fake sound disabled entirely. MagnaFlow’s system is effectively betting that owners want more of that real exhaust character, not the manufactured layer Dodge added on top of it.
Built Around The Hurricane, Not A Generic FitThe Hurricane six comes in two states of tune depending on trim — 420 hp in the R/T, up to 550 hp in the Scat Pack — and MagnaFlow designed the SPEQ system’s flow characteristics specifically around that engine rather than adapting a generic muscle-car exhaust. Exterior sound is rated “moderate” and interior sound “mild,” with proprietary no-drone tuning meant to keep highway cruising civil, and finished with dual 4.5-inch black chrome tips carrying laser-etched MagnaFlow branding. The system is backed by a limited lifetime construction warranty.
At $3,359 before installation, it’s not a cheap add-on — but for a car whose own factory-vs-electric-Charger comparison hinges heavily on exhaust authenticity, it’s a direct answer to the Sixpack’s most consistently cited weak point.
Greener On The Other Side (of the pond) Across the Atlantic, Nissan is launching a new city EV, and it’s definitely not going to be launched in the U.S. According to Nissan, it’s a car “built in Europe, for Europe,” built on Renault’s AmpR Small platform, and assembled in the brand’s Revoz plant in Slovenia.
The new small EV will be called the Pixo, a name that was once used for a rebadged Suzuki Alto in the United Kingdom from 2009 to 2013. Now, the Pixo comes back as a Renault EV, and because it uses the AmpR Small platform, it shares the same bones as the Twingo E-Tech and the new Dacia Spring.
Nissan on the Outside, Renault Underneath Many details of the Pixo are still unknown at the time of writing, but Nissan gave us a teaser statement: “Small in size yet big in personality, PIXO is the newest addition to Nissan’s growing electric vehicle line-up. Created for modern urban life, it combines compact dimensions with intuitive technology and distinctive Nissan design, making everyday city driving easy and enjoyable.”
Nissan’s teaser has a retro arcade-game style, so it’s safe to assume the brand pulled from its 1980s design archive, but we’re expecting a modern twist. Nowadays, automakers are blending nostalgic designs and callbacks with the latest tech, and Nissan is along for that ride. While Nissan designed the Pixo’s exterior, the platform looks set in stone.
So far, Nissan hasn’t disclosed any specifications. Being a city car, we’re not expecting 1,000 horsepower and 100 kWh batteries, but because it’s a rebadged model, we have a template to work with. The Renault Twingo E-Tech has a 79-horsepower electric motor that drives the front wheels and is powered by a 27.5 kWh lithium iron phosphate battery. The Renault Twingo E-Tech has an estimated range of 163 miles (WLTP), and its DC charging power is capped at 50 kW.
Renault Twingo E-TechLaunching September 23, 2026 Sources point to Nissan pricing the Pixo under $24,000 (under €20,000), a price point the Japanese brand hasn’t touched in Europe in a while. Nissan exited the segment in the past because of stiff competition. During that time, it looks like the brand went back to the drawing board.
Unfortunately, the Nissan Pixo will be a Europe-only model. It’s made only in Slovenia with the Renault group and Renault powertrains, so I’m not holding my breath. The Nissan Pixo launches on September 23, 2026.
Nissan
New Era BugattiIt’s been known for some time that Bugatti will soon be under new management. After the Volkswagen Group (VW) revived it under the Porsche brand, new interest from other carmakers has given them reason to sell out. EV Hypercar maker Rimac decided to take the storied Bugatti brand into the future.
Rimac has now announced that its majority buy-in of Bugatti is complete, giving it control of the brand moving forward.
Bugatti CEO Mate RimacRonan Glon
Control With New LeadershipWhen Porsche first agreed to sell to Rimac in 2021, the agreed-upon shareholder structure gave Rimac a 55% majority stake, with Porsche holding the remaining 45%. Porsche also held a 21% shareholding in Rimac Group. This was a joint venture agreement at the time; now Rimac takes complete control.
According to the official announcement, “a consortium led by HOF Capital, including BlueFive Capital as its largest investor and other institutional investors from the US and Europe, agreed to acquire Porsche’s shareholdings in Rimac Group and Bugatti Rimac. The transaction has now been completed.” After completing the Porsche buyout, Mate Rimac takes over as President of Bugatti Automobiles, while Marko Brkljačić is being considered for the Chief Operating Officer role. Another key role switch will see current Bugatti Automobiles Managing Director Hendrik Malinowski transition to Chief Commercial Officer.
Bugatti
Looking AheadThe buyout and new management structure follow the brand’s continuous efforts to usher in a new era. Just this past July, Bugatti opened the new La Manufacture production facility in Molsheim. On new products, the Mistral has finally been put out of production, with the new flagship model Tourbillion currently under testing and a new V16 engine replacing the iconic W16.
Bugatti’s new V16 is a naturally aspirated unit built in partnership with legendary engine builder Cosworth. Three electric motors will assist the V16, for a total output of 1,800 hp. The performance is expected to give the Tourbillion a 0-60 mph time of 2.0 seconds and a top speed of 276 mph.
Bugatti
It’s forbidden fruit in America, but Lexus is working on a more extreme version of the already-racy LBX Morizo RR. New spy shots gathered by the Autoblog spies have captured a pre-production LBX Morizo RR prototype testing at the Nürburgring in Germany, and while camouflage is meant to throw us off the scent, it’s the camouflage that draws our attention to a new addition. Besides the bumpers, rocker panels, and roof spoiler, this development mule has also had vinyl applied to its roof. The covering isn’t hiding a panoramic glass roof, as engineers tend to leave these exposed to measure cabin temperatures and UV levels. Instead, the LBX Morizo RR seems to be hiding a lightweight carbon fiber roof.
Lexus LBX Morizo RR Gleaning From Gazoo Racing Hot Hatches Autoblog/SH Proshots
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article The existing Lexus LBX Morizo RR takes its name from Toyota chairman Akio Toyoda, who raced under the pseudonym ‘Morizo,’ and he was instrumental in creating the Toyota GR Yaris and GR Corolla from which this hot Lexus crossover draws. Under the hood is a 1.6-liter turbocharged four-cylinder making 300 horsepower and 295 lb-ft, figures familiar to the GR Corolla. And now, like the Gazoo Racing hot hatches, it appears that the LBX Morizo RR is gaining access to a lighter roof, but Lexus isn’t stopping there. Our spies report that the bumper has been spotted with a small piece of vinyl camo missing, revealing a carbon fiber finish underneath, specifically around the license plate area. That suggests that the entire rear bumper, including its vented diffuser panel, will be made of carbon fiber-reinforced plastic, just like the roof and, presumably, its spoiler. Since the front end is also concealed, we can only assume the composite material may be used on both ends, and possibly even the other camouflaged areas. It seems Lexus is preparing a more lightweight, extreme version of the LBX, and if so, suspension, steering, and braking tweaks may also be in development.
Autoblog’s TakeAutoblog/SH Proshots
This Lexus LBX sighting doesn’t matter much to Americans because the crossover isn’t sold here in any form, but it’s important for the Lexus brand. The marque is currently working on a Morizo RR version of the RX SUV, which is sold in the U.S. and other markets, and increasing the number of performance-oriented Lexus models on offer helps each market the other. Toyota has been developing exciting new engines that would suit both this LBX and the GR Corolla, as well as bigger units with the grunt needed for a larger performance SUV, a mid-engine sports car, and more. As this performance portfolio expands, so will Lexus’ opportunities to keep growing.
Autoblog/SH Proshots
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article
One-off Bugatti Veyrons don’t usually end up sitting in showrooms with no buyers in sight, but this one did. Built by Oakley Design, and tuned to 1,200 horsepower, with a lighter carbon body, and a very loud paint job, this was a well-documented one-off Veyron that no one wanted — for good reason. It was in the back of a Dubai showroom with a non-start fault and a gearbox that would only work occasionally. And while nobody local would touch it, Armstrong had seen this exact problem before, on his own Veyron, so he flew out, poked around for twenty minutes, and bought it anyway. Total spend, roughly $1.3 million once shipping and import duty were added in. Confidence is a currency too, and Mat Armstrong has plenty.
Why Pay Bugatti Thousands When $50 Does The TrickBefore the car even left Dubai, the company tasked with prepping it for the flight recognised the Bugatti from Mat Armstrong‘s own YouTube channel, where he’d previously diagnosed the exact same fuel hose failure on his first Veyron. They swapped the hoses themselves, for free, based purely on a video. That is the right to repair working exactly as it should, information moving where the manufacturer refused to.
Mat Armstrong/YouTube
View the 4 images of this gallery on the original article Unfortunately their fix used the wrong hose clamps, so the car died again within minutes of arriving in the UK. Armstrong redid the job properly this time, using submersible fuel hose he had lying around from a previous fix. The individual fixes were almost comically cheap by Bugatti standards: an $14 ignition switch from a Volkswagen Transporter, hood struts from a Tiguan, a $4 resistor and a handful of other inexpensive parts brought his repair spend to roughly $54.
Then Came the Million-Dollar Reality CheckWith the electronics sorted and the original wheels refitted, Armstrong drove the Veyron to luxury and exotic car dealer Tom Hartley for a reality check. Hartley knew the car’s history going back to 2006 and confirmed there was no accident record hiding underneath the drama. Hartley’s valuation came in at £1.5 million, or roughly $2 million, inline with Classic.com values for the Veyron, giving Armstrong a theoretical margin of around $600,000 over his all-in investment.
That’s a great margin for a car even the dealer didn’t want to sell in case it ruined his reputation. Armstrong hasn’t decided whether to keep the Veyron, sell it or simply sit on it as the market moves. But with a garage that now includes two Bugattis that were bought and fixed on the cheap, he’s a winner either way.
The XC40 is technically not Volvo’s cheapest model in the US — the EX30 undercuts it by roughly $1,000 — but it remains the brand’s most affordable gas-powered SUV and its third-best-selling nameplate here, a track record stretching back to 2018. A refresh for 2027 was overdue, and Volvo has delivered a fairly conservative one rather than a full redesign.
The Changes Are Modest, By DesignVolvo
Exterior updates on Volvo’s XC40 center on new “Thor’s Hammer” LED headlight graphics that now stretch from the fascia’s edges into the grille, a resculpted tailgate with more pronounced horizontal creases, and a tweaked brake light graphic. Inside, the infotainment screen grows from 9 to 11.2 inches and now protrudes from the dash rather than sitting flush within it, still running Google-based software with Gemini added for better natural-language requests. The bigger news is on the safety side: Volvo overhauled the XC40’s entire sensor suite to match the rest of its lineup, replacing the front and rear radars, front camera, and parking cameras, while adding 12 new ultrasonic sensors — enough new hardware to enable a Door Opening Alert feature, a proper 3D 360-degree camera view, and a Pilot Assist system now capable of handling lane changes on its own.
Volvo
View the 2 images of this gallery on the original article What’s Missing Says More Than What’s In ItVolvo’s press release covering all of this never once mentions the EX40, the all-electric version of the XC40 formerly sold as the XC40 Recharge. That omission lines up with an Automotive News report claiming the EX40 won’t return, and Autoblog’s own reporting confirms why: Volvo’s already planning a replacement, the EX50, arriving in fall 2027 and built on the newer SPA3 platform shared with the EX60 rather than the aging CMA platform underpinning both the current EX40 and gas XC40.
Volvo
A Bigger, Cheaper Replacement Is Already PlannedThe EX50 is expected to price in the high-$40,000 range, undercutting the current EX40’s $56,545 starting point by a wide margin, while likely beating its 296-mile maximum range thanks to the SPA3 platform’s 800-volt electrical architecture. It’s a sensible move for a brand that’s posted steep US sales declines this year and is leaning hard on newer, more efficient platforms to turn that around. Volvo hasn’t announced 2027 XC40 pricing yet — the outgoing 2026 model starts at $41,295 delivered — with the refreshed version reaching customers in early 2027, powered by the same 2.0-liter mild hybrid turbo-four making 197 hp in front-drive form or 247 hp with all-wheel drive.
Hyundai’s relatively recent Crater and Boulder concepts indicate that the brand wants to look, feel, and be tougher in the SUV space, and redesigns to create boxier vehicles are already being spied on the road. But there’s much more still to come, reports Australian publication Drive, which spoke with Hyundai’s general manager of product planning in the Oceanic country, Jonathan Lam. According to him, Hyundai is working towards making rugged XRT variants so ubiquitous that the three-letter badge becomes a sub-brand of its own. In other words, more XRT and XRT Pro models are in the pipeline.
Hyundai Says XRT Will Reach Every CornerHyundai
“We’re considering factory-built XRT Pros or XRTs across basically any model across a range,” said Lam. “Whilst we can’t confirm what will be available globally from factory, we’re going to take a very close look at it.” Obviously, the aforementioned concepts preview the long-term direction that rugged XRT models could take, becoming more extreme than ever before, but Hyundai will also be happy to increase XRT brand awareness through more subtle means, as evidenced by the 2027 Tucson XRT, which looks more refined than the off-road-biased badge indicates. We’ve also already seen XRT variants of the Santa Fe, Santa Cruz, and Ioniq 5, the latter of which is an EV, so Hyundai isn’t too precious about where the badge goes, as long as it’s accompanied by a certain level of off-road substance. Adding body cladding, raised suspension, and all-terrain tires, plus maybe some new drive modes, isn’t too resource-intensive a play. This gives Hyundai more data from which to draw in its market evaluations, teaching the brand what buyers worldwide, including in the U.S., expect when they step into a slightly more capable crossover or SUV.
Autoblog’s TakeAdam Lynton/Autoblog
Hyundai appears to be pacing its off-road ambitions, exploring which models that have not yet been made more capable should be considered for inclusion in the XRT lineup, but it’s easy to tell what’s already been approved; spy shots from Korea indicate the Kona will be the next to benefit. That’s the smallest crossover in Hyundai’s U.S. lineup after the Venue, which may be too small for XRT upgrades. At the opposite end of the lineup, the all-electric Ioniq 9 three-row SUV also hasn’t received an XRT trim yet, but we’ve seen development mules. These will pave the way for the future of XRT, which, if successful, may someday get standalone off-road models inspired by those concepts we mentioned earlier and aimed directly at the likes of the Jeep Wrangler.
For days after I returned home from Texas, I could still hear the roar of the hypercars whenever I closed my eyes. From Genesis Magma Racing’s hospitality loft above the pit lane at Circuit of the Americas, each pass down the front straight sent the sound of a field full of high-strung engines through the floor, into my stomach, and seemingly straight through my soul. Long after the six-hour race ended, those sounds continued to play in my head on repeat. A certain number stuck with me, too: seven.
Seventh place doesn’t sound like all that much to get excited about. There’s no sparkling trophy, no spray of champagne, nor a permanent spot in a manufacturer’s highlight reel. But for Genesis Magma Racing, finishing seventh at this year’s Lone Star Le Mans represented something considerably more meaningful. It was the young team’s best FIA World Endurance Championship result yet, achieved in its first North American race and in Genesis’s most important market outside South Korea. The result provided the clearest evidence so far that Genesis has moved beyond simply talking about its motorsport ambitions—it’s finally beginning to earn them.
Genesis Magma Racing @ Lone Star LeMans 2026Javier Jimenez / Drew Gibson Photography
A six-hour recovery produced Genesis’s best result yetThe No. 17 GMR-001 Hypercar, driven by Pipo Derani, Mathys Jaubert, and André Lotterer, began the weekend with phenomenal pace. Both Genesis entries reached Hyperpole for the first time under WEC’s regular qualifying format, and Lotterer moved from eighth to fifth during the opening lap of the race. But his charge didn’t remain tidy for long. An attempted move for third ended in contact with Ferrari and a spin, dropping the No. 17 to the back of the Hypercar field and adding a five-second penalty. What could have been an otherwise forgettable and horrendously humid afternoon instead became a display of measured recovery amid changing conditions, heavy traffic, and suffocating Texas heat. Pipo Derani himself described the car as “the sauna.”
A mid-race safety car helped restore the team’s chances, while a later virtual safety car gave Genesis an opportunity to gamble on changing only the left-side tires. Jaubert took over for the final stint and fought more experienced rivals, eventually moving into eighth before a penalty for the No. 12 Cadillac elevated Genesis to seventh. Ferrari ultimately won, followed by Cadillac and Alpine. Genesis finished behind Toyota but ahead of BMW, a second Cadillac, and Peugeot. Its No. 19 sister car placed 15th, but both GMR-001s completed the race on the lead lap without suffering a mechanical problem during any session of the weekend.
Thinking about selling your car? Get an instant cash offer online now. Click here to get started.Genesis Magma Racing @ Lone Star LeMans 2026Cole Attisha
Seventh place matters more than it soundsGenesis is racing against manufacturers that have accumulated decades of endurance experience, institutional knowledge, and championship hardware. Toyota, Ferrari, Porsche, BMW, Cadillac, Alpine, Peugeot, and Aston Martin didn’t show up needing a tutorial. Even their newest race cars are supported by organizations that already know how to survive six, 12, or 24 hours of competition. Genesis Magma Racing, on the other hand, began with a blank slate. The operation comprises roughly 75 people representing 16 nationalities, working between its race base in Le Castellet, France, and Hyundai Motorsport facilities in Germany. Its first competitive WEC weekend took place at Imola in April 2026. Just one race later, the No. 17 scored the team’s first points by finishing eighth at Spa-Francorchamps.
COTA improved that benchmark by one position, but the more important progress was less obvious. Both cars made Hyperpole, both ran without mechanical trouble, and both finished on the lead lap. Those were explicit targets for the program before the season began, and Genesis achieved all of them at the same event. This doesn’t mean the team is ready to declare victory—it still committed the kinds of errors that turn podium pace into a recovery drive, and team members were candid about the discipline required to compete at this level. What impressed me in the garage was how comfortably its people balanced confidence with humility. From the outside, I would never have guessed how recently the team had been assembled. Inside, nobody behaved as though they hadn’t fully comprehended the challenges that lay ahead of them.
Genesis Magma GT ConceptCole Attisha
From a reveal in France to a real result in TexasThe weekend at COTA felt like the next chapter of a story I had first encountered last November. At Genesis’s 10th-anniversary celebration near Marseille, the brand presented the production GV60 Magma, a fleet of spectacular concepts, and a mid-engine Magma GT intended to support future GT3 ambitions. I left France convinced that Genesis was serious about becoming more emotional and performance-focused, but I also acknowledged that revealing ambitious cars is easier than establishing a motorsport pedigree.
At Paul Ricard, I experienced what Magma feels like from the passenger seat of a GV60, driven at full attack by Derani. In Austin, I watched Derani, Lotterer, and Jaubert turn that promise into championship points in a racing car developed from scratch. A manufacturer can control nearly every element of a concept-car reveal, from lighting and music to timing and temperature, but motorsport is not such a neatly cooperative setting. Competitors interfere, rain clouds appear, drivers make mistakes, components fail, and strategies unravel in public spectacle. That unpredictability is precisely what makes racing useful to a young luxury brand: credibility can’t be choreographed.
Shopping for a new car? Click here to get a great deal on your next vehicle. Powered by Carvana, no haggle pricing, 100% online.Genesis Magma Racing @ Lone Star LeMans 2026Javier Jimenez / Drew Gibson Photography
Genesis is racing where it needs to growSouth Korea remains Genesis’s largest market, but the United States has become its largest and most strategically important market outside its home country. Genesis Motor America delivered a record 82,331 vehicles in 2025, up 10% year over year, after several consecutive years of growth. It then recorded its strongest American first half in 2026 with 39,088 sales, led primarily by the GV70 and GV80 SUVs.
Genesis is backing that growth with an unusually aggressive North American plan. The brand intends to launch 22 new or substantially updated vehicles in the U.S. and Canada between 2026 and 2030, encompassing new models, powertrains, and derivatives. The recently unveiled GV90 will establish a new flagship, while the GV60 Magma will soon give North American buyers their first production taste of Genesis’s high-performance sub-brand. Hyundai Motor’s 2025 results help demonstrate why this region is so critical.
That all meant COTA was more than just another stop on the WEC calendar. It was a public demonstration of Genesis’s newest identity before executives, investors, journalists, and American racing fans. The company is also evaluating the possibility of competing in IMSA, although no updated commitment or timetable was confirmed during the weekend. An American sports-car program would bring the GMR-001—or a successor—to more North American circuits and place the Magma name in front of the people Genesis most wants to reach.
Genesis Magma Racing @ Lone Star LeMans 2026Javier Jimenez / Drew Gibson Photography
Motorsport brings Genesis’s three pillars togetherGenesis executives resist assigning one narrow objective to racing. The program is not presented solely as a laboratory for road-car technology, a marketing exercise, or an attempt to collect trophies. Instead, motorsport is supposed to help define the brand through its three central pillars: design, technology, and hospitality.
Design is represented by “Athletic Elegance,” translated into the GMR-001’s unmistakable Two-Line lighting, low-slung bodywork, and Korean visual identity. Technology is supposed to feel effortless, even when the engineering behind it is anything but. Hospitality draws from the Korean concept of Son-Nim, treating each customer as an honored guest. I saw all three at COTA. The Hypercar was among the most attractive machines on the grid. Its mechanics and engineers made an enormously complex operation appear calm and controlled. Above the garage, the hospitality team maintained the same attentiveness that Genesis brings to its showrooms and cultural spaces.
The strategy extends well beyond racing. Genesis has spent years building awareness through the Genesis Invitational golf tournament, its TGL partnership, and Genesis House in New York. Magma Racing, Genesis Design California, and the new GV90 represent a more ambitious phase: the brand is no longer introducing itself so much as defining what it wants to become.
Genesis Magma Racing @ Lone Star LeMans 2026Javier Jimenez / Drew Gibson Photography
The cowboy hats came after the checkered flagImmediately after the race, Lotterer and Derani came upstairs to the hospitality loft to be fitted for their very own Stetson hats, and the scene captured the team’s mood better than any formal debrief could. Everyone understood that seventh place was not the ultimate objective, but nobody pretended it was insignificant. The smiles were genuine because progress in a first season must be measured before it can be celebrated with trophies.
Genesis has already demonstrated pace. It has scored points twice, survived the 24 Hours of Le Mans, and completed its American debut with both cars on the lead lap. What comes next will be even more challenging: eliminating the penalties, procedural errors, and small lapses that established teams punish without mercy. Seventh place doesn’t make Genesis Magma Racing a dominant force. But it does establish that the program has earned its place in the fiery crucible of endurance motorsport. At the brand’s first race in its most important overseas market, that was a result worth hearing—and one whose sound has stayed with me ever since.
Autoblog aims to feature only the best products and services. If you buy something via one of our links, we may earn a commission.
Petroleum futures soared this week as the Iran War appeared to be escalating again. The benchmark Brent Crude surged past $100 a barrel which, in turn, pushed up prices at U.S. pumps – with still more increases set to follow.
The typical American motorist is now paying $4.2245 for a gallon of self-serve regular, according to GasBuddy.com, compared with $4.1203 a week ago. And Pres. Donald Trump, getting ready to head to Texas for the Republican midterm convention, warned that “it’s going to take longer than the midterm” before prices start to drop.
An 18-wheeler is part of a nationwide transportation system facing massive increases in diesel fuel costs.Drivers can expect to spend hundreds of dollars more this year on gasoline, but the real concern is what’s happening with another fuel. Diesel prices set a new record last week, at $5.8500, reported AAA, jumping to $5.9424 by Wednesday evening. While relatively few U.S. motorists today require diesel, the fuel is used to move 76% of American freight, powering everything from semi-trucks to diesel locomotives, ocean freighters to river barges. And, according to the experts, we can expect “an inflationary pulse” to course through the entire economy in the weeks and months ahead.
The Strait of Hormuz. As the Iran War escalates again fuel supplies continue to be stretched while prices on the commodities markets are soaring.By the NumbersCrude oil prices have soared since the bombs started falling on Tehran on February 28, climbing from $70.73 to a Wednesday close of $101.21 per barrel. But “Global prices of all main refined products have increased more than crude prices,” according to a research note from Goldman Sachs. Gas cost $2.98 a gallon on February 27, diesel coming in at $3.72 a gallon, according to AAA data. That’s a far cry from the promise made by the president during a “Meet the Press” interview on May 24, 2025. Trump, during the 2024 campaign, and again during the early months of his second term, said he’d bringgas down below $2,
Diesel prices have surged even faster than gasoline, reflecting a variety of factors including high demand, low inventories and the added costs of producing low-sulfur versions of the fuel. Whatever the reason, diesel is, at $5.9424 a gallon, now at its highest figure ever. That’s up from $3.72 on February 27, according to the monthly statistics report from the U.S. Bureau of Transportation. And it tops the prior record high of $5.81 per gallon set on June 17, 2022, following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine.
Those who track the energy industry have been warning that ever-higher prices could be the norm for the near to midterm. Now, Trump appears to be ready to accept that reality. “Right after the election, oil prices are going to be tumbling downward,” he said, before sounding a more pessimistic note a momentum later, cautioning that, “I think it’s going to take a little bit longer than the midterm.”
Expect to see food prices continue to rise, whether at a fast food chain or your local grocery.From Farm to TableWhy should motorists be more worried about the price of diesel than what they’re paying for gas? Because it impacts virtually everything in the economy. That delivery from Amazon Prime? Chances are whatever you bought spent at least part of its journey in a diesel-powered vehicle. Nowhere is the impact more significant than when it comes to the food you put on your table. According to the Independent Grocers Alliance, fuel costs account for anywhere from 15 to 30% of the price of your groceries.
Take the burger likely grilled over the Labor Day holiday. The food chain began in a farm field plowed by a diesel tractor, the feed grain harvested by a diesel combine and then shipped to a ranch in a rail car hauled by a diesel locomotive. Diesel trucks likely then took fattened cattle to the slaughterhouse and, eventually, ground beef and steaks to your local grocery.
Sure, an 18-wheeler can haul a lot of cargo but, at an average of just 6.5 to 7.5 miles per gallon of diesel, according to an analysis by the U.S. Bureau of Transportation, a trucker’s fuel bill adds up quickly. The average semi clocks 1,800 to 2,400 miles per trip, based on the Federal Highway Administration’s highway statistics survey. That means burning through somewhere between 257 to 343 gallons per trip. At the current price for diesel, that translates into as much as $2,650 a run.
Even Pres. Donald Trump now believes we could see fuel prices remain high for some time.atlasstudio
Things Could Get WorseThe run-up in fuel costs isn’t something trucking companies – or anyone else along the supply chain – will readily absorb. This could quickly trigger an inflationary pulse” coursing through the entire economy. John Kilduff, Founding Partner at Again Capital and an observer of global energy markets, said in a recent interview on CNBC,
With even the president starting to sound pessimistic, there are other reasons to worry. Even before the Iran War, roughly 70% of American farmers said they were struggling to purchase all the – largely petroleum-based – fertilizer they needed this year, according to a report by the American Farm Bureau Federation’s nationwide survey released on April 14, 2026. Cattle ranchers, meanwhile, were thinning herds. They’re now facing even more financial pressure. Then there are the trucking fleets. Some carriers already have become more selective about which loads they take, meaning businesses relying on spot capacity find it harder to cover loads when they need it most, according to the American Trucking Association. This could have an impact on availability of some goods.
If that’s not enough, the U.S Strategic Petroleum Reserve, which serves as a buffer when prices climb too high or too fast, has plunged to its lowest levels since December 1982, when it was initially being filled. The ongoing closure of the Strait of Hormuz has put tremendous strain on global petroleum supplies. That’s compounded by the war in Ukraine, the Kyiv government’s escalating drone and missile attacks targeting Russia’s petro infrastructure. Now, add the trade war between Canada and the U.S. The Northern neighbor could create havoc if it chose since 24% of its petroleum distillate exports go to the U.S., according to the Canada Energy Regulator.
Worldwide, “Shrinking inventories could prolong the crisis for months, driving higher diesel prices and intensifying inflation risks worldwide, particularly as winter approaches,” warned a report by tracking site Oilprice.com. If anything, the situation could “get ugly” before it gets better, Eugene Lindell, head of refined products at consultancy FGE NexantECA, warned in an interview with Bloomberg.
Porsche introduced the all-electric Cayenne EV late last year, with up to 1,139 horsepower on tap. A more hardcore version of the EV is in development, but Stuttgart isn’t neglecting the combustion-powered Cayenne, as new spy shots captured on the Nürburgring confirm. In them, we see the revised Cayenne Turbo GT with what appear to be Weissach Pack upgrades, including a substantial rear wing. In fact, the entire SUV seems to be just about ready for production, with only parts of the lighting units semi-camouflaged and the bumpers left exposed.
Subtle Changes For Performance-Focused Porsche SUVAutoblog/SH Proshots
The Cayenne Turbo GT is not the most powerful iteration in the SUV’s range – that honor goes to the 729-horsepower Turbo E-Hybrid – but it is the most performance-focused, with no hybrid battery and only a single body style option (so-called coupe). Of course, that could change for the refreshed model, but if that were the case, we’d see triangular yellow decals on each windshield to let safety personnel at the Nürburgring and on surrounding roads know to beware of the high-voltage battery. Thus, it’s safe to assume that the 4.0-liter twin-turbocharged V8 will carry over, likely with minimal changes. We don’t expect power to necessarily increase over the current model’s 650 hp, but for Europe, new filtration, purification, and efficiency methods will likely be introduced to keep the hot SUV legal when Euro 7 emissions rules take effect in a couple of months.
Autoblog/SH Proshots
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article And outside, just as is the case with every new Porsche derivative or model year, telling the cosmetic changes apart is tricky. There’s still a full-width LED light bar, a centrally mounted pair of exhaust tips, an integrated lip spoiler, and a chunky roof spoiler, but at the front, the keen-eyed will notice that the horizontal indicator lights are straighter than the dog-bone-shaped units on the current model, while the rear has tape on vents just behind the wheels. Presumably, the black tape between the taillights hints at a change in graphics, but it could just be a means of hiding the model designation. Either way, the headlights seem to be getting some mild revisions. This prototype has a roll cage, indicating high-speed testing is taking place, but whether the engineers are focusing on the powertrain or the chassis is unknown.
Autoblog’s Take Autoblog/SH Proshots
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article The current, third-generation E3 YB Cayenne Coupe has been on the market since 2017 and received a significant overhaul in 2023 that Porsche said was almost as extensive as introducing a new model. With very subtle changes occurring to the bodywork, this updated Cayenne Turbo GT for the 2027 model may herald a similarly extensive refresh or an all-new generation and platform, but the former seems more likely. We should have more information soon, as a reveal is expected before 2026 comes to a close, though early next year is also a possibility. Either way, Porsche needs new products to be popular, as times are tough for all Volkswagen Group brands right now.
Autoblog/SH Proshots
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article
Former Toyota Employees Colluded with a Body Shop Two former Toyota employees conspired with an auto body contractor to exploit a support program designed to help customers and fix vehicle paint problems. The dealer involved is Toyota of Watertown in Boston. The lawsuit says two former dealership service employees and a former body shop contractor exploited Toyota’s support system and submitted more than $2.1 million in fraudulent claims for vehicles that were not eligible for reimbursement.
The lawsuit named Rodney Dukes, former Fixed Operations Director of Watertown Toyota; Paul Nguyen, former Service Adviser of Watertown Toyota; and Autobody Quad of Malden, Massachusetts, and its former owner, Fabio Gomes. The mentioned parties are the defendants in this case.
Photo for illustrative purposes only! BMW
The Scheme Watertown Toyota has a manufacturer-powered program that helps its consumers deal with peeling paint. Dubbed the Customer Support Program ZKG, it aims to right manufacturing wrongs by fixing paint issues through third-party contractors. Launched in 2019, the program reimburses dealerships and authorized contractors to fix peeling paint caused by defective primer, Automotive News reports.
However, instead of doing their due diligence and supporting the program, according to the lawsuit, Autobody Squad saw it as an opportunity for unwarranted enrichment. To facilitate this, the two former Toyota employees, Dukes and Nguyen, received under-the-table payments and gifts to keep processing fraudulent peeling-paint claims.
At the start, the scheme produced a “modest” number of claims, each valued between $3,000 and $6,000. At some point, Autobody Squad became Toyota Watertown’s exclusive partner in 2021, after which the shop started charging between $7,000 and $10,000 for each claim. Furthermore, the lawsuit also states that the number of claims increased during this period.
Now, management fired the two ex-Toyota employees, Dukes and Nguyen, after suspecting them of wrongdoing. Autobody Squad, under Gomes, would photograph the vehicles and load them into the system using the dealership’s credentials. From there, they could secure the program’s approval code, then send it to Nguyen for further processing. After that, Nguyen would start the repair and purchase orders on the claims, which would then be submitted to Toyota for reimbursement, according to the complaint. Furthermore, Senior managers at the dealership were not aware that an Autobody Squad employee was given access to and trained on the ZKG program portal in 2022 to facilitate the scheme.
The suit accuses Dukes of breach of fiduciary duty, while Nguyen and Autobody Squad were charged with aiding and abetting that breach. Meanwhile, all four defendants were accused of civil conspiracy.
Toyota logo at San Diego dealershipGetty
What Happened Toyota Watertown questioned Gomes about the increased number of peeling-paint cases but trusted his efficiency and expertise on the matter, the suit claims. However, 223 claims did not meet the qualifying signs of peeling paint, yet the program accepted them.
An audit found that between March 2025 and February 2026, Toyota of Watertown took in an average of 30 paint claims per month. Meanwhile, other Toyota dealerships had 10 or fewer cases per month. The investigation also revealed that up to 80% of the claims (178 vehicles) showed no signs of peeling. The other 20% had peeling on some panels.
For a claim to come through, dealership technicians were supposed to test whether a car was eligible for the program. The investigation revealed that Autobody Squad allegedly used a dealership technician’s ID number on repair orders without conducting a proper inspection.
The total damage in this case is a chargeback of more than $2.1 million to Toyota, and even after the audit, Autobody Squad allegedly continued to solicit, manipulate, and process paperwork.
Lamborghini
The Trump administration has formally criticized Ford Motor Company regarding its business partnerships with Chinese automotive firms. U.S. Transportation Secretary Sean Duffy sent a letter to Ford CEO Jim Farley on Tuesday, expressing profound concern over the automaker’s relationships with CATL, Geely, and BYD. The transportation department is explicitly urging the Detroit automaker to immediately sever these international ties.
This regulatory pressure arrives shortly before President Donald Trump is scheduled to meet with Chinese President Xi Jinping. While policymakers in Washington are aggressively pushing to tighten restrictions on foreign vehicles entering the domestic market, Ford executives admit that permanently blocking global competitors may be unrealistic in the long term.
Chip Somodevilla/Getty Images
Duffy CriticismAccording to a Reuters report, Duffy’s letter highlighted deep alarm over Ford’s reliance on CATL-licensed technology for its upcoming battery plant in Marshall, Michigan. The transportation secretary pointed out that the battery manufacturer currently sits on a Pentagon list of companies accused of having military ties. Duffy also sharply criticized the corporate decision to continue manufacturing the Lincoln Nautilus in China until at least 2030.
The administration further scrutinized Farley’s pitch at the Detroit auto show earlier this year to facilitate joint ventures on American soil. This political scrutiny highlights a complex industry dynamic, especially since a major automaker lobbying alliance recently urged Congress to ban Chinese connected vehicles entirely and deny any waivers for competitors.
Ford quickly issued a statement pushing back against the regulatory letter, describing it as a wrongheaded attempt to generate political headlines. The automaker defended its long-term strategy by emphasizing that it completely owns the Michigan facility, controls the operations, and employs an American workforce. Furthermore, Ford pointed out that it is actively investing in domestic battery production while competitors still rely on imported technology.
Ford
The Reality Of Automotive Supply ChainsThe political rhetoric surrounding these corporate partnerships often ignores the harsh realities of global automotive manufacturing. Establishing a completely independent domestic supply chain takes years of development and immense capital investment. As Toyota recently acknowledged, matching the efficiency and technological pace of overseas manufacturing is now essential for corporate survival. Legacy brands are under immense pressure to adapt to a rapidly evolving industry without falling behind on innovation.
Automakers must constantly navigate a challenging middle ground between strict government mandates and global market viability. For instance, Ford partnered overseas with Geely because such collaborations offer necessary economies of scale that simply cannot be ignored. While lawmakers view these strategic dependencies as national security risks, manufacturers view them as necessary bridges until domestic infrastructure can fully support the automotive transition.
Ford
Honda has never been shy about styling the Passport TrailSport as a trail-ready SUV. For 2027, though, the whole look comes with actual hardware behind it. The midsize SUV gets a comprehensively reworked suspension that raises ground clearance to 9.65 inches, up 1.38 inches from last year. Honda says that number now edges out the Toyota 4Runner TRD Off-Road. For a unibody crossover to sit taller than a body-on-frame off-roader on paper is proof that Honda is trying to close the capability gap without abandoning the Passport’s crossover-friendly road manners.
Honda
What Actually Changed UnderneathThis isn’t a set of taller springs bolted on and called a day. Honda says nearly 70 percent of the suspension’s major components were redesigned, including springs, dampers, control arms, stabilizer bars and knuckles. The front driveshafts and subframe were also reworked to accommodate the extra ride height and wheel travel. Add it all up and 28 suspension and chassis parts are new or reengineered for 2027.
Honda
The payoff shows up in the geometry that actually matters off pavement. Approach and departure angles climb to 25 degrees each, up two degrees, while breakover angle improves by three degrees to 23. Translation: fewer scraped bumpers and skid plates on rutted trails, and a bit more confidence cresting steep approaches. Honda also claims improved steering feel on the road, which suggests the engineers didn’t sacrifice everyday drivability chasing trail cred. That’s the harder trick, frankly. Lifting a vehicle usually makes it feel vague and floaty; keeping it planted while adding nearly an inch and a half of height is where the real engineering effort goes.
Tech And Trim Upgrades Worth KnowingHonda is also making the TrailSport easier to place on a trail. TrailWatch, previously reserved for the TrailSport Elite, is now standard across the lineup, giving drivers front, rear, side and 360-degree views with tire-placement graphics. That’s a much more meaningful upgrade than the tougher-looking grille and new hood lights because it addresses one of the Passport’s biggest limitations off-road: visibility around obstacles. A heated steering wheel also trickles down to the whole TrailSport lineup. Styling gets tougher too, with more pronounced fender flares, a resculpted front fascia, and amber hood scoop lights that echo the Passport’s signature amber DRLs. The Blackout Package adds black fascias and new black lower skid garnishes.
Honda
Why This Matters For HondaTrailSport trims already account for more than 80 percent of Passport sales as of mid-2026, so Honda is clearly leaning into what’s working rather than chasing a niche. The question is whether those buyers will actually use the extra capability. My guess is that most won’t come close to really testing the new suspension’s potential. But, then again, they don’t have to. For many buyers, knowing their SUV can handle a rough trail is all of the appeal, and then some.
Not Carbon Fiber After AllLast month, we reported what looked like a stealthy carbon-fiber upgrade hiding underneath the Tesla Cybertruck. It had all the hallmarks of those sneaky little tweaks Tesla loves to roll out without even a press release.
Owners began spotting brand-new Cybertrucks rolling out with dark underbody panels, ditching the previous silver aluminum shields. Of course, everyone jumped to the obvious conclusion: Tesla must have gone carbon fiber. The panels looked the part, and when Cybertruck Lead Engineer Wes Morrill started calling them lighter, tougher, and cheaper than stamped aluminum, the rumor mill went into overdrive.
It looked like a clever upgrade hiding in plain sight, but as it turns out, carbon fiber had nothing to do with it.
I was surprised by how interested people were to find out we made a relatively benign change to the Cybertruck aero shield, a part of the car most people never even see. So I’ll share some more details.
Here are two photos, the left is one of the latest trucks off the… pic.twitter.com/F5cZo2CZKf
— Wes (@wmorrill3) September 7, 2026
Tesla Explains the Aero Shield RedesignAccording to Morrill, those new underbody panels aren’t carbon fiber at all – they’re made from self-reinforcing polypropylene. Basically, Tesla stretches polypropylene into fibers, then laminates it into shape, so you end up with something stronger than regular plastic but still lighter than aluminum.
Tesla says the new stuff outperforms the old stamped aluminum in just about every way that matters. It’s lighter, shrugs off impacts better, and costs less to make.
The redesign also let Tesla’s engineers get creative with the aero shield’s shape. Thanks to the new material, they could tweak the geometry around mounting bolts and panel edges – stuff that was tricky with stamped aluminum. Those little changes help smooth out airflow under the Cybertruck and shave off a bit of aerodynamic drag.
So it’s not just a material swap. The new panel is lighter, tougher, easier to make, and helps the Cybertruck slip through the air just a bit better.
Wes Morrill/X
View the 2 images of this gallery on the original article More Changes Are Already HappeningBut that’s not all. Morrill revealed the aero shield is just one of many tweaks Tesla has made to the Cybertruck since production kicked off. Looking at the latest trucks rolling out of Gigafactory Texas, he said some updates boost functionality, while others focus on cost, reliability, service, or making the thing easier to build. Morrill even called the Cybertruck ‘a living thing,’ pointing out that production isn’t the finish line – the truck keeps evolving after launch.
He didn’t spill the beans on what’s coming next, so for now, your guess is as good as ours – hardware, software, or maybe both.
One thing Tesla hasn’t quietly improved? The price tag. The Cybertruck Dual Motor AWD now starts at $74,990, up five grand from before. The Premium AWD also jumps by $5,000 to $84,990, while the Cyberbeast holds steady at $99,990.
So if you’re eyeing the entry-level Cybertruck, you’ll be shelling out more than you would have a few months back – even as Tesla keeps tinkering away behind the scenes.
Tesla
View the 4 images of this gallery on the original article
If you haven’t heard of Horse Powertrain before, it may be time to start taking notice. The company supplies four-cylinder engines for the Mercedes-Benz CLA, and in recent months, it’s been innovating at a breakneck pace, unveiling more efficient hybrid powertrains, an engine that runs on methanol for range-extended EVs, and the world’s lightest production V6. As if those feats weren’t impressive enough, the U.K.-based company has announced the Horse B20, a 2.0-liter four-cylinder turbo engine that is claimed to be “fully waterproof,” meeting IPX8 standards. The engine was specifically designed for extreme off-roading and water-fording, and it’s pretty gutsy, too.
Waterproof Turbo-Four Makes Decent PowerMercedes-Benz
Unrelated to the iconic Honda B20, the Horse B20 is capable of between 187 and 248 horsepower, with torque ratings ranging from 221 to 280 lb-ft. Horse says the engine can operate at depths of up to 1.1 meters, or over 43 inches. For comparison, a Range Rover’s wading depth is roughly 200 mm lower, at 35.5 inches. The engine is also capable of providing continuous and stable power output when tackling a 100 percent grade climb (a 45-degree continuous slope). The engine runs on the Miller cycle for a brake thermal efficiency figure of 48.4 percent, and the focus on efficiency extends to the beltline – the Horse B20 weighs just 286 pounds, making it considerably lighter than the (admittedly more powerful) BMW B48 four-cylinder turbo engine (317-427 lbs and up to 302 hp).
Horse Powertrain
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article To handle high combustion pressures, the block is a gantry-type aluminum block with an integrated exhaust manifold. It also boasts a variable-displacement oil pump, high-tumble intake ports for better atomization through the high-pressure injectors, and pistons designed to capitalize on the “squish” effect (the forcing of the air-fuel mixture towards the center of the combustion chamber at top dead center) to promote better air-fuel mixing at the compression cycle’s peak. Horse also cites a fully active dual-cooling system that it says is exclusive to this engine, but the real cleverness is in the sensors that detect when the engine is submerged, automatically adjusting power output and throttle response for maximum traction.
Autoblog’s TakeGeely
Horse Powertrain has not given us any specifics as to where this engine may be used in the future, only saying that it supports mild-hybrid, plug-in hybrid, and range-extended EV applications, which means it could go in just about anything. However, the B20 was combined with a PHEV powertrain in the Geely Galaxy Cruiser 700, a China-only off-road vehicle. We expect to see the engine make its way to European products soon enough, but will it come to America? The upcoming baby G-Class may be the perfect application.
Company Safety RatingCrash tests and safety ratings have been the standard for figuring out if a car will keep you in one piece. Depending on your ZIP code, that might mean checking out IIHS, Euro NCAP, or ASEAN NCAP before you even think about signing on the dotted line.
But there’s a different kind of safety rating, which doesn’t care about your car’s crumple zones. The FIA Road Safety Index – yes, the organization that oversees motorsports worldwide, such as Formula One – is all about how companies handle road safety as a whole. It kicked off in 2022 with a three-star max, but for 2026, the FIA cranked things up to five stars and made the rules a whole lot tougher.
Honda just became the first to hit that new five-star mark, snagging the top rating in the products and services category. And because Honda loves a bit of drama, they picked up the award right next to the Formula 1 Italian Grand Prix at Monza.
Honda
Why Honda Was the First to Get Five StarsHonda didn’t just stumble into this; it was already the first automaker to grab the Road Safety Index’s top score in February last year – a three-star rating for their operations in Japan.
To play in the big leagues under the new rules, Honda had to go bigger. They put 17 countries on the table– covering over 90% of their global motorcycle and car sales – for the FIA to pick apart.
So what made Honda stand out? The FIA pointed to a few big wins: long-term safety planning with the bosses actually paying attention, tracking crashes and injuries involving Honda vehicles worldwide, keeping tabs on safety goals with a dedicated global safety council, rolling out more advanced safety tech, and being more open about traffic safety data.
All of this is part of Honda’s big-picture ‘Safety for Everyone’ plan. The goal? Slash traffic deaths involving Honda cars and bikes by half by 2030 (compared to 2020), and then go for the holy grail: zero fatalities by 2050.
Honda
FIA’s Road Safety Index (Briefly) ExplainedThe FIA Road Safety Index isn’t about how safe one car is in a crash. It’s about how a whole company tackles road safety across everything it does. Basically, if your company wants to prove that you’re a road safety advocate, getting top scores would be your goal.
There are two scores in the Index. First, the Supply Chain Rating checks safety from the factory floor to delivery trucks. Second, the Products and Services Rating assesses how safe the products and services a company sells are. Honda’s five-star win came from this second category.
The FIA says the expanded five-star framework goes beyond the original three-star model by adding new assessment areas covering planning, safety performance monitoring, and safety culture management alongside product or supply chain coverage. The goal is to encourage organizations to make road safety a measurable part of their operations rather than treating it as a standalone initiative.
FIA
More Space, More Power, More EfficientIn June 2026, Hyundai unveiled the all-new eighth-generation Elantra, called Avante in South Korea. Notable changes include a stretched wheelbase longer than the Honda Civic’s and a more powerful hybrid powertrain.
These updates could have hurt fuel efficiency. However, a report from The Asia Business Daily says otherwise. The next-gen Elantra Hybrid reportedly improves its fuel economy by about 10.4% compared to the previous model when both are equipped with 17-inch wheels. That could help the nameplate attract more buyers who prioritize fuel efficiency, especially since its direct rivals, the Toyota Corolla and Honda Civic, also offer efficient hybrid powertrains.
Hyundai
The Numbers Tell the StoryThe report stated that the new Hyundai Elantra Hybrid equipped with 17-inch wheels is rated at 21.2 km per liter, or about 49.9 mpg. In comparison, the outgoing model with the same wheel size achieved 19.2 km per liter, or 45.2 mpg. The compact sedan reportedly returns 19.9 km per liter, or 46.8 mpg, on 18-inch wheels, still beating the previous model with 17-inch wheels.
A direct comparison to EPA-rated numbers isn’t apples-to-apples given the different testing standards. But for reference, the MY2026 Elantra Hybrid Blue has an EPA-rated combined fuel economy of 54 mpg, beating the 50 mpg of the Toyota Corolla Hybrid LE and Hybrid XLE and 49 mpg of the Honda Civic Sport Hybrid and Sport Touring Hybrid.
The report attributes the efficiency gain to upgrades including a cylinder head with an integrated exhaust manifold, a continuously variable oil pump, and a 350-bar high-pressure fuel injection system. In terms of performance, Hyundai specifies a combined output of 157 PS, or about 155 hp, for the 1.6-liter Smartstream hybrid powertrain – roughly 16 hp more than its predecessor.
Hyundai
A Preview, Not a PromiseThese specifications apply to the Korean-market model, so U.S.-bound examples could still differ. Still, the changes indicate what prospective buyers could expect from the next-gen model.
A U.S. launch date remains unconfirmed. If the new model arrives, its improved hybrid efficiency could be well-timed for the U.S. market, where interest in hybrids has remained strong as buyers look for better fuel economy amid high fuel prices and recovering demand for EVs.
Hyundai
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article
For decades, “buy a Honda” was the default advice for anyone who wanted a vehicle that would outlive its own warranty. That reputation is now taking hits from multiple directions at once, with engine problems affecting everything from Honda’s cars to the CB1000 Hornet SP, which is being recalled over excessive oil consumption. The pattern is starting to look less like bad luck and more like a trend.
Honda’s Engine Recalls Are OngoingHonda recently extended the head gasket warranty on a long list of Civic, CR-V, and Accord models to 10 years or 150,000 miles, a big jump from the usual five-year, 60,000-mile coverage. The cause is premature head gasket failure in the 1.5-liter turbo and 2.0-liter hybrid engines, the sort of thing that shows up as an overheating gauge and a repair bill that can climb past $8,000. That’s not pocket change for a car that was supposed to be the sensible choice.
Honda
It gets messier with the J35 V6. Honda recalled around 250,000 vehicles over connecting rod bearing failures, only for federal regulators to open a fresh investigation covering 1.4 million Honda and Acura models. One teardown of a recalled Odyssey, for example, appeared to show bearing damage extending beyond what the recall addressed, leaving the owner facing a replacement engine anyway.
Now The Bikes Are Joining InNow the problem has jumped from four wheels to two. The CB1000 Hornet SP, a bike praised for its sharp handling, is being recalled in multiple markets after owners reported excessive oil consumption. According to MCN, Honda traced the bike’s problem to out-of-spec pistons and piston rings, which could eventually lead to connecting rod failures if the oil level gets low enough.
Honda
It’s a different failure from the problems affecting Honda’s cars, but the optics are hard to ignore. The fix involves a full engine rebuild at dealerships, backed by a seven-year warranty, a full year longer than Honda’s already generous six-year motorcycle coverage.
View this post on Instagram
What This Actually Adds Up ToNone of these problems are related on paper. We’re talking about different engines, different factories, and different continents. That’s actually what makes the pattern troubling. Honda isn’t dealing with one bad engine anymore. It’s dealing with several high-profile reliability problems across different parts of its business. Honda’s reliability reputation wasn’t built because its engines never had problems. It was built because those problems were supposed to be the exception. The more exceptions Honda has to explain, the harder that halo becomes to maintain.
Screen FatigueTouchscreens were a far simpler affair back in the day, but now we can safely (or rather, unsafely) say the reliance on these screens has gone overboard. Consumers have spoken up that they want buttons back, along with more reasonably sized screens that don’t have to house almost every vehicle function. The good news is that some automakers are responding, while others are defying the trend.
Toyota and Honda are prime examples of brands keeping buttons, along with Hyundai and Kia. Volkswagen addressed the issue with the ID. Polo and ID. Cross by creating a cabin with the right number of buttons without an oversized screen. Now, Land Rover, more specifically Range Rover, has committed to lessening the screen acreage.
Great News, Right?Right now, Most Range Rover-badged models share the same dashboard layout. That includes a digital cluster, a touch panel for the climate control system, and a large curved screen slapped right in the middle. In fairness, the full-size Range Rovers retain a pair of dials, but for the rest, there’s not much in the way of buttons.
So, it’s great news that Range Rover is following in the footsteps of others, right? Well, not entirely. While Go Auto‘s report confirms smaller screens, the publication’s story also reveals that future Range Rover models will follow the form of the upcoming GT. If you’ve seen its interior, then you might just say the more things change, the more they stay the same.
Land Rover
Minimalism to the Max“We see lots of (rivals) going the other way with their cabins – loaded with tech, loaded with capability, loaded with noise – visual and acoustic noise. We free our cabin from all that, and that is what makes us definitely unique,” said Range Rover’s global managing director, Martin Limpert.
Meanwhile, Range Rover global product and services marketing director Ryan Miller said the interiors will look much like those in the GT, adding that the marque will not go against its rivals on the “number of screens and tech.”
While it’s true that the GT has smaller screens, it doesn’t mean Range Rover is bringing back more physical controls. If anything, we see far less of it, and as far as we can tell, only the windows are controlled with buttons. Perhaps the steering wheel controls have a more tactile feel, but given how the brand wants to reduce visual and acoustic noise, we’re not counting on it entirely. Miller added, “We’re looking to create a real tranquil sanctuary, an opportunity to detoxify through everyday life (with the) minimum number of screens we need to present the information that the driver needs (and) nothing more.”
So while the smaller screens are welcome, it’s not complemented by the return of more buttons and dials. It’s a risky strategy given that the automaker wants to apply it to all of its models, but the real test will be how consumers react to these changes.
Land Rover
The memorable run of the Toyota GR Supra MkV has come to an end, but the automaker is sending the sports car off into the sunset in style—and in support of a worthy cause. The very last MkV Final Edition of the Supra has been donated to Reach Out WorldWide (ROWW), an organization that deploys volunteer first responders to assist with natural disaster aftermaths around the world. The car will be auctioned off at Barrett-Jackson’s 2027 Scottsdale Auction, and considering the first A90 Supra sold for $2.1 million, the final one has as good a chance as any of topping that.
The Ultimate One-of-One Supra
View this post on Instagram
Toyota announced the GR Supra MkV Final Edition in April 2025, confirming that the fifth-generation’s run would be coming to an end. After an extended hiatus, the MkV Supra’s exotic styling, potent performance, and brilliant handling proved to be a worthy new chapter for the legendary nameplate.
The GR Supra MkV Final Edition comes with the 3.0-liter turbocharged six-cylinder engine producing 382 horsepower and a six-speed manual gearbox, the most desirable spec of all. To that, Toyota has added several special touches:
- One-of-one Phantom Gray paint
- GT4 Style Pack with matte finish, red trim, carbon fiber ducktail rear spoiler, front wheel arch flaps, and high front spats
- Customized serial number with a commemorative VIN ending in “99999”
Everything else found on other MkV Final Edition models applies here, too. That includes bigger Brembo brakes, revised front/rear camber angles, and retuned shocks, all aimed at making this the best-driving version of the GR Supra. The interior features sporty red stitching and a combination of leather/Alcantara trim.
“We began this incredible chapter with Toyota back in 2019 when we auctioned the very first 2020 Supra for an unforgettable $2.1 million, so it is incredibly meaningful to bookend that history on our Scottsdale block with this final production unit,” said Craig Jackson, chairman and CEO of Barrett-Jackson.
Related: I Drove the 2026 Toyota GR Supra MkV Final Edition, and This is My Honest Review
How Much Could It Sell For?Toyota GR Supra MkV Final EditionBarrett-Jackson/Facebook
Everyone will be watching to see if the MkV Final Edition can match or surpass the $2.1-million sale of the very first A90 Supra. That Launch Edition model sold for the record sum early in 2019 and was finished in Matte Gray. No other fifth-gen Supra has reached those heights, with the most expensive model sold on Bring A Trailer being a limited A91-MT Edition that sold for $76,500. A seven-figure sum for the MkV Final Edition is pretty much guaranteed when the car is auctioned in Scottsdale between January 23 and 31, 2027.
Rumors suggest that the next Supra will have a Toyota engine—instead of the BMW-derived mills in the fifth-gen model—but it will resort to four-cylinder-only power with hybrid assistance. Toyota hasn’t confirmed this and we don’t know when it may arrive, but the fifth-gen model will likely be the last Supra of its kind.
Related: Toyota’s Next Supra Will Ditch BMW Power for a Hybrid Turbo Four
Rugged by DesignOne notable detail in the reveal of the all-new, fifth-gen Hyundai Tucson was the XRT trim, which was previewed alongside the standard model. XRT denotes the brand’s off-road-inspired variants, which can help attract buyers who occasionally venture onto trails or simply enjoy the rugged look.
The press photo only showed the front end of the Tucson XRT, but a spy video from 숏카 SHORTS CAR on YouTube offers a look around what is believed to be the off-road-oriented version. Right off the bat, the spied vehicle looks quite similar to the press photo, though its seemingly more conservative approach becomes more apparent in the metal, especially compared with other XRT models, including the Santa Fe, Santa Cruz, and Ioniq 5, as well as the more comprehensive Palisade XRT Pro.
Breaking From the BlackoutAt the front, the spied Tucson XRT gets a mesh-type grille and silver-gray bumper trim, contrasting with the heavily blacked-out treatment associated with XRT models. It is also a departure from the outgoing model’s predominantly black front fascia, against which the Hyundai logo stood out. Black trim often gives off-road or sporty models a more aggressive appearance, while chrome typically adds a more traditional premium touch.
Also absent from view are the red tow hooks found on the Santa Cruz XRT, Ioniq 5 XRT, and Palisade XRT Pro.
Along the sides, the wheel-arch cladding appears grayer in this footage than the outgoing model’s black fender flares, which featured bolt-like decorative accents for an added rugged look. The rocker-panel cladding also appears gray, with similar styling applied at the rear. It does come with blacked-out wheels, adding toughness to the new and boxier appearance of the compact crossover.
숏카 SHORTS CAR/YouTube
A More Muscular Tucson Is ComingIt is worth noting, however, that while Hyundai’s preview of the fifth-gen Tucson XRT and the vehicle in this spy video share similarities, that does not confirm this is the final production version. The Korean marque could still make changes before mass rollout, so this spy video should be viewed more as a glimpse of on-road testing than actual confirmation. Market-specific specifications and launch timing also remain to be confirmed.
The upcoming Tucson will be an important model in the U.S. lineup, given it is the brand’s best-selling model in the country. It goes up against some of the market’s overall top sellers, including the Toyota RAV4 and Honda CR-V.
숏카 SHORTS CAR/YouTube
Bouncing BackMercedes-Benz didn’t have the best of starts in the EV market. The initial EQ models weren’t met with the warmest of receptions and were heavily criticized for a number of reasons – design included. The EQS failed to meet market expectations by a long way, along with the EQS SUV, EQE, EQE SUV, among others. Those models were strategic blunders hampered by the technological constraints of the time.
But harsh lessons lead to greater improvements. While Mercedes learned the hard way, the new batch of EVs is far more promising, and more importantly, successful than the previous models. The CLA EV was a pivotal moment for the brand’s EV push, proving hugely successful in Europe (China is a different story, though), and was even awarded the 2026 European Car of the Year. The GLB EV is also proving a success, and we can expect the rest of Mercedes’ battery-powered lineup to sell well, too.
Mercedes-Benz
The Next Big HopeThe CLA and GLB did a lot to undo the damage that the old EQ models did to Mercedes’ reputation in the EV market. But the company is banking on the GLC EV to be its next big hit. So far, it’s doing great in Europe, exceeding expectations not just in terms of reception but in sales as well.
So far, however, it’s not yet available in the U.S. While the CLA is a steady seller stateside, an electric crossover should help boost the brand’s EV portfolio. The GLC EV should be the one to do it, and the brand is hoping its success in its home region will translate across the Atlantic. With that, Mercedes-Benz has revealed more about the U.S-spec GLC EV, and it should give the BMW iX3, a World Car of the Year winner, a good fight once that hits showrooms.
Mercedes-Benz
Launch Model ConfirmedMercedes-Benz has confirmed that the GLC 400 4Matic Electric will arrive stateside first. It’s unknown whether lesser variants will be offered eventually, but it wouldn’t surprise us if they launch down the line. The GLC 400 is the top-spec model in the electric crossover’s range, so Mercedes wants its American arrival to start off with a bang.
It uses a dual-motor arrangement, hence why it’s all-wheel drive. Those two combined put out 483 hp and 590 lb-ft of torque, enough for a 0 to 100 km/h (0 to 62 mph) time of just 4.3 seconds. Quite the feat given that the whole thing weighs north of 5,400 lbs.
As an EV, range and battery consumption matter just as much. This crossover packs a 94 kWh battery, enough for an EPA-rated range of up to 350 miles. As for charging, it benefits from an 800V architecture for faster charging times. It has a peak DC fast-charging capacity of 330 kW, meaning it can charge from 10% to 80% in around 22 minutes.
Mercedes-Benz
Options Worth CheckingFor those asking whether the lit grille will be there whether they like it or not, it’s worth noting it won’t be a standard feature. It’ll be a relief for some, but a disappointment for others. Nonetheless, it’s available, and it features pixel graphics with 942 illuminated points in the grille and an illuminated Mercedes-Benz star.
For audio, you can choose between two options on top of the standard system. You can choose between a Burmester 3D Surround Sound System and a Burmester 4D Surround Sound System. If you still think the screens in the GLC are small, you can tick the box for the Hyperscreen, which gives you door-to-door displays. And while we’re on the subject of the interior, the Sky Control panoramic sunroof, which should be a source of amusement for anyone climbing in the GLC for the first time.
As for the chassis, there might be two options you might want to add. If you live in an area with tight spots or just appreciate maneuverability, four-wheel steering will be available in the U.S. market. Also, while we do reckon it’ll ride well even on standard suspension, you can tick the box for air suspension. Mercedes says it’s derived from the S-Class, so it should be a worthwhile option.
Mercedes-Benz
How Much?A lot has already been said about the GLC even before it’s even touched down on American soil. The thing is, Mercedes-Benz hasn’t released pricing yet, but it will be interesting to see how the company positions it. That said, it’s safe to say it should be close to the iX3.
Still, this is Mercedes-Benz we’re talking about, so it’ll probably be a couple of grand more than the BMW, but likely not much more than its main rival. About $65,000 would be a safe bet for the GLC, at least for the range-topper. Granted, it’s a fair bit more than the combustion-powered version, but for those considering the switch, it might be worth considering.
Mercedes-Benz
Chrysler has announced a recall for its Voyager and Pacifica minivans as their electronic stability control (ESC) systems could fail. That’s not something you want to happen in a tall minivan packed with up to eight people, as such vehicles are more susceptible to losing control or being involved in a rollover. Only minivans built between June and late October 2025 are affected, so the heavily refreshed 2027 Pacifica isn’t included in this recall. Still, the issue affects what has been America’s top-selling minivan through the first half of the year.
Related: 2027 Chrysler Pacifica Arrives With New Look, Updated Tech, and New Pricing
Problem Traced To Brake Pedal Position Sensor2026 Chrysler PacificaStellantis
The recall report published by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) indicates that affected vehicles may be equipped with a brake pedal position sensor with a cracked capacitor. This condition can cause the ESC light to illuminate and the ESC system to become disabled, which could increase the risk of a crash.
The following models and model years are impacted:
- 2025-2026 Chrysler Pacifica (1,652 units)
- 2025-2026 Chrysler Voyager (357 units)
- 2026 Chrysler Pacifica Plug-in Hybrid (8 units)
In total, 2,017 examples of the minivan are potentially affected.
The Voyager was essentially a cheaper, more basic version of the Pacifica, but it has been discontinued for the 2027 model year and replaced by the Pacifica LX trim. Some Pacifica models built until October 31, 2025, are the most recent models to be included in this recall; minivans built after this date have other brake pedal position sensors.
As of the 2012 model year, ESC became mandatory for all passenger vehicles sold in the United States, so a fault affecting this system will automatically lead to a recall in most cases.
What Owners Should Do Now2026 Chrysler PacificaStellantis
Drivers of these minivans may not notice any warning signs prior to the ESC system failing, but an illuminated ESC light can indicate this condition. Anyone with an affected Chrysler minivan should drive cautiously and immediately reach out to a dealer if the ESC light goes on.
The automaker will send out owner notification letters on September 29, 2026. As of September 9, owners of Chrysler minivans can use their VINs to search on the NHTSA site and determine if their vehicle is part of the recall group. Dealers will inspect the brake pedal position sensor in these models and replace them if necessary.
Customers may also contact the automaker’s customer service at 1-800-853-1403 for more information.
America’s Favorite Minivan2026 Chrysler PacificaStellantis
The Chrysler Pacifica is currently the only model keeping Chrysler afloat in the U.S., and it’s also one of the best-selling minivans on sale. In the first half of 2026, Chrysler sold 67,120 units of the Pacifica, up by 16%. That puts it ahead of the Toyota Sienna (55,252), Honda Odyssey (42,846), and Kia Carnival (40,068), the only other gas-powered minivans on sale in the country.
The 2027 Pacifica was introduced earlier in 2026 with a bold new face, revised feature availability, and an enhanced safety specification. It still comes with the reliable 3.6-liter Pentastar V6 with 287 horsepower, but the plug-in hybrid variant is gone. Inside, the Pacifica has a large and versatile cabin, including segment-exclusive Stow ‘n Go seats. Unlike the Odyssey, the Pacifica is available with all-wheel drive.
Fortunately, the number of Pacificas involved in the recall is a small percentage of what Chrysler sells each year, so the minivan’s strong reputation need not be derailed by the ESC fault.
Related: I Drove the 2027 Chrysler Pacifica 500 Miles and Now Want More Minivans
At the beginning of the year, Honda showed the Civic Type R HRC concept, a preview of what the hot hatch’s ultimate form might look like, and over the following months, there have been several indications that it was more than just a concept, including reports that it would reach production. Most recently, the rumor mill has claimed that the hottest CTR yet would arrive before the end of 2026, but a new report from Japan’s Response.jp claims otherwise, saying the U.S. and other markets will have to wait until 2027.
While the publication is quick to stress that there is still no official confirmation of the HRC concept reaching production, it says more than one source has suggested production will begin next year. Given how deep the technical upgrades run and how difficult it is to get these homologated, this is not very surprising.
Honda Civic Type R HRC: Much More PerformanceHonda
Unconfirmed reports claim that the Civic Type R HRC will reach production with a version of the new HRC-K20C racing engine used in Super Taikyu, which means more than the 315 horsepower offered by the current Civic Type R. If the production car matches the concept, its new engine is expected to be combined with a more aggressive aerodynamic package, including a new front end, widened and vented wheel arches to reduce front-axle turbulence and pressure, new side skirts to help hide a wider track, and a chunkier rear diffuser that is second in drama only to the new rear wing. The concept’s aerodynamic upgrades were also complemented by an Akrapovič exhaust at the back and HRC-branded cooling upgrades under the hood, and we suspect braking and suspension components won’t have been overlooked either. The diff could also get overhauled. Whatever parts the end product does ship with, they’re expected to be individually available at the Honda dealer, so enthusiasts won’t need the whole nine yards to start building an appreciation for HRC upgrades, and that will apply to Integra Type S owners too. It’s the same logic as BMW offering an M Performance exhaust for a base 420i. That said, no automaker will miss an opportunity to make money off a special edition, including Honda, and according to the sometimes-accurate Japanese publication Best Car, the HRC-tuned Civic Type R will cost twice what a regular Type R does.
Autoblog’s TakeHRC
One of the main purposes of motorsport ought to be to improve everyday cars, albeit ones with more performance than average, and it appears that Honda is using HRC like Toyota uses Gazoo Racing: to engineer, test, and develop new engines and other upgrades so that they last under real-world stresses. It’s been a while since there’s been a Civic Type R special edition worth getting excited about, and with an update to the FL5 due this year, a range-topping special edition may be the ideal way to say goodbye to this generation of the hot hatch in 2027. However, if pricing does turn the Type R from a $48,000 practical toy to a nearly six-figure runout special, it’ll have to be unquestionably the best hatchback of its generation, front-wheel-drive limitations and all.
EcoBoost Woes ContinueFord EcoBoost engine problems have quickly become old news. This saga has been dragging on for years, dragging Ford into courtrooms across the US and Canada.
Ford has already recalled several EcoBoost-powered models, but those were for other gremlins in the same engine family. Now, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) is zeroing in on the 2.0-liter EcoBoost, and this time, it’s the Ford Edge taking center stage.
Take note that the agency just opened a petition – not a recall or a full-blown investigation. Think of it as the first lap in figuring out if this is a real mess or just a lot of noise.
Steven J. Ewing / AOL
Covering Nearly 500,000 Ford Edge SUVsAccording to an NHTSA document, the petition covers 2015 to 2018 Ford Edge SUVs with the 2.0-liter EcoBoost under the hood. That’s nearly half a million vehicles rolling around the US.
Regulators got hit with 1,563 reports of these SUVs suddenly losing power, all pointing fingers at coolant sneaking into the engine. No crashes, fires, or injuries so far, but that complaint pile was big enough for ODI to start poking around.
According to owners, the engine suddenly loses power, flashes an “Engine Coolant Over Temperature” warning, and after a cool-down break, it might fire back up with a rough idle before the check engine light comes on for a cylinder misfire.
If this all sounds familiar, it’s because it is. Lawsuits have already called out the EcoBoost’s open-deck cooling design, which can let coolant sneak into the combustion chambers through weak spots in the engine block, cylinder head, or head gasket. Once that happens, you’re looking at corrosion, misfires, overheating, sluggish performance, and in the worst cases, a dead engine that needs a full long block replacement. And if your warranty’s up, that repair bill is about as ugly as it gets.
Owners Should Pay AttentionFor now, it’s important to separate this petition from a recall. NHTSA has opened a defect petition, which means regulators are reviewing the evidence to decide whether a full defect investigation is warranted. The agency could eventually grant the petition and launch a broader investigation, or deny it if it determines the available evidence doesn’t justify further action.
Ford’s already recalled over a million vehicles with EcoBoost engines for other problems, so this engine family is no stranger to safety campaigns. But this time, it’s all about coolant intrusion and sudden power loss in 2015-2018 Ford Edge SUVs.
If you’re driving one of these model years, keep an eye out for weird drops in coolant and overheating warnings. You should also watch for rough starts, stubborn misfire codes, or a check engine light that comes on with coolant alerts. If you spot any of these symptoms, jot them down and get your Edge checked out ASAP. Reporting the problem to NHTSA can help push things along.
Steven J. Ewing / AOL
Kia has just introduced three new GT-badged electric models in Europe. The EV3 GT, EV4 GT, and EV5 GT are the top performance variants of these edgy EVs, which were previewed earlier in 2026. Of the three vehicles, the one that U.S. customers would most likely gravitate towards is the EV5 GT. This quick compact crossover is the perfect Tesla Model Y rival and would fit into a size segment that’s hugely popular here. Now, we have a closer look at the EV5 GT’s specifications for the first time, and it looks like a fun package without resorting to the sort of unruly performance that would frighten first-time EV drivers.
Kia EV5 GT Specs 2027 Kia EV5 GT
Kia
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article The Sportage-sized EV5 GT looks very much like a downsized EV9. Elaborate lighting and boxy lines combine to create a vehicle that’s the polar opposite of the blobby Model Y. In fact, it looks a lot more like a Rivian R2 in profile. With dual motors and all-wheel drive, the EV5 GT produces 302 horsepower and 354 lb-ft of torque.
Kia claims a 0-62 mph (0-100 km/h) time of 6.2 seconds, so it’ll likely do the slightly quicker 0-60 run in about six seconds. That’s fun but not outrageous straight-line speed or anything to threaten Hyundai’s N models, but it’s quicker than the base Tesla Model Y Standard (0-60 in 6.8 seconds).
The EV5 GT has an 81.4-kWh battery that enables a WLTP-rated range of 295 miles. By more conservative EPA standards, it’ll probably cover around 250 to 260 miles on a full charge. That’s a shorter range than any Model Y, but should be just about enough for customers who can rely on home charging.
2027 Kia EV5 GT
Kia
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article Kia claims the suspension of the EV5 GT—as well as the smaller GT models—has increased spring rates, a firmer ride, and specially tuned anti-roll bars. This should provide sportier, more controlled responses. The most dynamic driving mode is GT Mode, which prioritizes cornering over comfort.
“The GT models make electric driving feel more responsive, more connected and more emotionally engaging, while retaining the everyday usability our customers expect,” said Pablo Martinez Masip, Vice President Product, Marketing & Customer Experience at Kia Europe.
Now For The Bad News2027 Kia EV5 GTKia
The Kia EV5 GT’s near-perfect blend of size, modern design, and performance would’ve made it a seemingly perfect choice for the U.S., but there are no known plans to introduce it here. The standard EV5 already isn’t on sale in America, so introducing only the performance-oriented GT version is a long shot. Almost a year ago, Kia confirmed the disappointing news, even though the EV5 is making it to Canada.
While a clear reason was not given for excluding the U.S., this could be due to expected profit margins, consumer preferences, and import tariffs. Sales of the similarly-sized EV6 have been poor in 2026, so Kia may feel it is not competitive in that space.
Whatever the reason may be, Americans are missing out on one of the coolest Kia SUVs in some time. That said, buyers looking for a quick electric SUV can opt for the new EV3 GT. It’s not as spacious as the EV5, but it’s even quicker as there’s less weight to move around.
Related: Kia Just Had Its Best U.S. Sales Month Ever as Hybrids Nearly Doubled
A Two-Tone TwistLast year, Hyundai introduced the SEL w/ 2-Tone Roof trim in the Venue, offering the familiar Denim Blue with a white roof combination. That pairing dates back to the original 2020 Venue and contrasts with the black roofs available on the trim’s other two-tone finishes.
That option, however, is on its way out. For the 2027 model year, the Venue will largely carry over but will drop the white-roof option. Although Hyundai hasn’t explained the change, using black roofs across the two-tone lineup could potentially simplify production planning. It does remove one way for prospective customers to stand out, although existing owners will retain the distinctive look now that the combination is being replaced by Mirage Green with a black roof.
Hyundai
A New Color Combo EmergesMirage Green on the Venue isn’t an entirely new color. The paint was introduced for the 2025 model year and remains available on the 2026 SE and SEL. For the upcoming version, it will also be paired with a black roof, giving the subcompact crossover another two-tone look that provides a sportier and more modern finish.
Because replacing the Denim Blue and white roof combination is the only change mentioned, the other two-tone options are expected to carry over. These include Lunar White and Ecotronic Gray, both paired with a black roof.
Additionally, the powertrain setup should be retained. It consists of a 1.6-liter Smartstream inline-four engine making 121 horsepower and 113 lb-ft of torque. The engine drives the front wheels through an Intelligent Variable Transmission (IVT), the Korean marque’s name for its CVT.
Hyundai
Carrying the Budget FlagHyundai hasn’t announced pricing for the 2027 update. For reference, the 2026 Hyundai Venue SE starts at $20,550, excluding destination charges – making it the most affordable model in the brand’s U.S. lineup, below the Elantra and the entire U.S. market following the discontinuation of the Nissan Versa. The SEL w/ 2-Tone Roof starts at $22,600, while the top-priced SEL costs $225 more and is the only trim with a sunroof.
As a carryover for the 2027 model year, the U.S.-spec Venue will remain in the generation introduced in 2019. The company unveiled a next-generation model in India last year, but it appears that version will remain there for now.
Hyundai
View the 4 images of this gallery on the original article
Most of the winter forecasts out so far have dealt with where the heavy snow goes. A strengthening El Niño has pulled the storm track south, and the states facing heavy snow this winter are mostly in the West and the southern Rockies.
The Old Farmer’s Almanac fills in the other side of the forecast. Its winter 2026-27 outlook puts eight of its eighteen regions below normal or near to below normal for snowfall, and you can view the map here.
For drivers in those regions, that sounds like a season off. The rest of the forecast complicates it: half of the eight are also called wetter than usual, and the same El Niño is steering storms in warm enough that they fall as rain, sleet or freezing rain.
States In The Low-Snow Regions
| | | | Region | States | Snowfall | Precipitation | Temperature | | Atlantic Corridor | MA, RI, NJ, NY, PA, MD, DC, VA | Slightly below normal | Below normal | Above normal | | Lower Lakes | MI and parts of WI, IL, IN, OH, PA, NY | Near to below normal | Above normal | Above normal | | Ohio Valley | KY and parts of IL, OH, PA, WV | Slightly below normal | Above normal east, below west | Below normal | | Deep South | LA, MS, AL and parts of AR, FL, TN | Below normal | Below normal north, above south | Above normal | | Upper Midwest | Parts of MN, ND, SD, WI | Near to below normal | Above normal east, below west | Above normal | | Heartland | IA and parts of KS, MO, NE, SD, MN, IL, WI | Near to below normal | Above normal | Above normal | | High Plains | Parts of MT, CO, ND, SD, NE, NM, TX, OK, KS | Below normal | Below normal | Above normal | | Desert Southwest | Parts of CA, AZ, NM | Below normal where snow normally falls | Below normal | Above normal |
Northern New England belongs on the list as well, inside a Northeast region the Almanac splits between above-normal snow in the south and below normal in the north. Texas and Oklahoma do not, despite being grouped in by some coverage. That region is warmer and drier with snowfall near normal.
Editor-in-chief Carol Connare framed the outlook around regional variation rather than mildness, saying “Winter won’t look the same everywhere this year.” The other side of the same map runs through the southern Northeast, the Appalachians, the Intermountain West, the Pacific Northwest and Alaska, all called snowier than normal, which overlaps closely with the states favored for above-normal snow in other winter outlooks.
The states that run seasonal traction laws and chain requirements are concentrated in the West, largely outside these eight regions.
Rain Is The Bigger Crash CategoryFederal Highway Administration data, averaged over 2019 to 2023, records 574,047 weather-related crashes a year on rain or mist against 219,942 during freezing precipitation of every type combined.
Part of that is behavior. Wet pavement pulls arterial speeds down by 10 to 25 percent and snow or slush by 30 to 40 percent, because drivers react to a surface they can read. A refrozen film on a road that spent the afternoon wet gets no such reaction, and it forms first on bridge decks and overpasses. Crews are working against the clock rather than the volume, since anti-icing brine has to be down before freezing rain starts.
The Wet Half Of The List: El Niño Decides Precipitation TypeThe Lower Lakes and the Heartland are forecast above normal on precipitation and near to below normal on snow, and the Upper Midwest carries the same combination across its eastern half. That covers Michigan through Iowa.
Whether a given storm comes down as snow or rain depends on a temperature profile a few hundred feet thick, and no seasonal forecast can call that months out. The competing Farmers’ Almanac, a separate publication with its own method, describes an active track from Southern California and the Desert Southwest through Texas, the Gulf Coast and the Southeast, with temperatures near freezing often enough that the rain, sleet or snow question stays open until each system shows up.
NOAA’s Climate Prediction Center puts the odds of a very strong El Niño above 90 percent for fall and winter, and both forecasts lean on it.
Driver Assistance Systems And RainThe safety equipment fitted to almost every new car sold into these regions is the equipment that degrades in the conditions the forecast favors. AAA ran closed-course testing in simulated moderate to heavy rain and found vehicles with automatic emergency braking hit a stopped car in 33 percent of runs at 35 mph. Lane keeping assistance left the lane in 69 percent of runs. Radar holds up better than camera-based sensing in precipitation, which is why results vary by system rather than by badge.
Tires carry more of the load in a wet winter than a snowy one. Water has to be cleared from the contact patch, and the tread doing that work gets shallower with every mile. Most states set the legal minimum at 2/32 of an inch, and wet braking distance falls away well before a tire reaches it.
All-season compounds also stiffen as air temperature drops toward 45 degrees Fahrenheit, which is above freezing and well inside what a mild winter delivers. A below-normal snow forecast is the reason plenty of drivers in these eight regions will skip switching to winter tires this year.
The Ohio Valley Is The Cold OneSeven of the eight regions are forecast warmer than normal. The Ohio Valley is not, and it is the only place on the list where below-normal temperatures sit alongside above-normal precipitation in the east.
Cold air, extra moisture and a snow total that still finishes under normal describe sleet and freezing rain rather than a quiet season. Kentucky and the surrounding parts of Illinois, Ohio, Pennsylvania and West Virginia are where the two halves of this forecast meet.
What Is Not Settled: Two El Niño Updates Land This MonthThe two forecasts do not agree on the Atlantic Corridor. The Almanac has it mild and dry from Massachusetts through Virginia, while the Climate Prediction Center’s seasonal outlook maps favor above-normal precipitation along almost the entire East Coast. Those are opposite calls on the same stretch of I-95.
The Almanac claims an average accuracy of 80 percent using a method it does not publish, and it graded its own previous winter as broadly correct while conceding it underestimated snowfall from Boston through New York and across the Lower Lakes. A regional call assigns a tilt to a three-month average and cannot place individual storms, which is why a below-normal season still contains the ice event that closes an interstate. CPC issues its next ENSO Diagnostic Discussion on September 10 and replaces its seasonal outlook maps on September 17.
This Oxford White Ford GT350 has covered only about 5,500 miles since its current owner bought it in July 2019 — roughly 700 miles a year, backed by a Carfax showing consistent, dealer-performed oil changes going back to 2021 and no gaps in the record. It’s currently bid to $30,000 with a reserve still in place and three days left on Cars & Bids.
What It’s Worth Right NowCars & Bids
Hagerty’s recorded 2016 GT350 sales range from $46,200 to $56,175 depending on mileage and condition, while Classic.com’s current listings show 17,000-to-32,000-mile examples asking $51,900 to $56,998, with genuinely low-mileage cars (1,000 to 4,000 miles) commanding $67,900 to $74,995. At 10,200 miles, this car sits squarely between those tiers, and its documented ownership history is stronger than most examples at any mileage — similar to how a heavily modified, essentially-new Mustang Dark Horse recently drew strong bidding on the strength of condition and paperwork alone. Fair value likely lands in the $58,000-$68,000 range, well above the current bid.
Cars & Bids
Condition and DetailsPower for this Mustang comes from the Voodoo 5.2-liter flat-plane-crank V8, rated at 526 hp and 429 lb-ft, through the Tremec TR-3160 6-speed manual built specifically for this application. Notable mods are limited to an aftermarket X-pipe, a Track Package rear spoiler, and a shift knob — all reversible, with the original spoiler and knob included in the sale. The seller has directly addressed buyer questions about oil consumption (none reported) and track use (never tracked or driven hard), and has already reduced the reserve by $2,000 to account for the car’s original-date-coded tires, which carry 2015 and 2019 codes and will need replacement regardless of remaining tread.
Cars & Bids
The Offer
| Specification | Detail | | --- | --- | | Make | Ford | | Model | Mustang Shelby GT350 | | Year | 2016 | | Mileage | 10,200 miles | | Engine | 5.2-liter Voodoo V8 | | Power | 526 hp / 429 lb-ft | | Transmission | 6-speed manual | | Drive type | Rear-wheel drive | | Exterior color | Oxford White | | Interior color | Ebony | | Current bid | $30,000 (reserve not yet met, 3 bids, ends Sept 12) |
Interested in this vehicle? View the listing here.
What Makes The GT350 UniqueThe Voodoo V8’s flat-plane crank remains unique in Ford’s lineup, and it disappeared for good when Ford replaced the GT350 with the supercharged Dark Horse SC as its new flagship Mustang — a car that starts well over $100,000, more than double what this GT350 originally cost new. That gap has only made clean, low-mile GT350s like this one more appealing to buyers who want the high-revving V8 experience without a six-figure entry price.
Cars & Bids
My TakeFair value here is $58,000-$68,000, and the documentation on this car — consistent dealer service, honest owner responses, and a reserve already adjusted for the one real flaw — is about as good as this format gets. Budget for tires immediately, but otherwise this looks like a well-sorted GT350 that’s been driven exactly as little as the numbers suggest.
Disclaimer: This post is for informational purposes only. We are not a dealership or broker. All vehicle specifications, pricing, and availability are subject to change without notice. We are not responsible for typographical errors, omissions, or the accuracy of the provided information. Please verify all details directly with the seller.
Autoblog aims to feature only the best products and services. If you buy something via one of our links, we may earn a commission.
“Our total addressable market is much bigger than just the EV under $40,000,” Andrew Frick, president of Ford Blue and Model e, told the Wall Street Journal, describing existing gas- and hybrid-vehicle owners as the Fathom’s real target audience rather than committed EV buyers. It’s a notable shift in framing for a company that’s chasing more than 100,000 first-year Fathom sales — a number no automaker besides Tesla has ever hit with a single EV nameplate in the US.
Jim Farley/X
The Target Isn’t EV Shoppers, It’s Maverick And F-150 OwnersFord has been consistent about who it thinks will buy the Fathom: “value-conscious buyers, tech-savvy younger drivers prioritizing digital features, and the mass market demanding a reliable, tech-forward daily driver,” according to prior company statements. That’s a direct pitch to owners of Ford’s own gas and hybrid lineup, not people cross-shopping a Rivian or a Tesla — a strategy that only makes sense given how aggressively Ford has priced the Fathom against its own Maverick, which itself starts at $28,595 before the Fathom undercuts it by $245.
Ford
Just Don’t Expect It To Tow MuchThe more surprising admission came from Alan Clarke, vice president of advanced development projects at Ford, who said the company isn’t designing the Fathom around serious towing at all. “We see a very small percentage of our customers in a Maverick towing, and therefore, we think that even less will be towing in this vehicle,” Clarke said. “So we’ll give the capability, but being able to tow really heavy weights really long distance isn’t something that we’ve spent a lot of time on.” For a company explicitly courting truck owners, that’s a deliberate bet that most of them care more about price and daily usability than the towing numbers trucks are traditionally sold on. Especially when the Maverick already comes with an unimpressive 2,000 lb tow rating in base form, for Ford to admit that the Fathom may be even less capable at towing is interesting, to say the least.
Betting Everything On A Sub-$30K PriceJim Farley/X
The strategy only works if Ford can actually hit its cost targets. The Fathom is the first product off Ford’s Universal EV platform, built after the company took a $19.5 billion loss scrapping its first-generation long-range EV program entirely. Whether gas and hybrid owners actually make the switch in the numbers Ford is projecting won’t be testable until preorders open in early 2027 — but the pitch itself, and the towing trade-off underneath it, is now fully out in the open.
Nothing here is confirmed — VinFast Canada’s own statement stopped short of an actual announcement, saying only that bringing the VF 2 west “would not be entirely out of place.” But the reasoning behind the hint is specific enough to take seriously: the company points directly to rising new-car prices, noting the average new vehicle sold for more than $50,000 by the end of last year, as the gap the VF 2 could fill.
Small Even By Microcar StandardsThe VF 2 is genuinely tiny: 121.7 inches long, 58.9 inches wide, and 65.5 inches tall, over 21 inches shorter than a Fiat 500e despite seating four across two doors. Power comes from an 18.3-kWh battery feeding a rear-mounted motor good for 40 hp and 48 lb-ft, enough for a 130-mile NEDC-rated range — a figure that tends to run more optimistic than real-world driving, so actual US range would likely land meaningfully lower once tested under EPA methodology. A 24-kW DC fast charger can take it from 10-70 percent in about 34 minutes. Equipment includes the available options of LED headlights, air conditioning, a 7-inch display, 13-inch alloy wheels, a driver’s airbag, ABS, and traction control — genuinely more than Fiat’s own microcar offers at nearly double the price.
Vinfast
View the 2 images of this gallery on the original article A Real Speed Advantage Over Its Closest US RivalThe detail that actually separates the VF 2 from the Topolino already selling in America is top speed: 50 mph versus the Topolino’s 19 mph. That gap matters enormously for US regulation, since the Topolino currently isn’t street-legal on regular roads at all, confined instead to private roads and low-speed communities until an LSV kit arrives later this year. A 50-mph top speed would put the VF 2 in a different conversation entirely — potentially capable of real street use on roads with posted limits up to 45 mph, not just golf-cart paths.
VinFast
Following A Playbook Already In MotionVinFast is explicitly leaning on the Topolino’s momentum as proof of concept, and the timing tracks with an argument already being made about ultra-cheap microcars finding a real niche in America — not as primary vehicles, but as a genuine alternative to the golf carts already common in dense residential communities and self-contained developments. Whether VinFast follows through with an actual US launch, or this stays a hint aimed at generating headlines, is still an open question.
As we’ve repeated ad nauseam, the egg-shaped EQ EVs Mercedes tried to sell have been flops, and the next generation of all-electric luxury vehicles needs to look good. The Autoblog spies have recently captured the new E-Class EV undergoing testing near the Nürburgring, spotting the production lighting units for the first time, and while the images reveal quite a bit, we won’t have to theorize too much because insiders indicate that the Mercedes-Benz E-Class EQ will arrive at dealerships, including in the U.S., in 2027, a year earlier than originally planned. Let’s see what we can expect.
2028 Mercedes-Benz E-Class EV Production Lighting Looks Glamorous Autoblog/SH Proshots
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article Expected to arrive for the 2028 model year, the new E-Class EV will bridge the old and the new. At the front, three-pointed star motifs appear as daytime running lights, while the clusters themselves appear to be longer and more defined than those on the C-Class. We can also make out openings for a lower intake, plus side scoops that will undoubtedly help cool the brakes. There are also sinuous, angular lines on the hood, but we can’t read too much into these because the doors also have cladding beneath the vinyl camouflage, hiding the true curves and shapes of the body. What we can confirm is the presence of a panoramic glass roof and physical door handles.
Autoblog/SH Proshots
Further back, the trunk is smoothly integrated with a subtle lip spoiler, below which we can see the stretched taillights. Unlike the headlights, these do not appear to have any star-shaped motifs, bucking the trend, and the design seems slightly reminiscent of those on the classic W123 E-Class. Overall, it’s a pretty elegant design, and it’s probably safe to say that this will look better than Bavaria’s alternative, the BMW i5. Another thing these images reveal is that, like the existing E-Class, the electric version will have rear-axle steering to help maneuver the hefty sedan. That brings us to the underpinnings.
2028 Mercedes-Benz E-Class EQ Will Go The Distance Autoblog/SH Proshots
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article The 2028 Mercedes-Benz E-Class EV will be underpinned by the MB.EA-M architecture for midsize vehicles, effectively replacing the unpopular EQE. Up to 621 miles of range is expected to be possible on the WLTP cycle, thanks to lithium-ion batteries. This sort of range will likely apply to rear-wheel-drive single-motor variants, while 4MATIC AWD versions with a dual-motor powertrain will provide more power and all-weather capability. An AMG model has also been spied this year, and this could produce as much as 900 horsepower. With development progressing steadily, Stuttgart may provide some information before the end of the year, but the launch will happen sometime in 2027.
Autoblog/SH Proshots
View the 5 images of this gallery on the original article
A New Lane for ClassicsAfter being shelved and later revived, “Leno’s Law” is now closer to becoming law. Filed as California Senate Bill 1392, the proposal passed both legislative chambers on August 31 and has advanced to Governor Gavin Newsom for his signature.
If approved, the bill would exempt more classic cars from smog checks, which help curb harmful emissions but can make ownership more of a hassle and more costly. To be more specific, the bill aims to qualify vehicles from model years 1976 through 1985 for the exemption; vehicles from before 1976 are already exempt. It would be good news for many classic car owners, including Jay Leno, who reportedly owns around 180 cars.
Ford
The Catch for CollectorsHowever, there are several limitations tied to the legislation. For one, owners would need specialized collector-car insurance. Beginning in 2030, vehicles driven fewer than 1,000 miles per year could also qualify through a verification process set by the Bureau of Automotive Repair. This would ensure the vehicles are not used as daily drivers, which could otherwise upset environmental groups advocating for cleaner air, especially in California, where EV adoption is higher than in any other U.S. state. The rules would limit the vehicles to being used primarily for shows, parades, charitable events, historical exhibitions, maintenance, and preservation.
Another thing is that the exemption would have a gradual rollout over five years. Starting January 1, 2028, eligible model years would include 1976 through 1980. On January 1, 2029, 1981 model-year vehicles would be exempted. The cutoff would increase by one model year each year until January 1, 2033, when it would add 1985 models.
The added exemption years would largely cover cars sold during the Malaise Era, a period in the U.S. when oil crises and strict new government rules pushed automakers toward engine downsizing, often trading performance for efficiency. Still, it produced some interesting cars, including the Buick Grand National and the polarizing Fox-body Ford Mustang.
Buick
One Signature AwayThe SB 1392 is now with Newsom, who has until the end of September to either sign or veto it. While it would support certain car owners and, by extension, car events featuring classics like Monterey Car Week, the governor also has to take into consideration critics saying the exemption would increase air pollution in California.
The state is so committed to EV adoption that it offers up to $3,500 in rebates for eligible first-time EV buyers, so it will be interesting to see how the story of “Leno’s Law” unfolds.
Chevrolet
A Serious EffortA name from the past has been reborn in a big way, and it looks like a properly serious effort. While Jensen never stopped building cars as it continues to build recommissioned cars, it hasn’t made a new model from the ground up in decades. That changes now with the Interceptor GTX.
In some ways, it’s the kind of car that many automakers wish they could make. There are no electrification bits here, and it’s just pure combustion all the way. The GTX is the track version of the new Interceptor, but Jensen will soon roll out a road-friendly model of its latest car. The company is dead serious with its first clean-sheet model in years, and first impressions are promising. Besides, the company is also planning a full range of cars, and it has given a hint of what’s coming next.
Jensen International
Breaking TraditionThe original Interceptor was part grand tourer and part muscle car. The result was a car that managed to look brutish and elegant, which is perhaps the reason why the classic model still resonates to this day. The new one does manage to capture some classic elements while adhering to modern-day regulations, especially with that curved rear windshield.
But for the road car, Jensen is breaking away from tradition here. That’s because the British automaker told Autocar that the road car will have four doors. This is a first for Jensen in the modern era, and for a company that was best known for its personal luxury GTs, it’s a bold move.
David Duerden, the managing director for Jensen International Automotive, had this to say. “The idea is that it’s formatted as a road car. It’s intended to be a four-door GT.” Duerden didn’t mention any more details such as powertrain or luxuries, but it’s interesting how Jensen integrated those extra doors. It still manages to retain that distinct shape, but added a small set of rear doors à la Mazda RX-8 and Hyundai Veloster. We wouldn’t call it a sedan, that’s for sure.
Jensen International
Potential RivalsTruth be told, the four-door Interceptor is pretty much on its own right now. The BMW M8 Gran Coupe is gone, while the Mercedes-AMG GT 4-Door has taken the EV route. As for the Audi RS7 and Porsche Panamera, the future is uncertain for both. That said, the Interceptor is positioned much higher than the aforementioned Germans.
Jensen did say its cars will be limited-run models, so expect a steep cost of entry. While not a four-door grand tourer per se, the Bentley Flying Spur might be a good match for it. The car could also be along the lines of the Aston Martin Rapide and the ultra-exclusive (and expensive) Lagonda Taraf. We’ll find out more details about the road version of the Interceptor, but it’s good to know that Jensen has actual plans and vision moving forward.
Jensen International
Not Every EV Fire Is the SameWith modern electric vehicles being around for quite some time now, more people likely know that EV batteries catching fire can be a recipe for disaster. A phenomenon called thermal runaway involves uncontrolled self-heating in battery cells that can spread to neighboring cells, making a fire hard to put out. That is why this fiery incident involving at least four Teslas at a California dealership is interesting, as the damage does not appear to be as severe as it would be in a thermal-runaway event.
According to KRON4, it was initially unclear how the fire started. The report stated that at least two Teslas appeared to have suffered heavy damage, while others were partially damaged. Investigators have since described the early Monday morning fire as suspicious, although its exact cause remains under investigation.
A Fire That Can Fight BackThermal runaway can cause extensive damage, especially considering that battery fires can take up to 24 hours to extinguish. That’s because they can reignite after the flames are put out, an issue that prompted Sacramento Metropolitan Fire District crews to submerge a Model S’s battery compartment in a makeshift pit in 2022.
If this was a deliberate act, why would someone do such a thing? The news outlet said that Tesla has been a frequent target of vandalism. It could stem from backlash against CEO Elon Musk over his political actions with the Trump administration, which reportedly also hurt sales, especially around the last presidential election.
A resident reportedly described waking up around 4:00 a.m. to flames 10 to 12 feet high. The Central Marin Fire Department said its crews contained the fire “without a problem,” a statement that would be unlikely if it involved thermal runaway. While the fire was considered suspicious, no injuries were reported.
KRON 4/YouTube
The Mystery Is Still BurningAs the investigation continues, one of the EVs appears to be a Tesla Model 3, possibly a Performance variant, given its red brake calipers. Another EV appears to be a Model S, which may be an unfortunate sight for enthusiasts given that production ended earlier this year alongside its SUV counterpart, the Model X. None of Tesla’s electric SUV models – the Model Y, Model X, and Cybertruck – appear to have been affected by the fire.
The report also said that the dealership was operating as usual on Labor Day and that Tesla had not responded to a request for comment.
KRON 4/YouTube
A Touchy SubjectData privacy has become a big topic in the last couple of years, mainly because many aspects of life are now tracked in one way or another. Cars aren’t exempt from this, either, as many modern vehicles have some form of trackers or monitors built in. While there is an option to opt out of it, it doesn’t always guarantee total privacy.
Many lawsuits have been launched against automakers regarding data collection. Aside from privacy concerns, there’s the matter of third-party companies being able to buy this precious data. It’s typically firms related to insurance, but the bigger worry is if the legally purchased data somehow ends up in the wrong hands.
BMW
Meanwhile, in EuropeAcross the Atlantic, those who buy new cars don’t really have a choice out of it. The European Union officially enacted the EU Data Act in September 2025. Under this law, automakers are required to have interior-facing driver monitoring systems to track drowsiness or distraction. Granted, event data recorders have been mandated there since 2022; the interior cameras take it a step further.
Unsurprisingly, reactions toward it have been mixed at the very least. Of course, there are safeguards in place, but the idea of an on-board camera watching every movement has been rubbing people the wrong way.
BMW
BMW’s TakeBMW has just made a major announcement for its future models. It’s not more power, higher range, or better efficiency in any of its cars, although that’s a given with the new-generation models. Rather, the company is ramping up its efforts in data collection, more specifically, image data from real-world traffic situations.
Why, you ask? According to the automaker, it’s for “the continuous development of driver assistance systems and partially-automated driving functions.” BMW aims to make its advanced driver assists react in a more human and natural way to further reduce the chances of unnecessary intervention from these systems and the odds of shocking the driver when it does kick in. Data collected is then used to employ enhancements that owners can benefit from through over-the-air updates.
BMW
SafeguardsBMW says the data will only be used strictly for development purposes, and it will only gather data from instances where advanced driver assist intervention was activated. It records instances wherein the vehicle experienced an emergency or hard braking maneuver. The company adds that only relevant data will be used on those occasions.
Before the recording is used, BMW deletes the vehicle’s VIN before storing it in its data bank. Also, faces and license plates are obscured if playback is deemed necessary for review. If anything, the company is doing all it can to assure its customers that none of the data it collects will be used maliciously.
The BMW iX3 and i3, X5, and 7 Series already have this system in place. That said, it will eventually trickle down to the rest of BMW’s lineup. Do note that this is for the European market models, and it is yet to be determined when it will be applied to global models.
BMW
Plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs) have long been marketed as the ideal stepping stone toward full electrification. By pairing a small battery pack with a traditional internal combustion engine, these vehicles promise low daily emissions alongside the convenience of gas-powered long-distance travel. Consequently, policymakers around the world have incentivized PHEV adoption through tax credits and favorable fleet compliance rules.
That green reputation is now facing severe scrutiny. A comprehensive ICCT study indicates that plug-in hybrids emit significantly more carbon dioxide in real-world driving than laboratory testing estimates suggest. Even modern high-range PHEVs equipped with larger batteries frequently fail to deliver expected emissions reductions when owners do not charge them regularly.
ChatGPT
Real-World Usage vs. Regulatory AssumptionsAt the heart of the issue is the utility factor, a mathematical formula used by regulators to estimate the proportion of miles driven in pure electric mode. A recent ICCT paper highlights how current utility factor calculations drastically overestimate how often drivers actually plug in. Because laboratory cycles assume ideal charging habits, official emissions figures fail to reflect actual owner behavior.
When drivers operate PHEVs without regular charging, the heavy combustion engine must haul hundreds of pounds of unutilized battery weight. This added mass creates noticeable discrepancies in mpg compared to manufacturer claims. Data collected from private and corporate fleets reveals that real-world fuel consumption is often two to four times higher than official ratings.
To fix this systemic imbalance, researchers argue that regulatory agencies must adjust the utility factor to reflect empirical driving data. Updating these compliance formulas is essential for restoring technology neutrality across the automotive market. Without revised metrics, automakers will continue earning compliance credits for vehicles that perform far worse on public roads than in testing labs.
Ford
Stop Treating PHEVs Like BEVsThese findings are disappointing but entirely expected. PHEVs represent a clever engineering compromise, yet current regulatory loopholes allow carmakers to market them as zero-emission equivalents without ensuring buyers actually plug them in. Treating a dual-powertrain vehicle as an environmental panacea without enforcing real-world compliance undermines genuine climate initiatives.
The goal should not be to eliminate plug-in hybrids, but to hold them accountable. Innovative trucks like the Ford Ranger PHEV demonstrate genuine utility and modern engineering, but their environmental benefit hinges entirely on driver habits. Regulators must align testing standards with actual driver behavior to ensure clean-vehicle policies deliver real environmental progress.
Hyundai
The Right ShiftThe Volkswagen Group (VW) has had a tough time recently, with sales tumbling globally; the auto giant has been regrouping and rethinking its overall strategy. It began with manufacturing plant closures, massive layoffs, and model lineup streamlining.
Streamlining the model lineup makes the most sense, focusing on the segments that matter and are sellable. It seems that is starting to pay off for the German automaker, whose newest affordable EV option is becoming a very hot seller.
Volkswagen
ID. Polo and Skoda Epiq Sales KingsVW has been focusing on improving its performance in its own backyard first, the European market. In the past few months, a slew of affordable new EVs from VW and sister company Skoda and Cupra have finally been reaching dealerships across the continent. One of those new models is the VW ID. Polo, which also shares the same platform and some features with the Skoda Epiq.
According to a report by Automotive News Europe, the ID. Polo is quickly becoming a top seller for VW, with more than 30,000 units already on the order list since sales began in April of this year. Automotive News was also able to get a quote from a dealership that says the whole ID. Polo range is sold out, with some customers now facing wait times of at least 10 months.
The closely related Skoda Epiq is also generating the same amount of sales and interest, already logging 35,000 orders since sales began in July. A Skoda spokesperson told the news outlet that the Epiq is quickly gaining interest and said the brand has already ‘struck a nerve.’ It seems the market is responding to affordable EV models as cars and fuel continue to increase in price.
Skoda
Production GridlockWhile customer interest and high demand are always good things, it does present a problem in terms of meeting market demand. Volkswagen is aiming to address the issue by increasing production output at its Spanish factory in Martorell for the ID. Polo, and also at the VW factory in Pamplona for the Epiq.
Volkswagen
The Model Y L Officially Goes Farther than ExpectedAfter a wave of Model Y L owners aired their grievances about rear suspension failures, there’s finally some good news for anyone eyeing Tesla’s latest six-seater. Sure, the suspension drama cast a shadow over the new crossover, but the EPA’s official range numbers are here to brighten things up.
Turns out, Tesla might have been playing it safe with its own numbers. The EPA just handed the Model Y L a set of range figures that outdo what Tesla promised when reservations opened, giving this stretched-out crossover a surprise advantage over its smaller sibling.
Tesla
Even Better Than Tesla’s Original EstimatesNow published on Tesla’s customer-facing website,the Model Y L Premium All-Wheel Drive can go 332 miles on its standard 19-inch wheels. That’s 7 miles more than Tesla’s own 325-mile estimate – always nice when reality beats the marketing.
Go for the new 20-inch wheels? You’re still in luck. The EPA rates that setup at 328 miles, a full 8 miles better than Tesla’s original 320-mile guess.
| | | | Model | Wheels | EPA Range | | Tesla Model Y Premium AWD | 19-inch | 327 miles | | Tesla Model Y L Premium AWD | 19-inch | 332 miles | | Tesla Model Y Premium AWD | 20-inch | 303 miles | | Tesla Model Y L Premium AWD | 20-inch | 328 miles |
So, the bigger, heavier, three-row Model Y L now claims the title of longest-range Model Y you can buy in the US – at least on paper. Even weirder, swapping from 19-inch to 20-inch wheels only costs you 4 miles of range. On the regular Model Y, that same move is a much bigger hit.
First customer deliveries are set to kick off this month, but if you’re itching for a closer look, demo units are already popping up in Tesla showrooms across the US for test drives and walkarounds.
But, How?On paper, the Model Y L should have been fighting an uphill battle. It’s longer, heavier, and squeezes in a third row – usually a recipe for worse efficiency. But according to Tesla, the secret sauce is all about aerodynamics.
Tesla reworked the rear spoiler so it’s now part of the body, not just tacked on at the end. That one tweak, they say, adds about 15 miles of range. It also let engineers shift the rear brake light into the spoiler, which means more headroom for anyone brave enough to sit in the third row.
The stretched-out crossover also gets a handful of efficiency tweaks, like Tesla’s first-ever three-zone climate control system to keep cabin energy use in check. Put that together with the new body shape, and you’ve got enough improvements to balance out the extra size and weight.
Tesla
An investor presentation has revealed that Hyundai has plans to massively expand its N performance sub-brand through 2030, with seven new models across four technical layouts and 100,000 sales per year as the target. Hyundai N only sold roughly 20,000 units in 2025, but the N-Line trims of regular cars, which add sportier looks with less focus on outright performance, attracted some 161,000 sales. Therefore, Hyundai thinks there’s room for growth between the top-tier N cars and the appearance-focused N-Line trims, and it’s calling this gap High-Volume Performance, planning to offer “value features for daily high-performance experience[s],” with “carryover powertrains and parts [from] Hyundai N.”
What To Expect From Hyundai’s Performance GoalsHyundai
Hyundai did not provide many details beyond what we’ve discussed above, but the new performance vehicles will be offered globally. As noted by Auto Express, Hyundai also plans a new front-engine, rear-drive sports model. Whether this will be a supercar, a sports coupe, a convertible, or a sedan remains to be seen, but Hyundai may well be hinting at bringing the N Vision 74 concept to production, though that was initially planned to feature a hydrogen powertrain. We expect a hybrid powertrain, and Hyundai says an all-wheel-drive option will be offered, likely favoring the rear axle and potentially similar to what’s found under contemporary Genesis vehicles.
Related: Hyundai’s Handsome New Elantra Is Getting Wider and Wilder
At the same time, Hyundai will launch new versions of hot hatches, some of which aren’t sold in the U.S., like the i20N, and it plans a new high-performance entry-level SUV not unlike the Kona N. As with the rear-drive models coming, these will be hybridized. Altogether, Hyundai is expected to launch three FWD models, and possibly two more RWD and AWD cars. With seven cars planned, the remaining spots may be taken up by a small new high-performance EV and a Tucson N.
Autoblog’s TakeHyundai
Hyundai is hard to fault, and its N models are especially exciting, with strong reputations for potent powertrains and sharp, engaging handling dynamics. Introducing pricier, more capable, RWD N models helps make the N badge look as serious as BMW M’s, pushing the whole Hyundai brand into a more premium space, while Genesis models take over as pricing rises further up the ladder. Simultaneously, the new High-Volume Performance models will act as Hyundai’s M Performance variants, introducing more buyers to fun cars without the premium pricing, building a love for the brand at a lower MSRP and giving the full-fat N models more room to push the performance envelope and justify their higher stickers. We look forward to seeing what Hyundai has planned between now and the end of the decade, and given how quickly the company has worked in the past, it won’t be long before more concrete details, including powertrains and body styles, will be revealed.
Hyundai
It might have seemed like perfect timing, at least during the product planning sessions, to bring out a first-ever Cummins turbo-diesel for one of Ram’s most capable trucks. But the reality is that the 2027 Ram 2500 Power Wagon’s oil-burner couldn’t come along at a worse moment.
Related: The Ram Power Wagon Finally Gets A Diesel, But Loses Its Winch
True, the run-up in fuel prices since the start of the Iran War has sent millions of American motorists hunting for high-mileage options. But the rise in gas prices pales in comparison to what we’ve seen at the diesel pumps. On Wednesday, the national average surged to $5.6230 a gallon, according to AAA, a roughly 34-cent increase over the past month – and nearly $2 a gallon higher than the day before the bombs started falling over Tehran. More worrisome, diesel is rapidly approaching the all-time record of $5.8159 set in June 2022. Indeed, pumps along some high-corridor routes through the Midwest have already clicked above the $6 mark.
Trucks move about 70% of America’s freight by weight, and most run on diesel. (Photo by Scott Olson/Getty Images)Diesel Moves AmericaWhile the number of diesel-powered passenger vehicles has shrunk substantially over the past two decades – especially following the 2015 Volkswagen diesel scandal – diesel literally moves America when it comes to commercial transportation. About 80% the country’s freight is hauled by diesel-powered trucks and trains, according to the U.S. Bureau of Transportation Statistics.
The run-up in diesel fuel costs is creating what economists describe as “an inflationary pulse” coursing through the entire economy, John Kilduff, Founding Partner at Again Capital and an observer of global energy markets, said in a recent interview on CNBC. Soaring diesel prices threaten to fuel still more inflation by boosting prices for all sorts of goods. That’s just everything you could imagine, from food to clothing to the construction materials needed for new homes, stores and factories. The pressure on diesel puts stress on the economy as a global supply shortage collides with demand from consumers, farmers and manufacturers, added Kilduff. “We need the Strait (of Hormuz) back open,” he said. The increase in the price of diesel feeds into renewed inflation. With higher inflation “knocking on the door,” the Federal Reserve Board, according to Kilduff, is not going to be able to cut interest rates. “It’s definitely an inflation pulse,” Kilduff said.
American beef prices are being driven up due to the cost of diesel. (Photo courtesy Zac Cain, Unsplash.)Where’s the Beef?You only need to visit your local supermarket to see what this translates into. Chances are you’ll pick up some ground beef for the upcoming Labor Day holiday. Those burgers are going to cost more than ever. If you stock up today, you’ll pay an average $6.89 a pound, according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics’ CPI data. That’s a penny short of the all-time record – which experts anticipate we could top as we get close to the holiday – a 12.6% year-over-year increase.
A variety of factors have contributed to that surge, including drought and cuts in herd sizes. But the big factor is the generic term “high production costs.” And here’s where we come back to the impact of the Iran War. To get a better understanding, consider what happens along the food chain, starting with a farmer growing corn in Iowa. Diesel-powered tractors plow the fields – and apply petroleum-based fertilizer – diesel-powered combines bringing in the harvest. Diesel locomotives then move the feedstock to ranches across America. And, yes, diesel trucks bring cows to the slaughterhouse and then move that packaged ground beef to your local supermarket. At every step of the way, the surge in fuel prices adds to the cost of that burger you’re about to throw on the grill.
Things could get worse as harvest season begins. Roughly 70% of American farmers said they were struggling to purchase all the – largely petroleum-based – fertilizer they needed this year, according to a report by the American Farm Bureau Federation’s nationwide survey released on April 14, 2026. With farmers already under financial stress – and facing a shortage of migrant labor – they now face the prospect of spending record amounts to fire up their diesel-powered equipment to bring in and process their crops. That’s likely to drive food prices even higher, though some experts are also warnings of shortages.
The shutdown of the Strait of Hormuz is leading to ever-shorter supplies of petroleum.Could a Fuel Crisis Follow?Pres. Donald Trump has tried to downplay the impact the Iran War has had on fuel prices, at times making it sound almost patriotic to be paying more at the pump. But the administration faces another potential problem. Global supplies of the fuel have now dropped to their lowest levels since 1996 when the global economy was far more dependent upon fossil fuels. The U.S Strategic Petroleum Reserve, meant to serve as a buffer when prices climb too high or too fast, has reached its lowest levels since December 1982, according to the U.S. Energy Information Agency. The current low follows the president’s decision to release more than 400 million barrels of crude from the reserve last spring.
While refineries in the U.S. produce record amounts of diesel, the so-called “crack price” – the difference or “spread” between a barrel of crude oil and the refined product – has climbed to a new record because of international pressure on the overall supply, according to Bloomberg. The effective closure of the Strait of Hormuz has disrupted the shipment of 20% of the world’s petroleum. Now add the almost daily attack by Ukrainian drones which have succeeded in crippling the production at Russian refineries, reducing the availability of the diesel fuel Russia had been trading internationally.
US President Donald Trump has tried to downplay higher fuel prices but faces the prospect of rising inflation across the board. (Photo by ANDREW CABALLERO-REYNOLDS / AFP via Getty Images)ANDREW CABALLERO-REYNOLDS / AFP via Getty Images
The Crisis Could Drag on IndefinitelyIn recent weeks, the Trump administration has sent mixed signals about negotiations with Iran, the president at time making it sound like he’s not rushing to come up with a settlement. Even if and when a solution is found, however, experts fear we could see the current fuel crisis drag on for some time. “Shrinking inventories could prolong the crisis for months, driving higher diesel prices and intensifying inflation risks worldwide, particularly as winter approaches,” warned a report by tracking site Oilprice.com.
If anything, the ongoing war in Ukraine will complicate matters if the fighting isn’t resolved there, as well, the publication said, since the latest Ukrainian strategy has it launching ever more intense drone attacks on the Russian petroleum infrastructure. Worldwide, the situation could “get ugly” before it gets better, Eugene Lindell, head of refined products at consultancy FGE NexantECA, warned in an interview with Bloomberg.
That’s certain to leave American motorists searching for more fuel-efficient transportation. But the higher diesel prices go the less likely they’ll turn to diesel models like the Ram 2500 Power Wagon. Indeed, the more consumers have to spend on fuel, said analyst Sam Abuelsamid, of Telemetry Research, the more difficult it will be for them to spend any money at all on new vehicles.
Last month, the Autoblog spy photographers brought us an early look at the 800-horsepower iX7 EV, and now they’ve caught a development mule for the gas-powered BMW X7 hustling around the Nürburgring at speed. The three-row SUV is expected to be more luxurious than ever for its mid-cycle facelift, with extensive changes inside and out. And under the hood, the powertrain options are expected to be very similar to those of the new 7 Series, which means a V8 with more power than ever before, potentially near 600 horsepower. That’s still well below a Cadillac Escalade-V, with 682 hp, but the new X7 will have other things not offered in the Caddy, no matter how much you spend.
New BMW X7 To Get New Toys And Luxuries Autoblog/SH Proshots
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article The development mule in these images is not wearing the final, monolithic production bodywork we’ll see when the heavily revised X7 debuts next year, but we’ve seen enough to expect the design language of the 7 Series to be applied to the X7, as our exclusive renders show. The new X7 is expected to have the internal chassis code ‘G67,’ hinting at how extensively it’ll be reworked over the present-day G07, and its similarity to the facelifted 7 Series will be more than skin-deep. Expect automatic doors, heated and ventilated seating in multiple rows, and the Panoramic Vision iDrive system. A four-spoke steering wheel is also expected to make the new X7 fit in with Neue Klasse vehicles like the iX3 crossover and i3 sedan. Our spies even postulate that the hand-painted two-tone finish available with the 7 Series may be offered, and the 31.3-inch Theater Screen may also become an option.
Related: Automakers Keep Adding Screens, But Buyers Want Something Else
BMW itself has hinted at putting the display in SUVs, and it seems inevitable, especially since Mercedes is now putting an identical 31.3-inch display in the VLE, and even Volkswagen is offering a 21.4-inch display in the Chinese-market ID. Era 9X. In these family-focused vehicles, having a big screen for kids in the second and third row to amuse themselves with may be a boon, though we suspect several buyers will tick the Theater Screen box just because it’s still somewhat novel.
Autoblog’s Take Autoblog/SH Proshots
View the 2 images of this gallery on the original article Spy photographers have already seen near-production-ready prototypes out and about, so this sighting on the Nürburgring suggests BMW is still refining the chassis systems, and as these photos show, the X7 is being pushed hard. With four exhaust exits, this may be the hottest M Performance variant, the M60, which we expect to get the V8, and BMW wants it to handle like a much smaller, lighter car, even if most owners never drive the hulking SUV hard. Expect a reveal to take place in 2027, likely as a 2028 model.
Autoblog/SH Proshots
View the 2 images of this gallery on the original article
Rivian’s Navigation Gets A Waze UpgradeRivian is giving its EVs one of Waze’s most useful features, even as Apple CarPlay remains firmly off the table. The automaker’s upcoming 2026.31 software update brings RivianOS 2.0 to the R1T and R1S, including first-generation models, along with Waze-powered alerts for speed cameras and police.
The update marks another expansion of Rivian’s built-in navigation strategy. Rather than adding phone mirroring, Rivian is bringing features owners might otherwise use through their phones directly into its own software. That means Waze alerts appear within the navigation experience without requiring a separate app or a phone mounted on the dashboard.
The Alerts Work Without Waze Or CarPlay
Real-time alerts from Waze are coming to R1 and R2 in-vehicle navigation, starting with speed cameras and police reports in the 2026.31 OTA update. More data and alerts to follow! pic.twitter.com/HYUEjzuDwQ
— Wassym Bensaid (@WassymBensaid) August 21, 2026
Rivian has long argued that its tightly integrated software experience is preferable to projecting a phone interface onto the center screen. This update makes that philosophy a little easier to understand. Bringing RivianOS 2.0 to Gen 1 R1T and R1S models is a particularly good-guy move because they’re several years removed from launch. Rivian has been building a software-defined vehicle strategy around the idea that its cars can improve long after they leave the factory. Major interface upgrades like this are an important part of making good on that promise for existing owners.
Speed-camera and police alerts can appear along the route you’re already following, giving drivers information that would normally require opening Waze. Rivian Chief Software Officer Wassym Bensaid has also indicated that hazard and slowdown reports are coming next, adding even more of the functionality drivers associate with Waze.
A Handy Feature For A Very Quick EVRivian
A Quad Max R1T can hit 60 mph in roughly 2.5 seconds, so a timely warning about a speed camera could be considerably more useful than it sounds. But the more interesting part of Rivian’s Waze integration isn’t the speed-trap warning itself. It’s what the feature says about the company’s approach to CarPlay.
Rivian still isn’t giving owners Apple’s phone-mirroring system. Instead, it’s gradually adding the features drivers might have wanted to access through it. Navigation, charging information, voice controls, and now Waze-powered alerts can all live within Rivian’s own interface. RivianOS 2.0 also brings the newer interface and features already introduced on the R2 to the company’s existing flagship models, giving older R1T and R1S owners a much more substantial update than a typical bug-fixing OTA.
While it won’t satisfy someone who specifically wants CarPlay, it does give Rivian a more credible argument for leaving it out. If the company can keep adding the best parts of the apps owners want, maybe it doesn’t need to give up control of the dashboard to get them.
Overheating and A/C Issues There are reports that some newer Chevrolet Equinoxes are overheating and experiencing air conditioning problems. The 2024 to 2026 model years of the crossover, equipped with the 1.5-liter turbocharged four-cylinder GM LSD engine, are affected and may throw diagnostic codes in addition to getting too hot to handle.
General Motors already issued a service bulletin addressing the issue, stating that the models equipped with the turbocharged 1.5-liter are prone to developing cooling and A/C issues. The bulletin also singles out the diagnostic code: P0494, which is ECU talk for “cooling fan speed too low,” or however you pronounce that in ‘1s’ and ‘0s.’
2025-2026 Chevrolet Equinox ACTIVChevrolet
The Fix: According to GM, the fix for this issue on the LSD engine is to replace the G10 cooling fan motor with the latest service part. It’s a relatively simple fix that addresses a serious issue and an uncomfortable inconvenience; a double whammy, if you will.
The fans in a cooling system provide airflow to the radiator and condenser. The fan serves two parts in the system; that’s why the issues are interconnected. In the case of the Equinox’s cooling system, the fan is controlled by the ECU to blast air as fast as it can when it’s needed. Fan speed is determined by system temperatures and A/C system pressure. When it fails, the engine won’t receive the needed airflow to cool down, which could lead to engine overheating and the A/C system blowing hot air.
The problem with overheating is that it could lead to several issues down the line related to engine durability. Constant high heat above what the engine components can handle can lead to a blown motor, which is not only a major inconvenience; it’s also a potential lawsuit risk, as history has shown.
Chevrolet
No Recall Yet So far, no recall has been issued by GM. Perhaps this is a case that doesn’t require the NHTSA’s official seal of disapproval. For now, GM technicians are advised to undergo the engine coolant fan replacement procedure, referenced in Bulletin 26-NA-210.
GM Authority was the source for this one, and reading into it, their article reads more like a useful piece of advice than a call to recall. Still, considering how an overheating problem brought on by a faulty part can lead to a class-action lawsuit, maybe GM should watch this closely.
Chevrolet
Four years after halting local manufacturing in China, Stellantis is preparing to bring the Jeep brand back to Chinese assembly lines. Under a newly announced strategic partnership, the transatlantic automaker will leverage local engineering capabilities to produce electrified vehicles. Crucially, this agreement marks the first time vehicles manufactured in China under the Jeep badge will be exported to international markets.
The strategy signals a major pivot for Stellantis, which previously halted production in 2022 after local sales crashed. By returning to the country through a modernized partnership model, Stellantis aims to address its past market collapse while transforming China into a cost-effective, high-tech export hub for global distribution starting in 2027.
Jeep
The Chinese Electric ConnectionAt the core of this initiative is an 8.2 billion yuan ($1.2 billion) joint venture formed with Dongfeng Motor Group, designated as Dongfeng Stellantis Automotive Technology Co. Operating out of Wuhan, the entity will focus on vehicle development and marketing, while existing Dongfeng Peugeot Citroen Automobile (DPCA) facilities will handle actual manufacturing. The joint venture will launch four new models, comprising two Peugeot vehicles and two electrified Jeeps.
Under the terms of the agreement, Dongfeng will take the lead on research and development, supplying core electrification architectures and intelligent vehicle technologies. Stellantis will contribute brand heritage, design concepts, and its extensive international distribution network. CEO Antonio Filosa confirmed that these new electric SUVs and plug-in hybrid models are slated to begin rolling off assembly lines in 2027 for worldwide delivery.
Dongfeng offers proven EV technical credentials to the partnership. Beyond its core passenger vehicle lineup, Dongfeng manufactures premium electric models under its Voyah brand and heavy-duty, multi-powertrain electrified off-roaders through its Mengshi marque. These existing off-road and battery-electric platforms provide the technical foundation needed to engineer robust, dual-purpose Jeep products.
Jeep
Changing Demands and StrategiesJeep’s return underscores how drastically the automotive landscape in China has changed. When Jeep’s previous joint venture with GAC Group collapsed, annual sales had fallen from a 2017 peak of 203,000 units to roughly 20,000 in 2022. Western legacy automakers were caught unprepared as Chinese consumer demand rapidly shifted toward domestic new-energy vehicles, exposing severe vulnerabilities in traditional internal combustion lineups.
By relying on Dongfeng’s technological base, Stellantis is adopting a pragmatic strategy already deployed by Volkswagen, General Motors, and Nissan. Partnering with a Chinese manufacturer allows legacy OEMs to accelerate EV development cycles and reduce capital expenditures. For Stellantis, using China as a high-tech export engine is not merely an attempt to regain lost market share, but an essential step toward remaining competitive in the global EV transition.
Jeep
A High-Octane OrderThe Maserati MC20 – which has since evolved into the MCPura – emerged this decade as a compelling alternative to the Ferrari 296 GTB and McLaren Artura. It was rarer and featured a non-hybrid, twin-turbo Nettuno V6 producing 621 horsepower. One notable personality drawn to the supercar was Grammy-winning South African DJ and producer Black Coffee, though after a legal dispute, he may now start looking elsewhere.
Business Insider Africa reported that Black Coffee, whose real name is Nkosinathi Maphumulo, ordered an MC20 Cielo – the convertible variant – through a trade-in deal involving his MC20 Coupe, which he bought in 2022 for R7 million, or about $438,000 at current exchange rates. The MC20 Cielo cost R9 million (about $564,000), but the trade-in meant he would only need to pay the remaining R2 million (about $125,000) upon delivery.
Source: @realblackcoffee/Instagram@realblackcoffee/Instagram
Trouble Starts BrewingHis company, Soulistic Music, maintained that the car was expected by July 2025, but Maserati later said it would only enter production in August 2025. Black Coffee cancelled the transaction and demanded the return of the trade-in value before the Johannesburg High Court recently granted summary judgment in his favor.
Interestingly, the dealership reportedly told Black Coffee that, because of his international profile, the Maserati factory had made a special exception to secure him a production slot. Black Coffee – who won Best Dance/Electronic Album at the 2022 Grammys – also selected 18 specifications for the MC20 Cielo, but Maserati South Africa argued that some of them were not included in the original quotation.
The company claimed it never agreed to deliver the vehicle by July 2025. Its court filings also stated that a customized MC20 Cielo requires at least nine months to produce after its specifications are finalized.
However, because the court order reportedly did not provide detailed reasons for granting summary judgment, determining who was responsible for the failed transaction remains difficult. Black Coffee’s victory also does not mean that Maserati committed fraud or deliberately deceived him.
Maserati
An Expensive Cup of CoffeeThe Johannesburg High Court ordered Maserati to pay R7 million (about $438,000) to Soulistic Music. It must also pay annual interest of 10.5% from August 22, 2025, until the full amount is settled, along with the legal costs of the proceedings.
Such a deal could have benefited Maserati, as customized vehicles tend to offer higher margins, while Black Coffee’s popularity could have brought the brand additional exposure. It remains unclear whether the automaker will appeal the decision.
Maserati
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article
A Big Decision for a Big NameAt this point, introducing new electric models can make or break an automaker, and the stakes are particularly high for Jaguar Land Rover, which is experiencing financial challenges. That is why it comes as little surprise that the next-generation Defender, expected to offer an all-electric powertrain, has reportedly been pushed back.
The Times reported that the next-gen Defender could be delayed into the 2030s. This would leave the all-electric Mercedes-Benz G-Class without a direct rival in the traditional, heritage-focused luxury off-roader segment, although the Rivian R1S and GMC Hummer EV SUV offer similar capabilities. However, JLR isn’t abandoning its EV plans despite delaying several targets to adjust to changing market conditions. The British marque will focus on delivering the all-electric Range Rover first, with the baby Defender EV possibly following shortly afterward.
Land Rover
Let the Market SpeakDespite the reported delay, the later arrival of the Defender EV could work in its favor. Launching the Range Rover Electric and smaller Defender – possibly called the Defender Sport – could give JLR time to gauge market demand. Monitoring the Mercedes-Benz G 580 with EQ Technology could also prove useful in learning what buyers want from an electric luxury off-roader.
Considering the sustained U.S. demand for combustion-powered vehicles, a multi-powertrain approach may be the ideal strategy. After all, JLR said its MLA platform – used by the Range Rover and Range Rover Sport – would remain flexible enough to accommodate different powertrains. Additionally, the newer EMA platform will now support a full-hybrid setup, raising the possibility that the Defender Sport could offer a combustion-assisted powertrain alongside an EV, contrary to earlier reports that it would be electric-only.
Land Rover
The Electric Rollout ContinuesFor now, the Range Rover Electric and Range Rover Sport Electric are slated to launch later this year. JLR has also unveiled an EMA-based EV called the Range Rover GT, which, as its name suggests, is positioned as a grand tourer designed for long-distance travel.
When the all-electric Defender eventually arrives – possibly in the next decade, based on the report – it will mark a new chapter in the iconic model’s history. Its lineage stretches back to the original Land Rover Series, followed by the coil-sprung Land Rover One Ten in 1983, before adopting the Defender name in 1990.
Adam Lynton/Autoblog
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article
Giving BackAn emerging trend has been to reuse the power of Electric Vehicles (EVs); instead of owners and the cars themselves just juicing up from the grid, some places have started to allow EV owners to give back to the power grid that powers them.
California has always been a forward-thinking, environmentally minded state, and is one of the first to implement vehicle-to-grid power sharing, or what is also known as vehicle-to-everything (V2X). News has just broken that the state is now expanding the V2X program to more brands and owners.
Expanding V2XPacific Gas & Electric Company (PG&E) just announced that it is adding new EVs and charger options through partnerships with Bidirectional Energy and PowerFlex. The expanded V2X program now includes EVs from brands like Kia, Polestar, Volvo, Nissan, and a new model from GM: the Chevy Bolt. These new brands and models join the already existing eligibility list that includes Ford, Tesla, Chevrolet, GMC, and Cadillac.
V2X, as explained by PG&E, essentially gives EV owners the power to use their car’s battery power to: provide backup power to their home during outages, help manage household energy costs, send power back to the grid during periods of high electricity demand, and support overall grid reliability. In other words, you can use your EV as a big power bank not just to charge appliances, but V2X will make it possible to keep your home powered up should the need arise.
Kia
Paid Power SuppliersJoining PG&E’s V2X ecosystem by giving power back to the grid isn’t just a gesture of goodwill. An incentive program is being offered until June 2027. Residential owners can get up to $2,500 in incentives, which goes up to $3,000 if they live in disadvantaged areas. If you’re part of the first 250 customers, there is also an additional $1,500 early adopter fee. Business owners can also partake in the incentive program, with incentives worth up to $4,500, increasing to $5,000 for those in disadvantaged areas.
Of course, before owners actually sign up, it’s important to note that the system isn’t just plug-and-play; PG&E does have a full list of eligible cars and chargers that can enable you to properly do V2X and take part in the incentive program. With energy a major talking point these days, the more V2X-capable states and cars there are, the more they ease the burden on the nation’s energy grid.
Another Day, Another Limited PorscheThere’s no shortage of special edition 911s in the world. This generation alone has already seen several, with the most recent one being the GT3 100 Jahre Nürburgring launched this month. Prior to that, there was the GT3 Earls Court 51 Edition, and the one before that was the Turbo S Sadu Edition, all within the span of this year so far.
Now, there’s a new one coming, and it’s based on the GT3 yet again. It’ll be called the GT3 Bergsport, and it’ll make its world premiere in just a few days.
Porsche
Launch Locked-InThe Supercar Blog reports that the car was briefly shown earlier this month on Porsche’s Austrian website but has since been taken down. But in more recent developments, the Porsche Swiss website now has a dedicated teaser page for the car. It tells us a little bit more about the car, as well as the official launch date.
Porsche will show the car on September 1, 2026, and it calls the Bergsport a ‘Tribute to Alpine driving.’ The company says it’s a result of the collaboration of French, Italian, Austrian, and Swiss branches of Porsche. In case you haven’t noticed, those countries are Alpine nations, and possibly have some of the world’s best driving roads. It should be a fitting homage to the classic Alpine ‘Bergspyder’ hillclimb race cars from back in the day.
Porsche
What to ExpectAs it’ll be based on the GT3, you can expect it to be a more focused corner carver than, say, the Turbo S. It won’t be as hardcore as an RS, but that won’t make it any less unique. Porsche already mentioned that only 100 of these cars will ever be made, but The Supercar Blog says those cars won’t ever be sold in the U.S. By the looks of it, it’ll only be offered within Alpine countries, and chances are, most have already been spoken for even before the world premiere.
But there is one interesting rumor about the car. Instead of the typical GT3 wing at the back, it’ll sport a ducktail spoiler. It breaks from GT3 tradition, yes, but it’s more reminiscent of the original Carrera RS models from the ’70s. It was allegedly spied a few months ago doing laps around the Nürburgring.
Will America Have its Own Version?Given Porsche’s love of making special edition models per region, one can hope for a version similar to the Bergsport. The rumored ducktail spoiler alone makes it a very interesting version of the GT3, and no, you can’t tick it as an option in the configurator. Believe us, we tried.
One thing is for sure, though. It will have collector status even before we see it. Again, just 100 of these will be made, spread across some parts of Europe. It’ll be expensive, for sure, but there’s no way these will ever depreciate.
View this post on Instagram
The Maverick Finds Its PlaceAnother Ford truck is coming to the lineup with the Fathom, an all-electric pickup based on the brand’s new Universal EV Platform. The Fathom is expected to begin deliveries in fall 2027, expanding the U.S. pickup lineup to four models alongside the Maverick, Ranger, and F-150.
This could help explain why some Maverick models are reportedly getting price cuts for the 2027 model year. CarsDirect stated that the 2027 Maverick will see price cuts of up to $4,270. The changes should give Ford more affordable options alongside the upcoming Fathom, while the Ranger and F-150 occupy more of the $40,000-plus price range.
Ford
Big Cuts for a Small TruckAccording to the report, the turbocharged 2.0-liter EcoBoost engine will be dropped from the base XL, leaving the 2.5-liter hybrid as the trim’s sole powertrain. For reference, the hybrid – which isn’t reportedly getting price cuts for the MY2027 – prioritizes fuel efficiency with a factory output of 184 horsepower, while the EcoBoost offers a more potent engine with 250 hp.
The Maverick XL Hybrid will start at $28,145, excluding destination, while the Maverick XLT AWD will become the most affordable EcoBoost model at $30,745.
While that raises the entry point for an EcoBoost Maverick by about $3,600, the upper trims are getting price cuts. The street-truck-inspired Lobo will carry an MSRP of $32,155, about $3,775 less than the outgoing model. The better-equipped Lobo High will receive the biggest cut, falling $4,270 from $41,425 to $37,155.
The more premium-oriented Lariat will drop the EcoBoost option altogether. Meanwhile, the off-road-focused Maverick Tremor – which comes standard with the turbocharged engine – will start at $37,155, a $3,490 reduction that brings it below the $40,000 mark.
Cole Attisha
The Truck Price LadderFor comparison, the 2026 Ranger starts at $33,550 and rises to $57,665 for the off-road-focused Ranger Raptor. The larger 2026 F-150 starts at $39,585, while the standard Raptor begins at $79,005. Prospective buyers cross-shopping the Maverick and Ranger may find the wider price separation helpful. The upcoming Fathom, meanwhile, will occupy a more distinct position with its all-electric powertrain and sub-$30,000 starting price.
The report did not state Ford’s reason for cutting Maverick prices. Nevertheless, the changes should be welcome news, especially since no major reductions in standard equipment are apparent.
Ford
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article
One Very Expensive FaceliftGiven the strong demand for compact crossovers in the U.S., it should come as no surprise that Ford will maintain a presence in the segment despite ending U.S. production of the Escape and its luxury cousin, the Lincoln Corsair. For the 2027 model year, the Corsair will return with another facelift. The catch, however, is that the U.S.-bound units will be imported from China and carry a price increase of about $7,300.
One likely factor behind the price hike is the tariffs imposed on China-built vehicles, which is particularly interesting because Ford plans to begin phasing out U.S. imports of the China-built Lincolns in 2030. General Motors is making a similar move with the Buick Envision, whose next generation will be produced at its Kansas plant beginning in 2028 after nearly a decade of imports from China. As such, price will surely be a major factor for those considering the 2027 Corsair, but perhaps its specifications can make a good case.
Ford
The Numbers Behind the New CorsairNow standard is a 2.0-liter turbocharged four-cylinder hybrid powertrain producing a combined 305 horsepower. The Corsair is no stranger to electrification, as the outgoing model was available with a plug-in hybrid powertrain. Unlike that system, however, the new hybrid cannot be plugged in and does not offer an electric-only driving range, though at least it could spare owners some of the potential reliability concerns associated with PHEVs.
Design-wise, the 2027 Corsair adopts slimmer headlights that bring it in line with the rest of Lincoln’s lineup. At the rear, it retains a full-width light bar, but the outer sections now sweep downward into the corners. The automaker is also offering new wheel designs in 18-, 19-, and 20-inch sizes, along with five new exterior colors.
The interior, meanwhile, should still feel familiar to those who have been inside the outgoing model. However, Lincoln added a new Stellar Sun theme, a softer one-piece seat design, and a standard hands-free highway driving system. The Reserve trim offers available front seats with 24-way power adjustment, Active Motion massage, heating, and ventilation.
Ford
The Next ChapterThe 2027 Corsair starts at $46,495, excluding destination charges, for the Premiere trim, while the top-spec Reserve starts at $53,495. It is scheduled to arrive in early 2027.
The Corsair’s mainstream counterpart, the Ford Escape, will reportedly return as an all-electric model. It is expected to be underpinned by the Blue Oval’s Universal EV Platform – the same architecture that will underpin the Fathom electric pickup – and could debut in 2029.
Ford
View the 5 images of this gallery on the original article
Trade AgreementsThe automotive industry is a highly complex one; just like any industry that deals in development, production, and sales, there are a ton of factors that go into making the business run properly. One key aspect is that the globalization of the world’s economy and industries has forced nations to create trade agreements that benefit not just the nations but also the companies that do business there.
In the recent past, the automotive industry in the U.S. has been shaken up by the Administration’s trade policy. Trade agreements between the U.S. and some key countries have directly affected local and potentially global industries. Honda is one of the first and longest foreign car producers in North America, but recent developments reveal that the brand isn’t so keen on expanding its production footprint in the U.S.
Honda’s Anna Engine Plant in OhioHonda
No USMCA, No New Honda PlantAutomotive News just reported that Honda has gone on the record to say that it might not build its new production plant in North America unless a major trade deal is extended. The trade deal in question is the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (USMCA), which is currently being renegotiated between Washington, Canada, and Mexico.
Honda’s Executive Vice President Noriya Kaihara was quoted during a roundtable with the media as saying that the automaker is very close to being at full production capacity in North America. This means that Honda needs a new production facility in the region to meet the production demand. The problem is, according to Kaihara, “if there is no USMCA agreement in the future, we may have to change our direction.” Ideally, Honda needs to make a decision on where the plant will be built by next year at the very least, since the target to have it fully operational is by 2030.
Honda
Demand RiseHyundai is another brand that has also experienced a sales rush due to the high fuel costs, but has also been honest about its reluctance to invest more in the U.S. if the USMCA doesn’t continue. Hyundai said last November that an early confirmation of the USMCA extension would unlock over $20 billion in new investments that would also create more jobs.
Honda’s eagerness to boost production comes as the brand is experiencing sales highs due to the rise in fuel costs. Newfound interest in Hybrids has pushed more sales towards the brand, which experienced its highest July sales in seven years. Currently, Honda has 7 major manufacturing sites in North America, located in Ohio, Indiana, Alabama, and Georgia.
Buyers looking for a posh, fully-loaded SUV or truck from General Motors have typically turned to GMC and its Denali trim line. These models have the best tech and most premium materials on offer from GM’s otherwise rugged vehicles, but Chevrolet has announced an evolved High Country trim line for its trucks and SUVs, which means GMC’s Denali may no longer be the default choice. Starting with the 2027 Chevrolet Traverse, the High Country model shows off a new, more modern identity than before.
Chevy’s High Country Advances2027 Chevrolet Traverse High CountryChevrolet
Following the 2027 Traverse, the all-new 2027 Chevy Silverado 1500 will be the next model to showcase the new High Country trim level, which rivals Ford’s well-equipped Platinum models and Ram’s Limited pickups. These top-spec models will appear more athletic and contemporary than before, while continuing to appeal to a particularly loyal faction of Chevy fans; according to the automaker, Traverse High Country customers are more loyal to the brand.
“High Country is an important part of Chevrolet’s design strategy — a premium expression with a clear role across the lineup,” said Phil Zak, global executive exterior design director. “Launching first on the new Traverse and then on the Silverado, we’re evolving the trim’s identity into something more premium, modern, athletic and aspirational, while keeping it grounded in the capability and confidence that define Chevrolet.”
The refreshed trim level will build on an already strong sales year for the Traverse, with the SUV’s sales rising by 20% in the second quarter. It was also the best first half for the nameplate in its history.
2027 Chevy Traverse High Country Features2027 Chevrolet Traverse High CountryChevrolet
The new, range-topping Traverse High country introduces a new trim-specific badge design, which appears on the front doors and liftgate. There’s also a new Tritan Satin finish for the grille and headlamp accents, and it rides on 22-inch wheels with a high-gloss black, machined-face aluminum finish. Inside, the Traverse High Country features premium Jet Black seats with Natural Tan accents, Natural Tan edged seatbelts, debossed first-row headrests, and real wood decor.
High Country models are not exclusively about nicer materials and flashier trim, though. They also have the best technology available. In the case of the Traverse High Country, it comes with an interior camera paired with Cabin Glance functionality, allowing parents to easily keep an eye on kids or pets in the back rows. A Surround Vision Recorder can play back highlights from a road trip adventure or act as a safety feature by recording and storing footage when the vehicle’s alarm activates. Hands-free Super Cruise is also available for this model.
2027 Chevrolet Traverse High Country with Jet Black with Natural Tan interiorChevrolet
The Chevy Traverse comes with a 328-horsepower 2.5-liter turbocharged engine and can tow up to 5,000 pounds. It’s one of the most versatile SUVs in its class, with 98 cubic feet of cargo space available when the back seats are folded.
Pricing for the 2027 Traverse High Country isn’t available yet, but the 2026 version starts at $57,100, so the latest one will likely inch closer to the $60,000 mark. It should still be cheaper than the top GMC Acadia Denali Ultimate, though, which starts at $63,400 for 2027.
Production of the 2027 Chevy Traverse High Country model starts in September.
Related: I Drove the 2026 Chevrolet Traverse High Country, Here Is My Honest Review
Why It Matters2027 Chevrolet Traverse High CountryChevrolet
Chevy has seen high customer retention for the Traverse High Country, so its decision to refine this trim level for 2027 is a smart one. That should continue the strong sales momentum of the current Traverse generation, which arrived for the 2024 model year.
For automakers with SUV-heavy lineups, higher trim levels are especially profitable, as customers interested in the latest tech and best amenities are likely to spend more. These higher-margin SUVs allow brands like Chevrolet to expand into other segments and develop new technologies, such as EVs, which are still not nearly as profitable as gas-powered SUVs.
Related: The 2027 Chevy Traverse May Be the Model Year to Skip
Hyundai first showcased the Palisade High Roof as a pre-production concept at the 2025 Seoul Mobility Show. Now, the taller version of the three-row SUV has officially gone into production in South Korea. The basic idea isn’t entirely new within the Hyundai-Kia Group. It has already explored taller, luxury-focused versions of its people movers, including the Kia Carnival Hi Limousine. However, the Palisade is different because Hyundai is applying that approach to an SUV rather than a traditional van.
The Palisade High Roof Adds Nearly 10 Inches Up TopHyundai
Hyundai has introduced the 2027 Palisade in South Korea with a new High Roof version, raising the SUV’s roof section by 9.4 inches. The change brings the SUV’s overall height to 2,005 mm, creating substantially more vertical space inside.
That makes the High Roof the most unusual addition to the updated lineup. Instead of increasing the Palisade’s footprint to create more room, Hyundai has used vertical space to make the cabin feel larger and more luxurious. The High Roof also gets a model-specific exterior treatment, black window trim, electronically controlled suspension, 21-inch alloy wheels, and Pirelli tires as standard. That said, the extra roof height is clearly the standout point of the update.
The Extra Space Is Meant For The People In The BackHyundai
Hyundai has used the additional space to give the Palisade a more upscale rear-seat experience. The High Roof gets dedicated interior lighting, a “Starry Sky” lighting feature designed to mimic a night sky, pop-up LED reading lights, and a 21.4-inch rear-seat entertainment screen. A VIP package adds a second-row center console with dual wireless phone charging, a UV-C sterilizer, an air purifier, and heated and cooled cup holders.
So this isn’t simply a Palisade with more headroom. Hyundai is using the extra space to push the SUV closer to the chauffeur-oriented luxury vehicles that are particularly popular in some Asian markets. That’s what makes the High Roof version more interesting than a conventional appearance package. Instead of stretching the SUV longer or wider to create a different kind of premium experience, Hyundai has gone in a direction most three-row SUVs rarely explore: upward.
It Still Fits Into The Regular Palisade LineupThe High Roof is not a separate mechanical variant, and Hyundai has retained both gasoline and hybrid powertrain choices in South Korea. That distinction matters because the latest Palisade is already a global model with different powertrain combinations depending on the market. In the U.S., the Palisade is available with a 3.5-liter V6 or a new 2.5-liter turbocharged hybrid, with the latter rated up to 329 horsepower.
Black Ink And XRT Round Off The UpdateHyundai
The High Roof is part of a broader update to the South Korean Palisade lineup, which also includes new Black Ink and XRT versions. The Black Ink takes a darker approach with black exterior and interior details, 21-inch black alloy wheels with Pirelli tires, and the predictive electronically controlled suspension. On the other hand, the XRT flaunts a more rugged appearance with model-specific exterior trim and other equipment aimed at giving the SUV a tougher look. Those names may sound familiar, but they should not automatically be treated as identical to the Palisade trims sold in the U.S. The latest American-spec Palisade already has its own XRT Pro variant.
The More Interesting Palisade Is The One America Isn’t GettingHyundai
For now, there is no indication of the Palisade High Roof coming to the U.S. Having said that, its underlying idea is worth paying attention to. American three-row SUVs have generally chased more interior space by getting longer, wider, or both. Hyundai has instead taken a concept already familiar within the luxury people-mover world and applied it to an SUV.
Whether American buyers would embrace a nearly 10-inch taller Palisade is another question. The High Roof, however, shows there may be another way to create more interior space and rear-seat luxury without increasing a vehicle’s footprint.
Just a Few Days AwayIt’s been five years since the Mitsubishi Pajero and Montero ended global production, marking the end of 39 years of continuous sales around the world. At the time, the automaker said that there were no plans for a successor, but other key personnel within the company’s ranks said they would like to revive it someday.
Fast forward to today, and we’re just a few days away from the revival’s world premiere. The date has been locked in, and by all means, it’s the most important launch Mitsubishi will hold this decade…unless it plans an Evo revival soon.
Mitsubishi
Meanwhile in the U.S.Unlike the rest of the world, the Montero has been away far longer in North America. After an initial strong start, the third-gen model suffered from catering sales just a few years in and eventually was discontinued in 2006. That means it’s been 20 years since a brand-new Montero sat in U.S. and Canadian showrooms.
That said, there are signs of a comeback. Earlier this year, it was reportedly shown to dealers, and there was positive feedback about it. Dealers mentioned a “night and day from the current aging lineup,” while others said it was “premium and modern.” Given Mitsubishi’s current lineup in North America, it may be the model it needs to bring back the magic.
Mitsubishi
The Official WordMitsubishi recently announced its Momentum 2030 Plan for North America. A couple of things we already know were mentioned there, namely the introduction of a new pickup that has been lacking in the range for so long. Another one is the announcement of a new Outlander trim that will be more off-road oriented, similar to Honda’s TrailSport, Nissan’s Rock Creek, and Toyota’s Woodland.
But what about the Montero? This is what the company had to say. “While no decision has been made regarding a U.S. introduction of this vehicle, the model’s return strengthens Mitsubishi Motors globally by reconnecting the brand with one of its most iconic and celebrated nameplates.” So, it’s not a full ‘yes’ just yet, but the North American operation is well aware of the model’s importance and significance.
One can say that Mitsubishi is giving it a good think before offering it stateside; otherwise, the model wouldn’t be mentioned in the press release at all. But should it make it to America, the Montero has serious competition ahead of it. For starters, it has two models it has to face off from Toyota, namely the 4Runner and Land Cruiser. Let’s forget Nissan, as it’s also prepping for the Xterra’s comeback, as well as the return of the truck-based Pathfinder. No pressure, then.
MitsubishiMotorsTV/YouTube
There appears to be something seriously wrong with the eBoost system on several GM products, causing a loss of braking and steering assist functions. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration has announced that its Office of Defects Investigation has expanded on a Preliminary Evaluation (PE24011) opened on April 11, 2024, escalating to an investigation that could lead to a recall. Numerous brands under the GM umbrella are affected, and since the eBoost system was included in certain Acura and Honda models, they’re being investigated too, with over 1.1 million vehicles in total under the ODI’s magnifying glass. It’s unclear if this is related to recent Cadillac Optiq brake noise complaints, but the investigation comes after several serious incidents.
GM And Honda Vehicles Linked To Crashes, Injuries, And FiresChevrolet
According to the ODI resume on this issue, the NHTSA estimates that 1,164,820 could be affected from the 2023 to 2026 model years, including the Cruise Origin robotaxi. Thus far, 745 incidents related to the electronic brake module component failure have been reported, including 21 crashes/fires, five injury incidents with six individual injuries, and no fatalities. The problem first appeared on 2023 Cadillac Lyriq EVs, with complaints alleging a hard brake pedal followed by a “Brake System Failure” message appearing on the cluster. GM’s internal investigations revealed that a loss of brake assist was due to alleged spindle fractures in the eBoost system. The automaker says that anti-lock braking, stability control, and traction control systems still work when this happens, at least until the vehicle comes to a complete stop – then the functions are lost. This causes a triggering of one of three diagnostic trouble codes, activating several driver alerts, including a “Service Brake System” message, multiple malfunction indicator lights, and audible chimes. Vehicle speed is also limited to 43 mph. The following vehicles are under investigation:
- 2023-2026 Cadillac Lyriq
- 2023-2026 Chevrolet Colorado
- 2023-2026 GMC Canyon
- 2024-2026 Buick Enclave
- 2024-2026 Buick Envision
- 2024-2026 Chevrolet Blazer EV
- 2024-2026 Chevrolet Equinox EV
- 2024-2026 Chevrolet Traverse
- 2024-2026 Cruise Origin
- 2024-2026 GMC Acadia
- 2025-2026 Cadillac Celestiq
- 2025-2026 Cadillac Optiq
- 2024-2026 Acura ZDX
- 2024-2026 Honda Prologue
GM’s eBoost Problem May Be More Serious Than Initially ThoughtHonda
The NHTSA says that, since opening PE24011 in 2024, the ODI has continued to receive reports of a loss of brake assist, and some of these reports describe symptoms that don’t seem to match a spindle failure. They claim an immediate loss of brake assist functionality, rather than only after the vehicle comes to a stop. This could increase the risk of a crash, as braking distances increase. Thus, the ODI says more analysis is necessary, hence the expansion of the scope of this investigation to encompass all GM vehicles using the eBoost system. This will take some time, and if a recall happens, developing and rolling out a fix won’t be quick. If you drive one of the affected vehicles, take extra care until GM figures out how to resolve this safety issue.
Just a DreameDreame Technology entered the auto industry last year, in August 2025, and almost exactly one revolution around the sun later, the company has decided to close its automotive aspirations. It started with the “Starry Sky” project, which held high-profile events and launches to promote its electric hypercar that was pointed straight at Bugatti.
The Nebula Next 01 Jet Edition was unveiled earlier this year, in January, and it made a bit of noise at the 2026 Consumer Electronics Show, which took place in San Francisco. It had an eye-watering spec sheet with a claimed 0 to 62 mph time of 0.9 seconds, a 450 Wh/kg solid-state battery, and an advanced LiDAR system to boot. The kicker here is that all of that is coming from a company that specializes in snazzy vacuum cleaners.
Dreame Technology
Cars Are Going Away, Vacuums Are Here to StayDreame hired almost a thousand people to look after its car business, but over the course of the year, the company grew smaller and smaller by the day. Towards the end of it all, the company’s workforce shrunk down to just a few dozen employees. The remaining staff were members of the finance, legal, and human resources departments. Towards the end of Dreame’s run in the automotive industry, the last men and women standing were tasked with processing the company’s exit and dissolution.
At the height of Dreame’s run, the company was making some pretty bold claims. The “Rocket Car” was marketed with ridiculous specs and estimates, stating that the car could achieve 62 miles per hour from zero in 0.9 seconds, which is a few tenths away from Top Fuel drag car territory.
Apart from that, the company also stated that the Dreame machine was going to be equipped with solid-state batteries, which not only had a theoretically great energy density but would also enable high output and a CLTC estimated range of 341 miles.
Dreame’s CEO, Yu Hao, chimed in and stated that the company will now go back to the core business units that remain profitable, which are vacuums, robot lawnmowers, two-wheeled electric vehicles, and the company’s “Magic Atom” brand of robots. For the record, these products suck, in a good way.
Dreame Technology
Keep Deame(ing) While the bold claims were enough to catch people’s attention, internal sources pointed out that the project was more of a marketing and fundraising machine than an actual “Dreame machine.” Former employees revealed that Dreame’s Nebula Next 01, unveiled at CES 2026, was nothing more than a shell that lacked a chassis and was rolled in via a remote control. In fact, the “Rocket Car” model was just a purchased shell from a Shanghai-based model company, which was then modified with a chassis and accessories. Smoke and mirrors, as they would call it, but gutless after all.
Aside from that, the source reports that Dreame was requiring its employees to secure funding for its projects and R&D. A former employee also came forward, stating that Dreame used high salaries to entice talent from other organizations to jump ship. In the end, these pirated employees ended up focusing on financing more than actually developing a car. This eventually led Dreame to some trouble with the local government in China, which then led to investigations surrounding the use of investment funding.
Dreame Technology
Take a look inside any of the latest BMW models like the iX3, i3, and X5, and you’ll be hard-pressed to find much physical switchgear. It’s a virus that’s infecting plenty of automakers, but why? Well, according to BMW, whose Australian CEO, Vikram Pawah, spoke with CarExpert, the change is being spurred on by societal change, particularly among younger buyers.
“We can see that voice and touch are becoming more and more common,” he said. “Maybe it’s a generational thing as well. You would see that a lot of the younger generation, maybe 45 or below, they’re tapped into these technologies at a faster pace, using voice, using touch. They want things done quickly, and they’re multitasking. And we have to keep that in mind. That’s how customers are evolving. They are multitasking.”
Is BMW’s Reasoning Sensible?BMW
There’s no doubt that contemporary technologies are more easily understood and embraced by younger generations, and in the case of interior switchgear, BMW and the rest of the industry have clearly been influenced by Tesla. Tesla interiors are minimalist and look futuristically clean, but they’re also cheap, and that’s one of the biggest reasons why this trend of putting all interior controls on a big touchscreen has caught on; it’s far cheaper to design model-specific graphics for a shared touchscreen than to design, test, and manufacture specific buttons for each function and each vehicle.
However, there are also countless studies showing that touchscreens are far more distracting and thus more dangerous to operate while on the move. BMW counters by saying that “people always feel uncomfortable with radical change,” according to BMW Group Australia communications head Leanne Blanckenberg. The brand also highlights that its new voice-operated AI assistant is far smarter and more responsive to conversational dialog than ever before, and such systems will only get better with time and over-the-air updates. Fair points, but make no mistake: cost-cutting is the biggest reason.
Autoblog’s TakeRelated: Automakers Keep Adding Screens, But Buyers Want Something Else
Touchscreens have their benefits, and among them is the option of cramming more functions and features into a single space without the clutter of individual buttons that only do one thing. They also provide opportunities for customization and can entertain occupants with films and games when parked. However, they age quickly, look terrible when the screen is off and finger smudges appear, and can be distracting. I also find that they make each car feel less interesting, as layouts and designs tend to look and feel very similar across a variety of brands. And using a physical switch, button, or knob feels far more engaging. But trends come and go, and although younger buyers may appreciate the tech, wealthy buyers who can afford cars like the Bugatti Tourbillon, Spyker C8 CCV Preliator, or Koenigsegg CCGT1 prefer intricacy and individuality through detailed physical interfaces. Perhaps someday in the not-too-distant future, their tastes will influence more accessible machinery, bringing physical controls and some analog readouts back to everyday cars. We can dream.
The mid-size pickup truck segment is going through a massive identity crisis as automakers scramble to meet diverse regional demands. Volkswagen is currently executing a fascinating split strategy by offering Europe and Australia a Ford Ranger clone while giving South America an entirely different and significantly more extreme machine.
Motor1 Brazil reports that Volkswagen recently teased the heavily camouflaged 2027 Amarok at the massive Festa do Peão de Barretos agricultural show, and it’s already shaping up to be an absolute powerhouse. This regional exclusivity proves that Latin American truck buyers demand specialized engineering rather than a recycled global template built for casual lifestyle consumers.
Chinese ConnectionInstead of utilizing familiar Ford architecture, the South American Amarok utilizes Chinese underpinnings sourced from SAIC. It reportedly shares its core structural bones with the Maxus Interstellar X, bringing a stretched 130-inch wheelbase and a much wider track for a massive cabin space upgrade. This strategic platform pivot allows the German brand to easily inject serious electrification into the heavy-duty mix without compromising payload limits.
Under the hood is where the new truck gets genuinely unhinged compared to its conservative global sibling. The flagship version will reportedly wear a formidable 800 TSI badge, signaling an advanced plug-in hybrid powertrain that produces roughly 470 horsepower and 590 pound-feet of torque. This electrified all-wheel-drive system will allegedly propel the heavy pickup to sixty miles per hour faster than a Porsche Panamera.
Such engineering flexibility shows Volkswagen is not afraid to experiment wildly with its utility vehicles across different global markets. The brand previously created a hidden 7-seat SUV prototype based on the older Amarok chassis to test the waters for an Everest rival. While the hybrid grabs headlines, a reliable 2.5-liter turbodiesel variant will heavily support the crucial agricultural sectors that dominate local sales.
Volkswagen
Are We Getting It?It is undeniably frustrating for international truck enthusiasts to watch Volkswagen build a 470-horsepower hybrid super-truck exclusively for the South American market. While the historic General Pacheco plant in Argentina undergoes massive investments to build this plug-in beast, North American drivers are stuck watching from the sidelines with absolutely zero high-performance mid-size alternatives from the German automaker.
Brand executives have repeatedly hinted to the press that they are actively plotting a pickup intended for the lucrative United States market. Unfortunately, despite endless speculation and conceptual teases over the last decade, the company officially has no concrete plan to launch a combustion or hybrid truck stateside anytime soon. Until that hesitant corporate mindset changes, this Chinese-engineered Latin American Amarok remains the ultimate forbidden fruit.
Volkswagen
Luxury Compact SixesThe formula for a sporty compact luxury sedan was relatively easy back in the day: Stick a six-cylinder in it. In more recent years, however, the choices have been slimming down and mostly kept for the top-shelf stuff. Mercedes-Benz dropped sixes in the C-Class with the W206 redesign, but will thankfully rectify it soon. Cadillac only reserves V6 power for the CT4 in the Blackwing model.
Audi still has the S5, so we’re thankful for that, and the same goes for Lexus with the IS 350. Of course, we can’t leave out BMW, the progenitor of the whole genre, continuing that with the M340i. Sadly, it appears that Genesis is dropping out of this race, as it’s been reported that the 3.3-liter twin-turbo V6 will be dropped from the G70 lineup for 2027.
Uncovered DocumentsIn a report by Car and Driver, documents from NHTSA and the EPA have hinted that the 2027 Genesis won’t go on with its boosted V6. That engine is (or rather, was) known as the Lambda II RS T-GDi, and part of the Lambda engine family. This engine powered various midsize to large models, namely the previous generations of the Genesis G80 and G90, as well as the Kia K900 and Stinger.
Per the publication, Genesis did not confirm the possible discontinuation of the 3.3 V6 option in the compact executive sedan, although government papers do tend to preview what to expect for the next model year. There is a modicum of good news, though, as the automaker did say that there will be further updates for the G70, dispelling rumors of its discontinuation.
The Sole ChoiceThe sole engine choice will be the 2.5-liter four-cylinder turbo that also powers many within the Hyundai Motor Group. It’s simply called the Smartstream G2.5T, and it’s seen in models such as the Palisade, Santa Fe, and Sonata, to name a few, as well as other Kia models like the Telluride, Sorento, and K5. Genesis also uses it for the G80, GV70, and GV80. For rear-drive applications, it makes 300 hp and 311 lb-ft of torque.
By the looks of it, Genesis is simply retiring that powertrain and the entire Lambda V6 family, as it’s been around for over 20 years. Do remember that the company also has the newer 3.5-liter twin-turbo V6 that’s available in all its models bar the G70. Dubbed the Smartstream FR G3.5T, it’s for exclusive use within Genesis, although there are other variations for Hyundai and Kia. That 3.5-liter is good for 375 hp and 391 lb-ft, an improvement over the 3.3’s 365 hp and 376 lb-ft rating.
Should there be a next-generation G70, there’s a strong chance it’ll benefit from the Smartstream twin-turbo V6. That said, we’re not entirely sure of a second-gen model actually happening. The G70 has been a solid, although not entirely spectacular, seller in North America. It consistently sells over 10,000 units per year, so it has that going for it, and its continued success in South Korea (a market that loves sedans) bodes well for its survival. We say it would be a waste if there wasn’t a redesigned model, as it still remains one of the best compact executive sport sedans out there.
Challenge AcceptedDue for a reveal later in 2026, we likely see a new track-special Ferrari make it to the lineup. Just like 296 Speciale, no production cap is expected for this one, but there will be a key differentiator between the two, and that’s a hybrid system delete in the pursuit of performance. Ferrari already has a 296 Challenge, but that’s track-only and not road legal.
Since earlier this year, we’ve already spotted a test mule that looks a lot like the 296 Challenge. Because it was driving on the road, we can assert that it’s a road-legal version, which can only mean that it’s very likely a Challenge Stradale. The last Challenge Stradale was based on the 360 Modena, which debuted over two decades ago. Now, 20 years later, we’re excited to see the 296 take up the mantle.
The Supercar Blog
View the 2 images of this gallery on the original article Not Your Average 296 Our source, The Supercar Blog, managed to secure some more spicy details of the new Ferrari 296 Challenge Stradale, or at least that is the assumed name at this point in time. This isn’t the first time that the test mule has been spotted. Other sightings were logged earlier this year, but a few more details have emerged, plus a potential November launch date.
The Challenge Stradale sports a very interesting kit all around. The biggest thing that sticks out is the massive swan-neck wing at the back, which is most likely made of carbon fiber. On its side, we get a more aggressive side skirt along with an exaggerated front spoiler. You can still pick out that it is a Ferrari 296 thanks to the headlights, but the additional aero parts tell us that this is far from a standard model.
Also, our source poked around a little more and reported that Ferrari is dropping the hybrid system on the twin-turbo V6, making it a pure ICE vehicle. On the one hand, this sounds like a downgrade, but considering what it takes to make a Challenge Stradale that’s lightweight and track-focused, the last thing you’d need is a heavy hybrid system to weigh the car down. The 296 Challenge will reportedly make 720 horsepower and weigh only 2,866 lbs dry, according to the source.
Derek Cornelissen/Instagram
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article Debut November 2026 Finally, there is a likelihood that this car will come in the latter quarter of the year, notably in November, word from the grapevine and all. I’d say that this is great news for Ferrari fans who want a more serious version of the 296, or collectors who love the special track-focused editions of the Prancing Horse’s supercars.
At this point in time, there is no clear launch date or even an announcement from Ferrari, but all sources point to November as the month we can expect this model to launch.
Derek Cornelissen/Instagram
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article
Ford’s return to top-tier endurance racing has been building for over a year, but this is the first real look at the finished package — both how it sounds and how it’s shaped — ahead of its competitive debut next spring. The car pairs a 5.4-liter naturally aspirated V8, derived from the same Coyote architecture found in the Mustang, with a hybrid system to reach the LMDh class’s maximum permitted output of 670 hp.
View this post on Instagram
Going Against The Grain On Engine ChoiceSeveral of Ford’s WEC rivals have gone the turbocharged-six route for their hypercar programs, but Ford is sticking with the same naturally aspirated approach it’s favored throughout development, reasoning that skipping turbos and intercoolers keeps the package simpler to run reliably across a 24-hour race. It’s not alone in that logic — Cadillac’s V-Series.R and Aston Martin’s Valkyrie AMR-LMH both skip turbos too — but Ford’s road-going Coyote heritage gives the choice an extra layer of brand storytelling that a clean-sheet racing engine wouldn’t. Ford has already been dyno-testing the V8 through simulated laps of Circuit de la Sarthe at its Dearborn headquarters, with the engine reportedly screaming past 9,000 rpm on full-throttle runs – and according to some footage of it (attached at the end), it sounds pretty great too.
Two Cars, Six Drivers, One DebutFord
Visually, the car sticks to a fairly conventional hypercar shape rather than chasing the aggressive styling of something like the Valkyrie AMR-LMH, with a front splitter, canards, a large rear wing, diffuser, and shark fin doing the aerodynamic work. Like fellow LMDh entrants Genesis and Alpine, Ford’s chassis is built on an Oreca platform, though the program itself runs almost entirely in-house under the rebranded Ford Racing division rather than being outsourced to a partner team. Ford will field two cars: one crewed by Tom Blomqvist, Nick Yelloly, and Matt Campbell, the other by Logan Sargeant, Mike Rockenfeller, and Sebastian Priaulx. Both are set to make their competitive debut at the 1,812-km (1,126-mile) Qatar round next March, the season opener for the FIA World Endurance Championship.
Over in Dearborn, Michigan, Ford is working hard to improve quality, even hiring an NHTSA veteran to help improve its recall record. But it’s a work in progress, as a new investigation from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration’s Office of Defects Investigation reveals, with 82,040 2024 Ford Maverick Hybrid vehicles being investigated for an intermittent loss of anti-lock and regenerative braking. There has only been one recorded incident, but it did result in a crash, though no injuries or fatalities were reported. The investigation is still in its infancy, though, and numerous repair attempts have failed, so it may be a while before affected vehicles are either cleared as safe or put in line for a fix through a recall.
One Ford Maverick Hybrid Owner Has Been Through HellJohn Beltz Snyder/Autoblog
The investigation is being opened because the ODI received a petition on July 20 of this year, dated July 7, which requested the investigation because of alleged intermittent loss of anti-lock and regenerative braking associated with certain fault codes that led to a crash. It’s unclear how serious this collision was, but the petitioner says the problem persisted after four repair attempts and over 50 days of the Maverick Hybrid being out of service. Moreover, the petition alleges that MY2024 vehicles were improperly excluded from related Ford brake-control software recalls. Clearly, this owner is unhappy.
Related: Ford Bronco Pickup Is Coming to Take on the Jeep Gladiator
However, it’s curious that only one incident has been reported, especially since the 2024 Maverick Hybrid has been in circulation for some time. One would assume that if the issue were so deeply ingrained, other Maverick Hybrid owners would have experienced the same symptoms, but that’s why an investigation is the next step. It’s also worth mentioning that an intermittent loss of braking may be difficult for workshop technicians to replicate, but the NHTSA’s ODI and Ford will no doubt look more closely now that an investigation is underway.
Autoblog’s TakeJohn Beltz Snyder/Autoblog
Ford’s quality woes have been no secret, and this new investigation doesn’t help, but on the bright side, only one model year is under investigation, which suggests that newer Maverick Hybrids are better calibrated or better made. The petitioner’s issue may also be a rare one-off, with a lapse in quality only affecting their vehicle. It’s also worth mentioning that Ford’s overall reliability record is better than some peers. That said, with Ford on course to break its own recall record again in 2026, the automaker still has a long way to go before buyers can place their full confidence in the brand.
Two electric Audi models co-developed with SAIC Motor specifically for the Chinese market are entering Germany through grey-market parallel import channels. Neither the Audi E5 Sportback nor the Audi E7X SUV was originally slated for release in Europe. However, independent distributors are now sourcing these vehicles directly from Chinese inventory, shipping them west, and securing local road compliance certifications.
The cross-border movement highlights a widening divergence between Audi’s regional product strategies. The brand developed these models specifically for Asian consumer preferences, creating localized offerings like an award-winning China EV that European showrooms lack. By bypassing official distribution networks, grey-market dealers are offering German buyers access to these exclusive electric vehicles.
Audi configurator
Import Logistics and Price ComparisonsAccording to a report from Autohome, transporting these vehicles from China to Germany involves significant overhead, including international freight, customs duties, and mandatory compliance modifications. Consequently, retail prices roughly double upon arrival. In China, the E5 Sportback starts at roughly $28,800, but sells in Germany for approximately $65,200. The higher-tier E7X SUV rises from about $37,800 in China to around $79,300 on German lots.
Despite the steep markups, both imported models remain far less expensive than Audi’s domestic European lineup. In Germany, the comparable S6 Sportback e-tron starts at roughly $108,200, yet delivers lower performance metrics than the imported E5 Sportback. Similarly, the domestic SQ6 e-tron starts around $102,000 while offering fewer luxury appointments than the E7X SUV, which matches the posture of a high-output electric SUV for substantially less money.
This price gap underscores how supply chain efficiencies in Asia are reshaping global luxury vehicle economics. As Audi expands its China EV strategy to capitalize on localized battery manufacturing and lower production costs, imported units retain a distinct price advantage over vehicles manufactured directly on European assembly lines.
Audi
Market Implications and Buyer RisksThe viability of these parallel imports demonstrates a fundamental structural cost disparity between European and Chinese vehicle manufacturing. When an electric vehicle can be purchased, shipped across the globe, taxed, retrofitted, and still undercut domestic factory prices by tens of thousands of dollars, it signals severe overhead pressures for Western production facilities. European automakers are increasingly challenged by domestic operational costs compared to Chinese joint-venture operations.
For consumers, however, purchasing a grey-market import carries substantial legal and operational risks. Major automakers routinely act to protect authorized distribution channels, as demonstrated in 2023 when Volkswagen secured a court order forcing the destruction of 20 parallel-imported Chinese ID.6 vehicles in Germany. Beyond potential legal action, buyers of these unauthorized imports will likely be denied official warranty coverage and software updates from factory-backed Audi service centers.
The impending resurrection of the Toyota MR2 is one of the worst-kept secrets in the industry, and while Toyota itself has not outright confirmed that the nameplate will be revived, it has strongly hinted at it, and mid-engine prototypes based on the GR Yaris hot hatch have been shown on numerous occasions. Now, Autocar reports that the MR2 will return in 2028, and since this is expected to be marketed as a Gazoo Racing product, just like the GR GT supercar, Toyota badges may be conspicuously absent, building the GR sub-brand into a relatively independent entity, similar to BMW M.
Toyota’s Mid-Engine Sports Car Will Have Big PowerYou_SuiKoyoAZ/X
Over the past couple of years, Toyota has been evolving the 1.6-liter turbocharged four-cylinder G16E-GTS engine found in the GR Yaris and GR Corolla, turning it into a 2.0-liter power plant called the G20E. This is easily capable of 400-450 horsepower in a basic state of tune, with north of 600 hp possible when the wick is turned up. With the M139 engine in the departing Mercedes-AMG A45 S producing only 416 hp, the G20E will be easily capable of stealing the title of most powerful production four-cylinder engine on the planet, but outright power isn’t the new sports car’s only focus.
Toyota Gazoo Racing boss Tomoya Takahashi noted that the fantastic weight distribution of the original MR2 was both its Achilles’ heel and its Trump card, saying, “What made the car turn so well also let it spin out easily on corners,” adding that Toyota hopes the first thing people notice when they first drive the new car, expected to be called GR MR2, “is how well the car turns.” To achieve that without the mid-engine sports car being snappy, the new MR2 may adopt an all-wheel drive system. Toyota notes that having the bulk of an AWD sports car’s weight concentrated around the middle puts less strain on the front axle, reducing understeer and minimizing tire wear. A hybrid component is also likely to help the sports car meet European emissions limits, and the entire package is likely to be wrapped up in a package that looks very similar to the Toyota FT-SE, a concept that was originally intended to foreshadow a high-performance EV.
Autoblog’s TakeToyota
As we noted earlier, Toyota has been working on a mid-engine AWD setup for some time, and while this new report is unsubstantiated, the source is reputable and the timeline makes sense for Toyota, which works efficiently but almost never rushes a product through development. A 2028 release date may seem distant, but it’s encouraging to know that Toyota is obsessing over the details to ensure that its new MR2 feels light and fun despite being far safer and more efficient than the original. If all goes well, a new Celica may also be introduced on the same platform, giving buyers some affordable Gazoo Racing options under the same banner as the brand’s new motorsport-bred supercar.
Joel Stocksdale/Autoblog
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article
The luxury MPV segment barely exists in the UK today, dominated almost entirely by Mercedes’ own V-Class and largely invisible to anyone shopping outside the chauffeur and executive-transport world. Mercedes is betting that positioning its next-generation people carrier as a genuine luxury product, rather than a dressed-up van, will pull in buyers who’d otherwise never have considered the segment at all.
A Proper Step Up From the V-Class Mercedes-Benz
View the 2 images of this gallery on the original article The VLE rides on Mercedes’ new VAN.EA electric architecture, a clean break from the Vito-based EQV and the combustion V-Class it’s replacing. UK pricing is expected to start around £75,000 (roughly $100,000), with the single-motor VLE 300 producing 272 hp from a 115kWh battery pack and covering roughly 440 miles WLTP (approximately 320-340 miles on the U.S EPA cycle), while the dual-motor VLE 400 4Matic adds all-wheel drive and 416 hp. Both run on an 800-volt system capable of adding up to 220 miles of range in 15 minutes at a fast charger — figures pulled straight from Mercedes’ sedan and SUV lineup rather than a typical van’s spec sheet, and a notable jump over the outgoing EQV in every respect that matters.
The Segment Mercedes Wants to CreateLuxury MPVs remain a niche curiosity in Europe and North America, but they’re an established status symbol elsewhere — chauffeur-oriented models have become a fixture in China, where rivals like the Lexus LM, Volvo EM90 and BYD’s Denza D9 already compete for exactly the kind of buyer Mercedes hopes to find in the UK. Mercedes-Benz Vans head Thomas Klein has framed the VLE as the start of a broader repositioning for the division, saying the brand is “redefining a whole segment” with the launch.
Mercedes-Benz
There’s an Even Pricier Model WaitingMercedes isn’t stopping at the VLE. Sitting above it will be the Mercedes-Maybach VLS, a “Grand Limousine” expected to price north of $200,000 (around £147,000) when it arrives, giving Mercedes a two-tier luxury van lineup that mirrors its Maybach sedan and SUV strategy. Whether buyers in the UK — or the U.S., where the VLE isn’t expected until 2027 or 2028 — actually show up for either model remains to be seen. But Mercedes is clearly betting the segment’s ceiling is higher than its current sales figures suggest, in dollars or pounds.
It’s been a rough few years for Mitsubishi, from the U.S. perspective the smallest of the Japanese automotive brands. With a minimal line-up, marginal brand awareness and the discontinuation of the little Mirage, sales took a nearly 14% hit in 2025. But the brand – whose name is Japanese for “three diamonds” – is nothing if not determined.
After a weak launch to 2026, Mitsubishi sales drove into the black in recent months and the automaker is targeting a sharp increase in sales for the full year. Credit a new product offensive that’s at the heart of its Momentum 2030 turnaround plan. That includes a range of new models and product segments, including a midsize pickup due out next year. It also sees Mitsubishi press further into electrification, a technology it pioneered with its quirky little i-MiEV battery-electric vehicle.
Related: Mitsubishi Pajero Returns Next Week With Ladder Frame, Super All-Wheel Control
The 2027 model year sees Mitsubishi offer a variety of battery-based packages, three of which we had a chance to drive during a visit to Seattle this month, including updates of both the mild and plug-in hybrid versions of the Outlander SUV, as well as the new, all-electric Eclipse Sportback. Here’s what we found.
The updated Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV.Powering UpMitsubishi was an early entrant in the EV market, bringing out the i-MiEV in Japan in 2006. The U.S. version followed in 2011, though it was never more than an asterisk on the sales charts due to its marginal 62-mile range. The automaker pulled i-MiEV out of the market in 2017. The new Eclipse Sportback EV will mark its return to the segment.
The original Mitsubishi i-MiEV’s 62-mile range was a dealbreaker for even dedicated EV fans.In 2013, Mitsubishi launched its first plug-in hybrid, a version of the familiar Outlander PHEV. It debuted in Japan, followed in Europe and ultimately made its move to the U.S. in 2018. For 2026 the Outlander PHEV gets a critical update that, most notably, increase battery capacity by nearly 15%, upping range to 45 miles per charge. Meanwhile, Mitsubishi also is upgrading the mild hybrid option for Outlander, improving fuel economy while also delivering a 25 lb-ft boost in torque.
First Look: 2027 Mitsubishi Eclipse Sportback EVThe 2027 Mitsubishi Eclipse Sportback is largely based on the Nissan Leaf with some exterior and interior design updates.Mitsubishi has a long love affair with the Eclipse badge and, come 2026, there’ll be two models using that name. Don’t confuse the older Eclipse Cross with the 2027 Eclipse Sportback EV, however. The latter nameplate is an entirely new addition to the Mitsubishi line-up. If your first glimpse triggers a sense of déjà vu that’s not surprising. Sportback is the product of Mitsubishi’s alliance with the bigger Japanese automaker Nissan and is based on the familiar Leaf EV.
The latest-generation Nissan Leaf.Nissan
There are some key design tweaks – meant to give it a more “athletic” and “dynamic” appearance – starting with the head and taillights, bumpers and grille. There are unique interior details as well, especially on the IP with its dual 14.3-inch gauge and infotainment displays. Significantly, there’s only a single Sportback trim with minimal options available, reflecting the reality that U.S. sales of the EV will be modest, at best. But that means buyers will get some welcome features, including the Google Automotive infotainment system, including navigation voice assistant and plenty of apps available on the Google store. Instead of a conventional moonroof, electrochromic glass allows a motorist to go from transparent to opaque at the touch of a button, providing more headroom than you’d get with a manual or power shade. The fully flat floor, meanwhile, provides plenty of legroom, even for the middle rear passenger – though you’ll only want to squeeze in three adults if you have to. There’s plenty of cargo space, meanwhile, at a factory-rated max 56 cubic feet.
Another plus: Mitsubishi is offering a longer warranty than you’d get with the Nissan Leaf, covering 5 years or 60,000 miles bumper-to-bumper and 10 years or 100,000 miles on the powertrain and battery. It tosses in two years of free maintenance – though there’s not much needed on an EV.
Driving the Sportback EVThe Mitsubishi Eclipse Sportback EV will be offered in only one well-equipped trim.Mitsubishi
From a powertrain perspective, Leaf and Eclipse Sportback are essentially interchangeable. They share a single electric motor driving the front axle. It punches out 214 hp and 261 lb-ft of torque. Power comes from a 75-kWh lithium-ion battery that gets an EPA-rated 282 miles of range. Charging up from a 10 to 80% state-of-charge takes as little as 35 minutes using a DC quick charger and you can go from 20 to 80% using a 240-volt Level 2 charger in as little as 6.5 hours. One of the quirkiest features of the Sportback is the fact that it actually has two charge ports, one on either side of the front fenders. There’ a NACS port giving you access to the huge Tesla Supercharger network, a J1772 plug for Level 1 and 2 charging on the opposite side.
Related: Mitsubishi Is Trying A New Way To Sell Cars In America
From a driving perspective Leaf and Eclipse are essentially identical. They’re reasonably quick off the line, though far from the battery-powered rockets offered by some competitors such as Hyundai and Kia. Neither automaker offers acceleration figures but a rough test suggests 0-60 times of around 7 seconds. The ride is reasonably smooth, handling acceptable considering the total mass of the vehicle, with its big battery pack. The two automakers did a particularly impressive job at noise cancellation.
Eclipse Sportback’s large twin displays dominate the interior.One shortfall: the lag of a true 1-Pedal mode which allows you to slow, and then bring the Eclipse Sportback a complete stop, simply by modulating the brake pedal. The e-Pedal alternative is a less complex regenerative braking system that does slow the crossover down. But at speeds of around 5 mph it effectively fades away and requires you to apply brake pressure. Once stopped it will begin creeping forward, like a vehicle with an internal combustion engine, if you lift off the brake.
Comparing Outlander’s Hybrid OptionsThe Mitsubishi Outlander Hybrid got a big boost in range for 2026.Mitsubishi now offers two options for those who want a bit more mileage and performance out of the Outlander SUV. The mild hybrid replaces the conventional starter and alternator with a BSG – or belt starter generator. This 48-volt system enables a smooth Stop/Start mode when you would otherwise be idling at, say, a light, ATM or fast food line. It also kicks in some additional muscle. Paired with a 1.5-liter turbo-four gas engine, the package develops a peak 174 hp and 206 lb-ft of torque through a CVT gearbox. That’s a 25 lb-ft upgrade for the 2026 model year. The mild hybrid package can be ordered in either front wheel-drive or Mitsubishi’s Super-All Wheel Control system.
The big news is the late 2026 arrival of the upgraded Outlander HEV with its upgraded battery pack powering twin electric motors. It’s jumped from 20 to 22.7 kWh, with range increasing from 38 miles per charge to 45. The other half of the drivetrain is a 2.4-liter internal combustion engine running in the efficient Atkinson cycle. The pairing delivers a combined 297 hp and 332 lb-ft. Mitsubishi claims that you can get an estimated 420 miles on a full tank and charge. For a large percentage of drivers, there’s enough juice in those pouch-type battery cells to handle typical day-to-day chores or commutes.
How Outlander’s Mild and Plug-in Hybrids Compare on the Road2026 Mitsubishi Outlander offer a choice of front or S-AWC with its mild hybrid drivetrain.Cole Attisha
It didn’t take long to discover just how different the mild and plug-in hybrids are on the road. The good news is that the BSG system does give a little bit of a boost off the line in the mild package. That’s critical considering you’re trying to move more than 4,000 pounds of metal with a 1.5-liter gas engine. Virtually all that boost comes on in the initial launch, however. Getting to 60 still takes what we estimated to be about 8 seconds. The mild hybrid isn’t nearly as smooth, or quiet, as the plug-in package, either. Combined with light and relatively numb steering, the mild hybrid is the choice for those on a moderately tight budget – or just view driving as a way to get from Point A to B with the least involvement necessary.
The 2026 Mitsubishi Outlander Plug-in Hybrid offers a far more sporty driving experience than the mild hybrid package.Mitsubishi
The PHEV has, in a sense, a dual personality. Sure, there are going to be buyers whose primary purpose is to cut fuel bills, operating in all-electric mode as often as possible. They’re likely to switch drive settings to maximize range and then go light on the throttle. But other buyers are going to take advantage of the instant torque electric motors deliver, even as the ICE side of the powertrain is revving up. By our estimate, 0-60 times appear to be in the mid-6-second range, enough to amp up Outlander’s fun-to-drive factor substantially. The PHEV, it should be noted, comes exclusively in all-wheel-drive, a plus for drivers in wet and snowy climes. Even with the more aggressive acceleration, meanwhile, we found the plug-in Outlander to be quieter and more confidence-inspiring than the mild hybrid alternative.
Pricing and AvailabilityMitsubishi will offer a more extensive warranty on Eclipse Sportback than Nissan does on the Leaf.We’ll have to wait for final pricing on the 2027 Mitsubishi Eclipse Sportback. Based on a comparably equipped version of the Nissan Leaf it’s likely to come in somewhere between $33,000 and $36,000. The longer warranty and included maintenance could be a selling point for some buyers – though the more limited availability of Mitsubishi dealers might be a deal-breaker.
Depending upon trim and options, expect to pay somewhere between $45,000 and $56,000 for the 2026 Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV, with the mild hybrid option running from around $30,000 to $32,000. Add $1,745 for destination fees to all these figures.
Tesla has spent much of the past year building toward a future in which its Robotaxi service relies on a vehicle designed specifically for the job. Now, the Cybercab’s next chapter has a date. The automaker has now announced a Cybercab launch event in Austin on September 3, though it has yet to spell out what happens after the event.
The Cybercab Is Ready For Its Next Big StepTesla describes the September event as a celebration of the launch of the Cybercab. It is even offering five Robotaxi users the chance to attend through a sweepstakes tied to rides completed between August 17 and 23.
Tesla
The wording matters because Tesla’s Robotaxi service already operates using Model Ys in Austin and several other Texas and Florida cities. The Cybercab is intended to take that idea further as a vehicle designed specifically for autonomous ride-hailing rather than adapting an existing passenger car. Tesla has said the Cybercab will eventually begin replacing the Model Y fleet and become the largest-volume vehicle in its Robotaxis fleet over time.
Two Seats, No Steering Wheel, And No Backup DriverUnlike the Model Y robotaxis currently carrying passengers, the Cybercab was designed without a steering wheel or pedals. That makes it one of Tesla’s most consequential vehicle launches in years: its occupants cannot simply take control if things go wrong.
Tesla
Tesla began public-road testing of the production version in Austin in June, with a safety monitor occupying the passenger seat during at least some of those tests. The vehicle itself has already entered production in Texas, while recent reporting suggests Tesla has also been preparing employees and local first responders for the next phase of its rollout.
That distinction is important. Tesla’s September 3 event confirms a launch celebration, but it does not by itself answer how quickly Cybercabs will begin carrying paying passengers or how widely the service will initially operate.
The Cybercab Still Has Big Questions To AnswerTesla
Tesla’s own Robotaxi page currently says that the Cybercab will offer rides in the future, without providing a public timeline for when the purpose-built vehicle will become available to everyday riders.
It thus means that the upcoming event should be viewed as a major product milestone rather than proof that Tesla is about to replace its Model Y robotaxis overnight. However, if the Cybercab begins entering service after the event, it would represent Tesla’s first real attempt to run a commercial robotaxi fleet around a vehicle with no conventional driving controls.
That’s precisely what makes this launch more significant than another Tesla product debut. The Cybercab is supposed to test whether the company’s autonomous-driving ambitions can finally work without a steering wheel as a fallback.
The Plan B Has PistonsGenesis recently revealed the GV90, its new flagship model. One of the model’s defining features is its all-electric powertrain, which may seem fitting for a luxury vehicle because of its quiet operation. However, amid slowing EV demand and billions of dollars in EV-related write-downs, alternative powertrain options could prove useful.
That sentiment was echoed by Genesis Chief Creative Officer Luc Donckerwolke, who addressed the possibility of offering the GV90 with an extended-range electric powertrain. During the new flagship’s debut in San Francisco, Donckerwolke told Carscoops, “Why not? It’s compatible. It’s another discussion.”
Genesis
America’s EV Reality CheckSuch an option could be especially relevant in the U.S., where EV sales fell sharply after the federal tax credit of up to $7,500 ended last year. Tariffs have also added further cost and uncertainty to EV adoption, with Hyundai dropping the standard models of the South Korea-built Ioniq 6. Automakers are instead expanding their hybrid offerings, including Toyota, which now sells the U.S.-spec RAV4 exclusively with hybrid or plug-in-hybrid powertrains.
With an EREV powertrain, the Genesis GV90 would retain electric-motor propulsion. The difference is that an EREV adds a combustion engine that operates as a generator, allowing the vehicle to be refueled with gasoline and alleviating concerns about range and charging availability. Whether the Korean luxury marque introduces such an option would depend on customer demand. After all, the company plans to offer the rest of its lineup with multiple powertrain options.
For now, the full-size SUV is powered by a 123.5-kilowatt-hour high-voltage battery, the largest fitted to a Hyundai Motor Group EV. Paired with front and rear motors, the system delivers a combined maximum output of 657 horsepower and 590 lb-ft of torque. The 7-seat version offers an estimated range of approximately 310 miles based on internal testing, while charging from 10% to 80% takes about 22 minutes using a 350-kW fast charger.
Genesis
Luxury Has a New CeilingThe Genesis GV90 will arrive in the U.S. in early 2027. Pricing has not been announced, but given its flagship status, the SUV will likely cost more than the G90 sedan, which currently starts at $92,700.
The GV90 will compete against the likes of the Cadillac Escalade IQ, Lucid Gravity, and Rivian R1S – all of which are currently offered exclusively with battery-electric powertrains.
Genesis
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article
Speeding UpAmerica’s roads used to be notoriously governed by strict speed limits; states used to enforce limits that usually topped out at just 65 mph or, on rare occasions, 70 mph. A number of states have already proposed and even enforced higher speed limits; some go as high as 80 or 85 mph.
Another state is joining the group of higher limits; Missouri has just announced that it will be increasing its speed limit. While that seems like good news for all, the announcement comes with a catch.
CBS Texas/YouTube
From 70 to 75 MPHThe new law increases the speed limit on all rural interstates and freeways from 70 mph to 75 mph. This was recently approved by Missouri State Governor Mike Kehoe. Missouri’s decision comes after Senate Bill 1408, which was sponsored by State Senator Jamie Burger, was passed.
While the law is set to take effect by the end of this month, on August 28, there is still work to be done in terms of confirming which roads will be part of the 75 mph speed limit increase. The task falls on the Missouri Department of Transportation (MoDOT); the top candidates for the adjusted speed limit include rural sections of I-70 and I-49 around the Kansas City metro, but none have officially been confirmed just yet. According to the law, urban highways aren’t included in the increase; once again, only rural roads are covered by the law, to be clear.
Robert Daemmrich Photography Inc/Corbis via Getty Images
Effective When?While the review of the MoDOT is still underway, the agency says that motorists will still have to abide by the current 70 mph limit, especially since the road signs indicating the new 75 mph limit have yet to be put up as well. Local station KCTV5 reports that MoDOT is considering a number of factors that will determine if a specific stretch of road is deemed ‘worthy’ of the speed limit change. Some of the things that will be analyzed are the traffic volume, terrain, and road accident history.
The likelihood of the full 75 mph rule taking effect, according to MoDOT, is sometime in early 2027.
Cityscape image of Kansas City skyline with busy highway leading to the city at autumn sunrise.Getty Images
Quality ControlAs a major automotive manufacturer, one of the biggest challenges is keeping up with quality while constantly expanding the business and production capabilities. As production grows, the margin for error decreases; Ford’s been a victim of quality control issues over the past few years, with dozens of recalls and quality issues plaguing the brand.
These recalls aren’t just a PR or image issue, but every time a model needs to be recalled, there are subsequent costs for the brand that need to be incurred to correct them, and depending on the severity of the issue, fines might also be handed down apart from the expense of fixing the problem. In short, it all adds up. Thankfully, Ford wants to address the problem by hiring an industry expert to right the ship.
Ford
NHTSA VeteranThe Detroit News reports that Ford Motor Co. just acquired the services of a National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) veteran, David Hines. Hines will step into the Chief Auto Safety Officer Role within the company and will report directly to Steve Croley, Ford’s chief policy officer and general counsel. Additionally, Hines will be based out of Washington, D.C., as opposed to the company’s HQ in Dearborn, Michigan.
His primary role as the company’s new safety officer is to head an expansive inter-departmental team that includes digital design, engineering, software, purchasing, quality, and manufacturing. Overall, Hines will oversee Ford’s global product safety compliance, governance, and corporate strategy. His hiring comes as Ford aims to curb the brand’s recall and safety issues, since it leads all manufacturers in the U.S. when it comes to recalls.
Most recently, the brand is under strict federal monitoring after a $165 million fine for delaying a recall concerning rear-view cameras; that fine is the second-largest in NHTSA history, and Ford’s largest ever. The decision to hand down the fine came after it was determined that Ford was too slow to recall the 600,000 affected vehicles and provided inaccurate safety data to regulators. Currently, as of August 2026, Ford has already issued 64 recalls affecting over 13 million cars, more than double its biggest competitor, Stellantis. Some of the recalls stretch as far back as models built and sold in 2018.
2022 Ford Bronco WildtrakBring a Trailer
Experience on Both SidesDavid Hines’ value is also measured by the fact that he had previously worked for the company. During his 30-year automotive industry journey, he had a stint at Ford working as an on-site design engineer and helped develop the short-lived Ford 500 sedan and Freestyle crossover.
After Ford, he spent 13 years with the NHTSA, his most recent position being the director of the Office of Crash Avoidance Standards. During his time, he helped implement and develop the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and contributed to vital research into Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (ADAS).
Ford
Mercedes’ EV FortunesWhen Mercedes-Benz first rolled out its EQ electric models, let’s just say that the reception wasn’t exactly rosy. The EQS, EQE, and all the other EVs that came out during that period were heavily criticized. Customers also voted with their wallets, and the initial mass-market EVs wearing the three-pointed star were sales duds.
Mercedes has since learned from that costly strategic error and has regrouped. Now, its fortunes are turning around with the new batch of EVs, both critically and in sales. The CLA had won European Car of the Year, the GLB has been met with positive first impressions, as well as the GLC. Things are also looking promising for the first-ever electric C-Class.
Mercedes-Benz
The Bold ClaimMercedes-Benz CEO Ola Källenius recently had a sit-down with British automotive magazine Autocar. Of course, he has high hopes for the latest EVs, but also admits that it’ll be a tough sell for traditionalists. Still, he’s convinced that Mercedes can and will deliver products that should sway even the most stubborn, dyed-in-the-wool combustion-power fanatic…eventually.
But then came the part of the interview that had him singing the praises of the recently-launched AMG CLA 45. “When I first drove the CLA 45 with that system, I was like a born-again Christian. It was the best V8 I’d ever driven: it had all the feeling of a V8 but with more power and torque,” said the executive. Now, there’s no doubt some of those reading the quote would be shouting ‘blasphemy!’ or typing that same word in all-caps in the comments section.
In all fairness, we can’t really blame him for saying that. The first-ever electric CLA 45 doles out way more than its overboosted 2.0-liter predecessor could ever make thanks to 671 hp. For reference, the outgoing CLA 45 ‘only’ makes 416 hp. Granted, the manic 2.0-liter turbo was part of the charm, but if Mercedes wanted to build a mini GT 4-Door, EV was the only way to go.
Mercedes-Benz
Not a SubstituteOf course, that’s not to be taken literally, but it shows that a new powertrain doesn’t have to mean a totally alien driving or riding experience. The company is aware that there has to be some form of familiarity, and offering a completely different experience can (and will) drive loyal customers away.
Besides, Mercedes-Benz isn’t forcing its EVs on everyone, and it isn’t abandoning combustion power for a long time. It already learned its mistake when it rushed into the EV bubble and forced a rigid ‘all-electric by 2030’ target that, ironically, was set by Källenius. It’s now been made clear that the way forward is a multi-pathway approach, as all markets are not the same, and a supposedly firm deadline just leads to more mistakes due to rushed development.
Mercedes-Benz
Polestar Wants an ExplanationWhat began as a seemingly straightforward U.S. sales ban on Polestar over its ties to China has become a messy back-and-forth. The Swedish automaker is pushing back, citing details it says suggest possible “disparate treatment,” particularly since Volvo remains allowed to sell vehicles stateside.
According to Automotive News, Polestar was led to expect approval as recently as April 2026, but the Commerce Department denied its applications in June. Both Polestar and Volvo share the same majority Chinese owner, Geely Holding Group, so the different outcomes could appear unfair. To add insult to injury, Polestar is also being sued by a New Jersey dealer group alleging that the automaker had planned to leave the U.S. beforehand and used the ban as an excuse.
Polestar
The Approval Process Gets ComplicatedPolestar – which sells EVs such as the Polestar 3, built at the same South Carolina plant as the Volvo EX90 – filed its first U.S. sales-authorization application with the Commerce Department’s Bureau of Industry and Security in May 2025. Over the following months, the agency reviewed the application and asked the automaker detailed questions.
The Geely-owned EV maker said it had offered to discuss safeguards including audits, cybersecurity reviews, and removing any China-linked involvement from its data management.
In January 2026, agency officials reportedly told Polestar’s outside counsel that they had enough information and were preparing to recommend approval. In April, a Commerce Department official reportedly said it would be reasonable for Polestar to expect approval if Volvo received clearance under the same ownership structure and with the same hardware and software. However, Volvo received authorization in May, while Polestar’s applications were denied the following month – barring the automaker from selling 2027-model-year and newer vehicles to American buyers.
While this series of events suggests that Polestar is eager to continue competing in the U.S., the aforementioned lawsuit says otherwise. Seeking at least $25 million, the New Jersey dealer group claims the automaker violated the state’s Franchise Practices Act. It alleges that Polestar had planned its U.S. exit about two years earlier and rejected the automaker’s “force majeure” claim that the ban was beyond its control.
Polestar
It’s About More Than Where a Car Is BuiltThe U.S. Connected Vehicles Rule was imposed over national security concerns, including the possibility that foreign adversaries could collect sensitive data or remotely manipulate connected vehicles through linked software and hardware. In a similar vein, Mercedes-Benz – nearly 20% of which is owned by Chinese investors – could be affected by a proposed Senate bill targeting automakers with more than 15% Chinese ownership.
Despite the looming ban, Polestar has assured customers that it will continue providing support, including honoring warranties and offering service and repairs. The company will seek further discussions that could eventually allow it to resume new-vehicle sales.
James Ochoa
View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article
The Tesla Cybertruck hasn’t become the success story we thought it would. Promises of a sub-$40,000 model never materialized and sales of the electric pickup have hardly been earth-shattering. That’s unlikely to change anytime soon, as the automaker has just published updated pricing for the lower two Cybertruck trims. The high-performance Cyberbeast is the only trim with the same price, but that’s already a six-figure vehicle once you take into account delivery fees and options. Here’s what the Cybertruck will cost you.
Tesla Cybertruck Price IncreaseTesla CybertruckTesla
The base Cybertruck Dual Motor All-Wheel Drive trim now starts at $74,990. Here’s a look at the entire range’s prices.
| | | | New Pricing | Old Pricing | Increase | | Dual-Motor All-Wheel Drive | $74,990 | $69,990 | +7.1% | | Premium All-Wheel Drive | $84,990 | $79,990 | +6.2% | | Cyberbeast | $99,990 | $99,990 | – |
The lower two trims are both $5,000 more expensive than they were. The base model was introduced in February 2026 at $59,990, so anyone who got one before these significant increases got an especially great deal, as this model is now $15,000 pricier than it was only a few months ago. The mid-range Premium AWD trim has not had an increase in two years since launching, so its price bump is easier to justify.
Performance and range figures are unchanged. In the cheapest two trims, you get a 325-mile range and 4.1-second 0-60 mph time. The Cyberbeast is on another level entirely with its 2.6-second 0-60 time, although its range drops slightly to 320 miles. Anyone considering the Premium may find themselves wondering if it is worth pushing to get a Cyberbeast, as the gap between these two models has narrowed.
Cybertruck Sales Decline In 2026Tesla CybertruckTesla
In the U.S. over the first half of the year, Tesla sold 7,263 Cybertrucks, a 32.2% decline and down from the 10,712 units sold over the same period in 2025. That decline came even as one of its main rivals, the Ford F-150 Lightning, was discontinued. Most electric pickups are struggling in 2026, with the electric Chevy Silverado’s sales down by almost exactly the same percentage (-32.5%). One model that has been able to increase sales this year has been the GMC Sierra EV, with sales up just under 10% for this pickup.
Another reason buyers may pause before purchasing a new Cybertruck is its heavy depreciation. Early Foundation Series models were flipped for $150,000 or more when the truck was launched, but those same models are now selling for as little as $58,000 in some cases. According to Car Edge, the Cybertruck is estimated to lose close to half its value after five years, but we’ve seen some buyers incur even bigger losses in less time.
Related: Tesla Cybertruck Buyers Who Paid $150,000 Face A Brutal Price Collapse
What It MeansTesla CybertruckTesla
Large, electric pickups are still a tough sell. They’re priced beyond what the average buyer can afford, yet they’re not as capable when it comes to range or towing. For the Cybertruck specifically, the initially groundbreaking design has not contributed to it being the runaway success some expected.
Rather, we’re seeing the market shift towards much smaller, simpler electric trucks. Slate’s $25k pickup and the upcoming Ford Fathom will bring electric pickups to an entirely new group of buyers, where supercar-like performance isn’t expected. With prices for larger electric pickups still increasing—and the continued demand for gas-powered trucks—it’s difficult to see models like the Cybertruck becoming meaningfully more popular in the current climate.
Related: Tesla Quietly Ends Cheapest Cybertruck: Why You Won’t Miss It
Anticipated ReturnIn the recent past, Mitsubishi has been getting a lot of flak; a once-dominant brand has dwindled down to a scaled-back brand that is competitive in some markets. Mitsubishi’s woes have also contributed to the brand’s cancellation of its enthusiast-driven and legacy-backed nameplates such as the Lancer, Galant, and Pajero – known as the Montero in America.
The latter has already been given the green light for a comeback, with a debut set to take place very soon. As such, the automotive world is ablaze with news about the all-new Pajero/Montero; the latest pertains to its overall design, with insight coming from the head designer himself.
Mitsubishi
Looking Back and ForwardNorihiko Yoshimine, Program Design Director for the Pajero/Montero project, gave an interview recently, where he spoke about the philosophies behind the design of the all-new Pajero/Montero. Yoshimine was candid, saying that the 2019 announcement regarding the end of the Pajero personally impacted him, and that his automotive design journey was inspired by the Pajero.
When he was tasked with being part of the Pajero/Montero revival, Yoshimine says that the first task was to “understand what the Pajero/Montero represented to people worldwide and why it had remained a cherished icon for so long.”
He goes on to say that the task wasn’t merely to revive the model, but also to create a design that feels distinctly new at first glance but also recognizable as a Pajero.
In the end, Yoshimine and his team decided on two core philosophies: heritage and evolution. This meant the team aimed to advance the design philosophy that has
defined generations of the model, evolving it into a form that confidently looks toward the future. Some key highlights include strong horizontal lines and a sense of solidity, showcasing its capability. Its interior design aims to preserve the ‘spirit’ of the original model while also adding the advanced technologies of today.
Mitsubishi
The Other DetailsNow that we know it’s designed for the legacy fans and to entice a whole new generation of Pajero/Montero owners, it’s important to note that there are a ton of other details already reported about the new model. Firstly, it will be using a ladder-frame chassis, something Mitsubishi dropped in the third and fourth generations of the nameplate. It will also have the iconic triple multi-meter display for altitude, roll, and pitch.
It will also utilize Mitsubishi’s Super All-Wheel Control, the AWD system which was first used on the final Lancer Evolution. News has also come out that it’s highly possible the new Pajero/Montero will get an electrified powertrain option that will entice more buyers as opposed to just a pure diesel engine. Lastly, the Pajero project will likely spawn a RAV4-sized competitor that will be more rugged and off-road biased.
Mitsubishi
NOAA put the chance of a very strong El Niño at 81 percent in July. A month later, the Climate Prediction Center raised that above 90 percent for fall and winter 2026-27 and gave October to December a 69 percent chance of exceeding every El Niño in a record that reaches back to 1950.
That strengthening signal is now showing up in the winter maps. The seasonal outlook CPC issued on August 20 puts the latest weekly sea surface temperature anomalies in the eastern equatorial Pacific above 3.0 degrees Celsius, warmer than the monthly figures published a week earlier. Nat Johnson, a meteorologist with NOAA’s Geophysical Fluid Dynamics Laboratory, told CNN the event is “something that’s very unusual, if not a once in a lifetime type of (strength).” Forecasters quoted by the network expect it to reach Super El Niño intensity no later than October.
What The Snow Map ShowsNOAA’s snowfall composite for moderate to strong El Niño winters splits the country into two very different winters. The West and part of the Mid-Atlantic stand out with above normal snowfall, while most of the northern tier trends warmer and less snowy, losing snow to warmth rather than to dry air. A historical snowfall map from the Weather Channel shows a similar divide.
The split has a straightforward explanation.
NOAA
El Niño is a natural cycle of warmer than average water along the equator in the Pacific, and the atmospheric shifts above it push the North American storm track south while leaving the northern tier warm.
The WestBlue marks where moderate to strong El Nino winters run snowier than average, brown where they run leaner. NOAA Climate.govclimate.gov
California, Nevada, Utah and Arizona carry the strongest signal on the map. The August 20 outlook lifted the odds of above normal precipitation past 50 percent for coastal California and southern Arizona, with the widest coverage from January through March. Forecasters pointed to earlier eastern Pacific events that brought copious precipitation to the West Coast late in winter, two of which, in 1998 and 2024, produced among the wettest Februaries in a century for parts of California.
A separate snowfall anomaly map published by the Sacramento Bee puts the Sierra Nevada well above normal through the season, with the sharpest spike in January.
The ski industry has already moved on it. Bill Rock, who runs Vail Resorts’ mountain division, said in the company’s season opening announcement that “the possibility of blockbuster snowfall has us feeling optimistic about the winter ahead,” while allowing that nobody can predict what actually falls. Heavenly and Northstar are targeting November 20, which puts Tahoe traffic on the passes before Thanksgiving.
The EastThe second band runs through Virginia, Delaware and southern New Jersey. The Southeast tips past 60 percent for above normal precipitation by late fall, and the same tilt holds along nearly the whole East Coast from late autumn into spring.
What sets this band apart from the western one is that snow and ice can have a bigger impact in a region that typically sees fewer major winter storms.
The Northern TierThe drier side of the forecast covers the northern Rockies and northern High Plains, with a weaker lean over the Great Lakes. Across the rest of the northern states the moisture is closer to normal and the temperature is what thins the snow.
A warmer, less snowy winter across the northern Rockies and upper Midwest does not remove the freeze-and-thaw cycling that breaks up pavement by February.
What The Map Means For Winter DrivingTemperature is what separates a snow forecast from a driving forecast. CPC has above normal temperatures above 50 percent from the Pacific Northwest to the Northeast by midwinter, so much of that extra moisture arrives near the freezing line rather than well below it.
In the Sierra that shows up as snow levels climbing and dropping inside a single storm, with chain controls going up and coming off within hours and rain landing on packed snow at pass elevation. The roads carrying that traffic are I-80 over Donner Summit, US-50 over Echo Summit and the Mount Rose Highway into Reno. Utah’s share of the band runs along I-80 over Parleys Summit and the canyon roads above Salt Lake City, and Arizona’s sits on I-17 climbing to Flagstaff and I-40 across the north.
On the eastern side the exposure is different. Virginia’s portion of the band follows I-81 through the Shenandoah Valley and I-64 over Afton Mountain. In Delaware and southern New Jersey it is the I-95 corridor and the bridges over the Delaware River, where elevated decks freeze while the approaches stay merely wet.
Where The Ice Risk SitsAlong the southern edge of the wet signal, temperatures sit near freezing rather than below it, and that narrow band produces freezing rain instead of snow. Autoblog looked at the cost earlier this week: one January ice storm killed 171 people, more than every other billion-dollar weather disaster in the country in the first half of 2026 combined.
CPC attaches the same caveat to every update, that an event this size raises the odds of typical El Niño impacts without guaranteeing them in any one place. The analogs also point to a delayed start, which puts the heaviest weeks after the holiday travel window. The next ENSO discussion is due September 10.
America’s public fast-charging network for EVs continues to expand, making longer-distance trips much more feasible than they were a few years ago. Walmart has announced the milestone opening of its 100th company-owned and operated fast-charging site this month in Colorado. There are now 100 Walmart stores with these EV charging points across 20 states, with chargers capable of delivering 400 kW of power. The only problem? There are still barely any EVs in the United States that are capable of charging at those speeds.
Walmart 400-kW Fast Chargers ExpandWalmart EV charger openingWalmart
The new Walmart charging site is located at 16218 Jackson Creek Parkway in Monument, Colorado. Getting to its 100th charging site is an impressive feat, since Walmart had no branded chargers at its locations less than two years ago. Most of the 100 Walmart charging stations have eight to 16 fast-charging stalls. Both CCS and NACS connectors are available, which makes compatibility easy for most EVs.
“When a customer pulls into a Walmart to charge, we want the experience to feel as reliable and effortless as the rest of their shopping trip,” said Adam Happel, General Manager, Walmart Retail EV Charging. “We’re proud to reach 100 sites, but our focus remains on building a network customers can count on every time they charge with us.”
Starting and paying for charging sessions can be easily done via the Walmart app, and Walmart+ members can unlock lower charging rates. The retail giant will continue expanding its fast-charging network over the next few months and years.
U.S. EV Charging Speeds Lag Behind The BestLucid GravityGabriel Ionica
The ability to recharge at up to 400 kW can dramatically cut down the amount of time EV drivers have to spend at charging stations. Unfortunately, very few EVs sold in the U.S. are capable of maximizing those charging speeds, with up to 350 kW being a common peak for certain EVs. In China, some EVs can recharge at speeds of over 800 kW.
The Lucid Gravity is a rare new EV sold here that can charge at up to 400 kW. Doing so can add 200 miles of range in under 11 minutes, which is barely enough time to purchase and consume a cup of coffee. Other than the Lucid, a few EVs are capable of charging speeds of up to 350 kW, such as the Kia EV6 and Hyundai Ioniq 9. Essentially, this means Walmart has a charging network that surpasses the capabilities of most new EVs.
However, a new generation of EVs will soon arrive with charging speeds of at least 400 kW. They include BMW’s iX3 SUV and i3 sedan, the Volvo EX60, and the Porsche Cayenne Electric.
What It MeansWalmart EV charger in ArkansasMichael Driskell/Facebook
Walmart has 5,200 stores and clubs across the United States. Its massive footprint underlines its potential to develop one of the most important EV charging networks in the country. It’s not only Walmart’s locations that are an asset, but also its commitment to 400-kW fast chargers, essentially preparing its network for a generation of EVs that haven’t even arrived here yet.
All that being said, the U.S. still lags behind China in charging innovation. BYD is rolling out 1,500-kW flash chargers in China that can recharge EVs almost fully in a mere 9 minutes, largely eliminating the speed advantage gas cars have when it comes to refueling.
While we’re still some way off that standard, Walmart’s expanding charging network is a step in the right direction.
Related: BYD’s 5-Minute Flash Chargers Could Make Tesla Look Slow And Expensive
As part of its product offensive in Brazil and South America, Volkswagen has unveiled a new pickup truck called the Tukan. The headline-grabbing detail, however, is not its bright Canary Yellow paint or even its availability in two cab styles. It’s what lies underneath.
Volkswagen’s MQB Platform Gets A New RoleVolkswagen
The Tukan is the first Volkswagen pickup built on the brand’s MQB platform, an architecture that has thus far underpinned cars and crossovers. Volkswagen says it has reworked the setup specifically for pickup duty, marking a new use for one of the company’s most familiar modular platforms.
Turning MQB into a pickup required adding more than just a cargo bed. The brand says the Tukan gets a pickup-specific rear suspension with a spring beam designed to balance load-carrying ability and durability with ride comfort and stability.
Volkswagen
It will be offered in two distinct configurations: single-cab Robust and double-cab Extreme. The former pairs a shorter cab with a longer bed and is aimed squarely at work and professional use, while the latter combines pickup practicality with more emphasis on technology, comfort and everyday versatility.
Designed To Look Like More Than A T-Cross With A BedVolkswagen’s designers say they deliberately avoided simply reproducing the identity of the T-Cross, which shares the Tukan’s underlying architectural roots. The pickup gets a taller-looking front end with high-mounted LED lighting, along with prominent black elements and a large air intake in the bumper for a more rugged appeal.
Volkswagen
In profile, the Tukan features a higher window beltline and muscular wheel arches. Volkswagen has also given it prominent roof rails that stretch down to the cargo bed. At the rear, LED tail lights frame a tailgate carrying the ‘Volkswagen’ and ‘Tukan’ branding.
More Than 1.2 Million Miles Of Testing Already DoneVolkswagen
Volkswagen says that its newest pickup truck has covered more than 1.2 million miles during development, including real-world customer testing that led to changes in its air-intake and air-conditioning systems.
The Tukan is scheduled to reach Brazil in the first half of 2027. Volkswagen has not announced its availability in the U.S., but its engineering offers an interesting look at how far the carmaker believes MQB can be stretched.
Unveiled at The Quail, A Motorsports Gathering, during Monterey Car Week, Lamborghini has created a one-off Temerario called the Tricolore, and as its name suggests, its design incorporates the green, white, and red colos of the Italian flag, but unlike the last Tricolore special edition, the Gallardo Tricolore LP550-2 15 years ago, the Temerario Tricolore is bolder, adding loads of deep blue to the bodywork. Blue is Italy’s national sporting color and was selected by the House of Savoy, the royal dynasty that unified Italy in 1862; as far back as 1366, their dynastic shade was blue (officially Savoy Azure), and the color was retained after the nation became a republic.
Temerario Tricolore Focuses On Style Over Sliding Lamborghini
View the 4 images of this gallery on the original article While the last Tricolore from Lamborghini, built to celebrate 150 years of Italian unification, was based on a rear-wheel-drive, six-speed manual or E-Gear Gallardo with slightly less power than the regular LP 560-4, the Temerario Tricolore is mechanically identical to any other Temerario, with a 4.0-liter twin-turbocharged V8 and a trio of electric motors combining to send a combined 907 horsepower to all four wheels. But maybe Lamborghini is saving a rear-drive non-hybrid setup for later in the Temerario’s lifecycle. The dual-color body features a deep blue finish called Blu Marinus Shiny and a crisp white called Bianco Monocerus, while Glossy Nero Noctis (black) appears on the wing mirrors, wheels, engine cover, glasshouse, and diffuser. The subtly accented Gallardo Tricolore certainly looked clean from any angle, but this Temerario Tricolore is well-suited to the two-tone treatment, with the darker under section helping make the car look even lower and sharper than normal.
Lamborghini
View the 2 images of this gallery on the original article Since Lamborghini’s Ad Personam service would be bored by only personalizing the exterior, they’ve gone to work in the cabin too, where Nero Ade upholstery is contrasted by Rosso Alala (red) stitching, tying in with the Rosso brake calipers. Elsewhere, a silhouette of the supercar appears in the rear cabin trim, and Tricolore lettering has been embroidered into the door panels
Autoblog’s TakeRelated: Lamborghini Revuelto SV Revealed With 1,050 HP, Wild Styling, And Endless Options
Following the two Temerarios revealed at the Goodwood Festival of Speed earlier this year, the Temerario Tricolore is yet another way for Lamborghini to highlight its expertise in bespoke personalization, and with the vast majority of new ultra-luxury vehicles featuring at least one customized option, Ad Personam wants to ensure that every potential buyer knows there is almost limitless scope for creativity. Of course, customizing a car that already starts around $400,000 before any boxes are ticked isn’t cheap, but given how many six-figure options are out there these days, standing out requires a big budget.
Lamborghini
View the 10 images of this gallery on the original article
Twenty years can change a lot in the performance-truck world. In 2005, an appropriate and entirely acceptable way to build a hilariously fast pickup was to borrow an 8.3-liter V10 from the Dodge Viper and shoehorn it beneath the hood of a Ram. In 2027, Ram’s updated answer is a supercharged Hellcat V8, a widebody, and enough power to make some actual supercars nervous. Soon, one collector will get both.
Ram, UFC, RealTruck, and Barrett-Jackson are bringing two generations of Ram muscle truck together for the 2026 Barrett-Jackson Las Vegas Auction: the first retail-production 2027 Ram 1500 Rumble Bee SRT and a customized 2005 Ram 1500 SRT-10. More importantly, they’re being sold as a pair, with proceeds supporting charitable organizations including Folds of Honor and the UFC Foundation. That’s quite the two-car solution—er, two-truck solution?
2027 RAM 1500 Rumble BeeRealTruck
2027 RAM 1500 Rumble BeeRealTruck
The First Rumble Bee SRT Will Have More Than 900 HorsepowerThe regular 2027 Rumble Bee SRT isn’t exactly lacking firepower. Its supercharged 6.2-liter Hellcat Hemi V8 produces 777 horsepower and 680 lb-ft of torque, enough for Ram to claim a 3.4-second 0-60 mph sprint, an 11.6-second quarter-mile, and a targeted 170-mph top speed. The truck heading to Barrett-Jackson, however, is no regular Rumble Bee.
Not only is it the first retail-production example built, but Ram’s design team and Direct Connection have transformed it into a one-of-one version capable of making more than 900 horsepower. The centerpiece is a Direct Connection 3.0-liter supercharger upgrade, complemented by a Magnaflow stainless-steel cat-back exhaust. And the visual changes are substantial enough that nobody should ever mistake it for the factory-stock truck.
Thinking about selling your car? Get an instant cash offer online now. Click here to get started.2027 RAM 1500 Rumble BeeRealTruck
Its upper body is hand-painted in Molten Red Pearl-Coat, while the lower portion is finished in Diamond Black Crystal Pearl-Coat, complemented by matching black fender flares and a black center hood stripe. There are custom red graphics along the bed, Flame Red RAM lettering in the grille, matching red Brembo brake calipers, and satin-black 22-inch wheels. A one-of-one center-console badge authenticates the whole thing.
The result, especially thanks to the incredibly cool Rumble Bee logo embedded into its racy paint scheme, looks substantially more sinister than the yellow Rumble Bee we’ve become accustomed to seeing—and its companion takes things to an even greater extreme.
Dodge Ram SRT-10RealTruck
Dodge Ram SRT-10RealTruck
Its Stablemate Has A Dodge Viper EngineSitting alongside the Rumble Bee is one of the trucks that helped originally establish this peculiar performance niche: a 2005 Ram 1500 SRT-10. Rather than a modern supercharged Hemi, the SRT-10 uses an 8.3-liter naturally aspirated V10 borrowed from the Dodge Viper, producing 500 horsepower. Ram notes that the SRT-10 still holds a Guinness World Record as the “World’s Fastest Production Pickup Truck.” RealTruck didn’t simply find a pristine old SRT-10 and park it beside the Rumble Bee, either. ProMotorsports customized the truck in collaboration with Mark Trostle, vice president of Ram, SRT, and Mopar Design.
Shopping for a new car? Click here to get a great deal on your next vehicle. Powered by Carvana, no haggle pricing, 100% online.Dodge Ram SRT-10RealTruck
The two-tone finish flips the color palette of the newer truck with a bright yellow upper body over satin black, accompanied by black hood graphics, matching yellow-and-black wheels, and enormous Viper-inspired graphics down the bedsides. Inside are black Alea leather seats with yellow accents. RealTruck also fitted PowerStep running boards, a Pro X15 soft roll-up tonneau cover, plus Husky Liners floor liners and bed protection.
Put the two side-by-side, and you effectively get a before-and-after portrait of Ram’s muscle-truck philosophy: one powered by an enormous naturally aspirated V10, the other making north of 900 hp from a supercharged V8.
2027 RAM 1500 Rumble BeeRealTruck
They’re Being Sold Together For CharityThe trucks are scheduled to cross the Barrett-Jackson auction block together on Friday, September 11, 2026, at approximately 3:30 p.m. PDT at the Las Vegas Convention Center. UFC President and CEO Dana White will join Barrett-Jackson Chairman and CEO Craig Jackson on the auction block, and the winning bidder will also receive a VIP UFC Experience for a future event of their choice.
The date carries considerably more meaning than simply landing during Barrett-Jackson’s Las Vegas event. The auction takes place on the 25th anniversary of the September 11 attacks, and the partnership is intended to honor the military members, first responders, and others who served in the aftermath. Barrett-Jackson is waiving its fees and commissions, with the sale supporting Folds of Honor and charitable efforts through the UFC Foundation.
It’s also an unusually intriguing way to frame the Rumble Bee’s arrival. Ram’s Tim Kuniskis describes the 2027 Rumble Bee SRT as representing where the company is headed and the Viper-powered SRT-10 as representing where it has been. With more than 1,400 horsepower between the pair, that’s a history lesson I’d be happy to make room for in my garage.
Autoblog aims to feature only the best products and services. If you buy something via one of our links, we may earn a commission.
A new teaser website for the upcoming Mitsubishi Pajero SUV has gone live, and it reveals that the SUV will launch next week, on September 2, with a ladder-frame chassis and Super All-Wheel Control, the AWD system first seen on the tenth and final generation of the Mitsubishi Lancer Evolution. The website also confirms that the Pajero, which Mitsubishi has also referred to as the Montero, a U.S.-market version that went away in 2006, will revive the model’s iconic Triple Multi Meter, with readouts for altitude, roll, and pitch. This matters because a North American take on the body-on-frame SUV is expected to reach our shores around 2030. However, there are still some questions yet to be answered.
Mitsubishi Pajero/Montero Powertrain UnknownMitsubishi
While the new Mitsubishi Pajero is leaning into nostalgia and rally-bred sturdiness in its marketing, the new Pajero will be different from what’s come before, no longer being built in Sakahogi, Japan, and instead moving to Thailand, likely on the bones of the Mitsubishi Triton, a mid-size ladder-frame truck not sold in America. Thus, while a hybrid powertrain has been hinted at, it’s likely to be a diesel-assisted system. Expect the Montero to adopt something gas-powered if/when it reaches America, and the same for the smaller RAV4-rivaling crossover it will spawn as part of a whole new family of Pajero-based projects.
As noted by Automotive News, Mitsubishi cited a glowing review of the Pajero from Japanese rally racing icon Hioshi Masuoka. “If there were a race around the world, the fastest vehicle might well be the Pajero,” he said. “It is a vehicle that doesn’t choose its path. Whether in the desert or on the highway, in snow or in rain, it ensures everyone reaches their destination reliably, and brings every passenger home safely in the end.” The Dakar-winning Pajero name has a strong history, and the new one needs to live up to its predecessor’s reputation as a brilliant all-rounder.
Autoblog’s TakeMitsubishi
The upcoming Pajero will be critical to Mitsubishi’s prospects of improving global sales and restoring its identity as a purveyor of charmingly indomitable loose-surface specialists. For a potential U.S.-bound Montero, its body-on-frame construction paired with decent road manners and a rugged yet handsome aesthetic will be important, and if the price is competitive without feeling overly sacrificial of comfort or capability, it could become a huge success. And if Mitsubishi’s plans to take a bite out of Toyota RAV4 sales work too, Mitsubishi could find itself in a comfortable enough financial position to take a chance on more exciting products. This may include hardcore Ralliart versions of the Pajero and other SUVs, and if Mitsubishi can sustain the kind of growth it’s hoping for, a Lancer Evolution comeback could well be penciled in someday too.
NHTSA expands GM brake investigation after 745 reports, 22 crashes and five InjuriesThe National Highway Traffic Safety Administration is taking a much closer look at GM’s electronic braking system, and the scope of the investigation has grown dramatically. What began with complaints involving the 2023 Cadillac Lyriq now covers nearly 1.2 million GM vehicles equipped with the same eBoost electronic brake system.
NHTSA originally opened its preliminary investigation in April 2024 after receiving reports of a hard brake pedal accompanied by a “Brake System Failure” warning. The agency’s latest action expands the investigation to all GM vehicles using the system as it tries to determine how widespread the problem could be and what safety consequences it might have.
Drivers Report Losing Brake AssistThe concern centers on what happens when the eBoost system fails. Drivers have reported an unusually hard brake pedal and an apparent loss of brake assistance, either when starting the vehicle or while driving. A sudden loss of brake assist can require substantially more pedal effort and potentially increase stopping distances.
According to NHTSA, there have been 745 reported incidents, including 22 crashes or fires and five injury incidents. Those numbers are part of the reason the agency has broadened its investigation beyond the Lyriq. GM has previously attributed the issue to a spindle inside the electronic brake control module that can fracture during an ABS event. The automaker has said that a spindle fracture should still leave the vehicle’s anti-lock brakes, stability control and traction control functional until it comes to a complete stop.
NHTSA Says Some Reports Don’t Match GM’s ExplanationJames Ochoa
NHTSA says some of the newer complaints describe a loss of brake assist while the vehicle is still being driven, rather than after the vehicle has already stopped. The distinction matters because the agency is specifically concerned that losing brake assist during braking could result in longer stopping distances and create a safety risk.
For now, there is no expanded recall covering the nearly 1.2 million vehicles that GM has eBoost on, spanning electric vehicles like the Equinox EV, Blazer EV, including its joint venture EVs – the Honda Prologue and Acura ZDX. NHTSA’s investigation will determine whether the problem is more widespread than initially understood and whether additional action from GM is necessary.
The Case for Going Big on GasDiesel engines remain the dominant choice when strong low-end torque is needed for towing and hauling. However, strict U.S. emissions rules have made them less prominent than they are in Europe. Automakers are instead offering large-displacement gasoline engines, which may not fully match diesel torque but have their own appeal and generally require less-complex emissions equipment.
Ford offers one in the 7.3-liter “Godzilla” V8, introduced for the 2020 model year as a successor to the 6.8-liter Triton V10 in many heavy-duty applications. Featuring a pushrod, two-valve design and a cast-iron block, the Godzilla is offered in heavy-duty vehicles such as the F-250, producing up to 430 horsepower and 485 lb-ft of torque. That is nowhere near the Power Stroke diesel’s available 1,200 lb-ft, but the Godzilla was designed to be a capable workhorse with old-school muscle.
Godzilla’s Achilles’ HeelHowever, the Godzilla V8 is far from flawless. Lifter failures have been reported, including in this teardown from Dave’s Auto Center. One lifter had a destroyed roller after its needle bearings disintegrated. The host criticized the use of needle bearings under extremely high loads, arguing that a bushing design could better withstand the stress.
This particular engine also contained water, as evidenced by rust inside one of the cylinders. It had reportedly sat outside for some time, making water intrusion a plausible explanation.
The bright side is that the engine will be rebuilt, allowing its damaged components to be replaced. The host said its core remained good and the engine was still rebuildable. He also commended Ford’s decision to use port fuel injection instead of the direct-injection system found in General Motors’ 6.6-liter L8T. By spraying fuel upstream of the intake valves, port injection helps keep them cleaner and reduces the risk of carbon buildup.
Dave's Auto Center/YouTube
Keeping The Gas Monster AliveTo reduce the risk of lifter issues, owners should follow the proper maintenance schedule, especially for oil changes, and avoid prolonged idling, which can lower oil pressure and reduce lubrication around the lifters.
For the 2026 Super Duty, the Godzilla V8 is generally a $1,500 option over the standard 6.8-liter V8 on applicable trims, although some models include it as standard. It is set to become standard across the Super Duty lineup for 2027. The automaker also sells the Godzilla as a crate engine for swaps and custom builds.
Dave's Auto Center/YouTube
A 6.4-Liter Hemi With Plenty of Life LeftThe Hemi V8 is very popular for good reasons. It’s simple to wrench on, pops up in everything from muscle cars to burly Ram trucks, and you’ll never run out of parts or advice. But not every Hemi gets to cruise through life trouble-free. The 6.4-liter version, in particular, has its fair share of gripes – think valvetrain headaches and lubrication woes.
For this teardown from I Do Cars, the subject is a 6.4-liter Hemi V8. This engine came from a 2-year-old Ram 2500. But here’s the kicker: a Mopar remanufactured tag confirmed that this wasn’t the untouched factory gem it pretended to be.
But Something Is Very WrongThere was a challenge when cranking over the engine. Pulling the spark plugs didn’t show anything dramatic, but once the intake came off, things got weird – moisture, rust, and even a rogue bolt hiding in an intake port.
It only got uglier under the valve covers. The oil looked like gray sludge, packed with what the presenter dubbed 'forbidden glitter.' Several push rods were crying out for lubrication. Pop the heads off, and you find corrosion, deep vertical scars in the cylinder bores, and a piston that had clearly tried to high-five its cylinder head.
Then came the oil pan, and things didn’t get any prettier. The pickup screen was clogged with metal shavings, and the pan itself was filled with a thick, silvery sludge – most likely what was left of the connecting-rod bearings.
I Do Cars/YouTube
The Hemi's Usual Suspect Is Surprisingly InnocentWith all that metal floating around, you’d bet the Hemi’s infamous lifters were to blame. Shockingly, they checked out just fine. Every lifter was still usable, showing none of the usual carnage that sends metal shrapnel through the engine and wipes out the camshaft. Instead, the real culprit looked to be a connecting-rod bearing failure.
Several rod bearings were chewed up, with the worst pair mangled and half-rolled over. The crankshaft got off lighter than you’d expect, though at least one journal will need some serious machine work. The oil pump didn’t escape either, taking a beating from all the debris.
The block isn’t headed for the junkyard just yet. The bores are worn and corroded enough to need machining – maybe even oversized pistons – but it’s still considered salvageable.
I Do Cars/YouTube
What This Teardown Tells UsNobody knows exactly what killed the bearings. Maybe it was lousy maintenance – the bargain-bin oil filter is a clue. Or maybe something went sideways during the last rebuild, since this is a remanufactured engine. The presenter did notice some head bolts acting odd during removal, but he’s quick to say that’s just a theory.
The real takeaway? Even an engine that looks complete can hide a wallet-busting disaster. This time, the Hemi dodged the usual lifter apocalypse. Instead, a bearing failure sent metal shrapnel through the oiling system and took out a bunch of other parts along the way.
Luckily, there’s still a decent haul left – heads, intake manifold, timing cover, maybe even the camshaft. This engine’s rough, but it’s not ready for the crusher just yet.
Not Every Truck Ride Has to Be a WorkoutPickup trucks have long had a reputation for being overly rugged and delivering a rough ride. To some extent, that is true, partly because their body-on-frame construction and suspension systems are designed for workhorse duties. However, automakers have evolved their trucks to offer trims and options that prioritize comfort.
For the 2027 model year, Chevrolet is making the Colorado more livable by adding a new six-way power-adjustable front passenger seat. This was reported by GM Authority, citing sources, which also mentioned that a new engine is on the way. The power-adjustable passenger seat will be a first for the nameplate’s current generation, although it will not be available on every trim.
Chevrolet
Two Paths Up the Colorado LineupThe report states that only the Z71 and ZR2 will offer the new six-way power-adjustable front passenger seat. These are two of the Colorado’s higher trims, but they serve different purposes. The Z71 balances everyday comfort with off-road capability, while the ZR2 is designed for more serious off-roading and trail use.
The feature will be available as part of the optional Convenience Package III. As standard, every 2027 Colorado trim – including the WT, LT, Trail Boss, Z71, and ZR2 – will receive a four-way manually adjustable front passenger seat.
Sure, it is not a major comfort upgrade compared with, say, massaging seats or suspension refinements. However, it still brings added convenience, including power lumbar control that could help reduce fatigue on long drives. Passengers will also be able to adjust the seat fore and aft electrically instead of using a manual lever.
Chevrolet
There’s More Than a Seat Update HereAs mentioned earlier, the 2027 Chevrolet Colorado is also reportedly getting a new engine: a turbocharged 2.7-liter L4B inline-four. It will replace the current 2.7-liter turbocharged L3B, which produces 310 horsepower and 430 lb-ft of torque, although output figures for the new engine have not been disclosed. In the same vein, the Colorado's bigger truck sibling, the Silverado, is set to introduce two of General Motors’ new Gen 6 small-block V8 engines.
Production of the 2027 Colorado is expected to begin in October, but pricing has not yet been announced. For reference, the outgoing 2026 model starts at $32,400 for the no-nonsense WT trim, while the flagship ZR2 starts at $50,700. Both prices exclude destination charges.
Chevrolet
*View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article*
Mitsuoka Is Doing the Corvette Thing AgainWhen you think of Japanese car brands, Toyota, Honda, Mazda, and Nissan are probably the first names that pop up. But then there's Mitsuoka, the quirky little automaker famous for transforming everyday Japanese cars into some of the wildest creations on the road.
Now, Mitsuoka is cooking up another open-top sports car built on the bones of the Mazda MX-5 Miata. This one follows in the tire tracks of the Rock Star, Mitsuoka's Miata-based roadster that paid tribute to the second-generation Chevrolet Corvette, the C2.
This time around, Mitsuoka seems to be digging even deeper into Corvette history. The early teasers hint at a Corvette C1-inspired design, and we'll get to see the whole thing unveiled in November.
新型車の第3弾ティザー画像を公開 #ミツオカ pic.twitter.com/uZafxSI2if
— 光岡自動車 (@mitsuokamotorjp) August 6, 2026
The New Mitsuoka Is Still Hiding Under a SheetMitsuoka has been playing the slow reveal game, dropping little glimpses instead of just showing us the whole car. The latest teaser finally gives us a better peek at the real thing, though most of it is still hiding under wraps.
The first teaser sketch already dropped some big hints: a stretched-out front end, a cabin shoved way back, and fenders that stick out just enough to nail those classic front-engine roadster proportions.
The second teaser flashes a bright red body with white accents up front, and the car hugs the ground with big wheels that really sell the sporty look. We also get a peek at the windshield and front section, but Mitsuoka is clearly having fun keeping the rest a mystery.
Mitsuoka
*View the 2 images of this gallery on the original article* Mitsuoka Is an Actual Automaker, Not Just a Novelty OneIt's tempting to see something like the Rock Star and write Mitsuoka off as just another Japanese novelty brand cranking out wild body kits. But there's a lot more going on here.
Mitsuoka has actually been building its own cars since the early 1980s, with a lineup that now includes the Rock Star, Himiko, Buddy, Viewt, and Ryugi. The company's roots in original car development go all the way back to the tiny 50cc BUBU Shuttle from 1982.
The company has also built a reputation around reimagining ordinary Japanese cars with unusual retro styling. The Himiko, for example, is a two-seat convertible with an exaggerated long-nose, short-deck design – also based on the Mazda Miata.
If these teasers are anything to go by, Mitsuoka's next Miata-based project might just be their most Corvette-obsessed build yet. We'll have to wait until November to see how wild they really go with it.
Chevrolet Corvette C1
Chevrolet
*View the 2 images of this gallery on the original article*
Competition SportIn many ways, the BMW M2 carries the spirit of the original E30 M3. It's small, two-door only, and it can get rowdy when pushed. Practical performance isn't its main priority, and it's actively participating in production car-based motorsport. As the M3 is now the size of a '90s M5, the M2 is as compact as it gets.
If that wasn't enough, the M2 CS was introduced for the 2026 model. Lighter, stronger, and made more aggressive, it's the ultimate road-going iteration of the compact sports coupe to date. BMW has built more than 2,000 of these cars, all of which have been spoken for in practically no time.
BMW
All Sold Out?The U.S. market got the biggest allocation with around 300 units, which still isn't a lot all things considered. Canada only gets 81 cars, while South Africa gets 47. As a nod to its codename, Japan gets 87 units. That leaves the rest of the world fighting for the remaining 1,400 cars, give or take.
It's effectively sold out at this point, but there is a glimmer of hope. That said, you have to be living in Japan to actually have a chance at it, and you'll need even more cash to be able to get your foot in the door.
BMW
Meet the M2 Edition EdgeAs if the M2 CS wasn't destined to be a rare car, BMW Japan is introducing the M2 CS Edition Edge. It has actual upgrades over the 'standard' version that are well worth checking out, and of course, it'll be even more expensive than a regular M2.
So, what are the upgrades? For starters, there are more carbon fiber exterior parts in an effort to shave off a few more ounces from the car. Do remember that the CS is already around 100 lbs lighter than a regular M2, so every bit of weight savings helps. Even the engine cover is made from carbon fiber, so expect it to be less muffled.
Speaking of muffled, the exhaust pipes get some attention, too. Instead of the usual quad-exit arrangement, this one gets four center exits instead. With that, you can think of this model as a CS with just about every part from the M Performance catalog.
BMW
Exclusivity Has Its PriceThe M2 CS carries a base price of ¥14,880,000 in Japan, which is around $94,000. That's actually not too far off prices in the U.S at $98,600. However, the CS Edition Edge starts at ¥16,630,000 or approximately $105,000.
It's not what anyone would call affordable, but that's the price of exclusivity. Japan is, after all, the land of the limited edition, and BMW knows its target demographic there very well. And whereas 87 M2 CSs have been earmarked for Japan, the Edition Edge will be even rarer – just 40 to be made – with 20 in M Brooklyn Grey and the rest in Sapphire Black, all in right-hand drive.
BMW
Brand LoveShowing one's love and fandom for their automotive brand is normal; it's an affiliation people do. Brands acknowledge this by releasing special-edition items like memorabilia and clothing. The more out-of-the-box examples include food collabs or interesting items like toys; most of the time, these items are well received and collected.
Nissan seems to be taking the pop-culture scene seriously; after a recent partnership with Bearbrick for the final GT-R, they've gone one step further with a new collaboration (it might be a step too far).
Grillz By NismoThe last two races of the 2025-2026 Formula E season will be held in London, and to commemorate the occasion, Nissan wanted to partner up with a local brand to release some new Nismo and classic Nissan items. Britain is rife with iconic items that could be used as the collaborator for Nissan; however, they've chosen something more pop-culture-related.
Just announced by the Japanese automaker is a partnership with independent jewelry studio LOUD MOUTH LDN. If you aren't aware of Loud Mouth LDN, allow us to shed some light. As a jewelry company, they wanted to stand out, which led them to customize people's teeth through what is known as Grillz. Grillz are bedazzled and blingy jewelry that you can have attached to the front part of your teeth, essentially giving your teeth something reminiscent of a car's grille.
Grillz are a huge part of the music scene that broke through as a new accessory in the United States and then the United Kingdom. Nissan wanted the collaboration to signify a connection between Nismo's design heritage and a different form of creativity.
There are four different designs for the Nissan x Loud Mouth LDN; each grille symbolizes an iconic Nissan car. The first is a tie-in to the brand's current Formula E race car; there's also one dedicated to the Skyline GT-R R34, both in stock and in the iconic Yellow Penzoil race car design. Lastly, the final design is an homage to the Nissan Z GT500 race car.
Corridor of Wonders and Esoteric DelightsLoud Mouth LDN is located in the Holdrons Arcade in Peckham, which is apparently known as the "corridor of wonders and esoteric delights." They also make bespoke jewelry and grills for some high-profile artists. Unfortunately (or fortunately), the Grillz by Nismo is purely commemorative and will not be for sale to the public; however, the pieces themselves will be displayed at the Westfield shopping center in Stratford, East London, before moving to ExCeL London, where the Formula E season finale will take place. If you're so keen on getting yourself a special piece, fans attending the race will have a chance to win a bespoke piece designed and handcrafted by Loud Mouth LDN.
The Ingenium SagaAfter years of relying on Ford and BMW engines, Jaguar and Land Rover regained control of its powertrain department with the Ingenium engine family. Introduced in 2015, it was available in 1.5-liter or 2.0-liter four-cylinder guises in both gas and diesel forms. The 3.0-liter inline-six was added later on, and has been fairly reliable for what it's worth.
However, it's the four-cylinder models that still have been giving JLR grief, even after recalls and whatnot. A major recall was issued about a decade ago, but the problem continued to rear its ugly head to this day.
Jonathon Ramsey
The Main IssueThe problems of early Ingenium engines mainly revolve around the diesels, but the gas-fed versions aren't spared, either. Four-cylinder Ingenium diesels have well-documented issues with balance shaft bearings. One of the bearing points is located near the exhaust system, and we all know that exposing parts to higher-than-normal temperatures can't be good for longevity.
So, what happens when those bearings wear out? Metal shavings may eventually enter the oil circuit, and putting those two together will have catastrophic results. Aside from scarring and scratching up the lubrication system, it can clog up lines, damage pumps, and eventually cause irreversible damage to the engine. This problem is further compounded by short-distance driving that doesn't allow for frequent regeneration from the diesel particulate filter. That then leads to oil dilution and accelerated wear.
The North American market is mostly spared from that issue, but the diesels were a popular option worldwide. Still, the gas-powered Ingenium engines suffer from stretched timing chains, variable-valve timing solenoid issues, and higher-than-acceptable oil consumption. If there's any consolation, though, the failure rates are much lower.
Land Rover
Is There a Chance to Prevent It?For our European readers, it has been recommended to avoid the diesel engine outright, and for our American readers, be extremely cautious with the gas motor. According to Auto Motor und Sport, the warning signs are not consistently reliable, and once you hear rattling noises from the engine, it may already be too late. Oil change intervals for the four-cylinder Ingenium engine are every 21,000 miles, but we've seen recommendations to get that done before it hits another 10,000 miles since last service.
The publication also mentioned preventive fixes should help quell any fears, but changing balance shafts is an engine-out job that will easily cost thousands. A replacement engine won't be of much help, either, as it'll carry the same inherent faults. Even if you plop down money for it, the risks are merely reduced and not eliminated.
Jaguar
The VR Name ReturnsVR isn’t just a couple of random letters in Mitsubishi-speak. The badge first showed up on the Galant VR-4, a car that made its name with a performance edge and the Viscous Realtime 4WD system.
Now, the VR name is back – but don’t expect another rally-bred sedan or fire-breathing performance car. This time, it’s slapped on the back of an electric crossover.
Meet the ASX VR-e, Mitsubishi’s first new EV for Australia and New Zealand in over a decade. Underneath, it’s basically a Foxtron Bria – one of Foxconn’s car projects – wrapped in a suit designed by Pininfarina.
Mitsubishi
What to Expect From the ASX VR-eMitsubishi is keeping specs under wraps for now, but the Foxtron Bria gives us a decent idea of what’s lurking underneath. Don’t expect a classic 4WD system here. Instead, you get a choice: a single rear motor with 229 hp, or a dual-motor setup pushing out around 399 hp. The fast one can apparently hit 62 mph in 3.9 seconds, while the rear-drive version takes a more leisurely 6.8 seconds.
Both versions run on a 57.5-kWh lithium-iron-phosphate battery. Foxtron claims up to 321 miles of range (NEDC) for the rear-drive, or 290 miles if you go all-wheel-drive. Of course, those numbers drop to about 267 and 249 miles on the tougher WLTP test. Fast charging? You can juice up from 10-80% in about half an hour at 134 kW.
Size-wise, the ASX VR-e is about 170 inches long, 74 wide, and 60 tall, with a 110-inch wheelbase. Inside, it’s expected to get a massive 15.6-inch infotainment screen, 9.2-inch digital cluster, power seats, 360-degree camera, glass roof, and mood lighting.
Mitsubishi
Australia First, America UnknownMitsubishi Motors New Zealand and Australia have confirmed the ASX VR-e is arriving toward the latter part of the year. No official price yet for Australia, but word is it’ll land around AU$40,000. That’s about $28,000, putting it right in the mix with a bunch of Chinese EVs already on sale there.
Probably the biggest question now is: will the ASX VR-e ever make it to the US? The ASX badge never showed up stateside – the gas version was called the Outlander Sport. So far, Mitsubishi isn’t saying anything about bringing the new EV to America.
If that ever changes, the ASX VR-e would join the Eclipse Sportback EV (which is basically a Nissan Leaf in disguise) as Mitsubishi’s other electric option. For now, though, it’s Australia and New Zealand that will be first to enjoy the VR’s sort-of comeback.
Mitsubishi
*View the 5 images of this gallery on the original article*
For years, motorists have tried every trick to wriggle out of a speeding ticket. From claiming a broken speedometer to pretending they were rushing to an emergency, traffic officers have heard it all. Today, a modern twist on the classic roadside excuse is rapidly gaining traction. Drivers are increasingly pointing their fingers at their dashboards and blindly blaming the sophisticated algorithms running their cars.
This technological scapegoating comes at a pivotal moment for the automotive industry. As lawmakers finally scramble to write autonomous vehicle laws, a dangerous culture of confusion has firmly taken root among everyday consumers. People erroneously believe that turning on a premium driver-assistance feature instantly absolves them of basic driving responsibilities. The harsh truth is that hands-free driving software never grants immunity from traffic enforcement.
David Paul Morris/Bloomberg via Getty Images
Culpa Ex Machina The reality of this widespread confusion played out recently when one of Parker’s police officers stopped a motorist for a blatant traffic violation. The driver was caught flying down the asphalt, traveling at a dangerous 64 mph in a clearly marked 45-mph zone. Instead of handing over their license with an apology, the individual boldly decided to argue their case right on the side of the road.
The motorist was absolutely adamant that they were not personally responsible for the excessive speed. According to the officer, the driver flatly stated, “I wasn't driving. I had auto assist on.” The roadside confrontation did not end there. The confident driver even demanded to speak to a police supervisor, convinced that the vehicle’s active driver-assistance features legally cleared them of any wrongdoing.
Local police quickly shut down that defense, issuing a stern public reminder to the community. They emphasized that whether a vehicle has adaptive cruise control, lane centering, or full self-driving capabilities, the human behind the wheel is always legally responsible. That means obeying posted speed limits, staying completely engaged, and retaining full control to help keep Parker's roads safe.
Tesla
Time For A Radical Reality CheckHere is the uncompromising lowdown. Driver assistance technology is fundamentally designed to assist you, not drive for you. The false sense of security these programs provide is actively making roads more dangerous. Automakers aggressively market these systems with futuristic names, but the underlying software still strictly requires a fully attentive human ready to take over in a split second.
This glaring marketing disconnect is precisely why prominent automakers are currently under immense scrutiny. With regulators aggressively investigating questionable safety data and companies facing massive ongoing legal troubles, the legal framework surrounding autonomous tech is tightening. You cannot blame the computer when you are sitting in the driver's seat. Slow down, always pay attention, and remember you are accountable for the vehicle's actions.
Getty
Most of the country is forecast to stay warm into fall, but six states can still see their first measurable snow in September. This year, the odds tilt higher across parts of Montana, Idaho and Washington, putting high-elevation roads and mountain passes back in play weeks before most drivers are thinking about winter.
That kind of early-season flip can happen fast. Denver went from 101 degrees to measurable snow in just three days in September 2020, a reminder that summer temperatures do not guarantee summer road conditions once a strong cold front reaches the Rockies.
Where September Snow Is NormalThe threshold that matters is 0.1 inches of accumulation, which is what the National Weather Service counts as measurable. Below that it is a dusting and it does not enter the record.
By that standard the six are western Montana, western Wyoming, the Colorado high country, Idaho, the Washington Cascades and Alaska, where National Weather Service 30-year data puts the first snow of the season in September during a typical year, and the same holds for the Bitterroots.
Northern Alaska is the only US region the Almanac's predictions flag for early snow this fall. Duluth, Minnesota, carries a September snowfall normal of 0.1 inches, which puts northern Minnesota in the same statistical bracket even though its last genuine September snow was 2012. Everywhere else in the Lower 48, September snow is a tail event rather than a norm.
South and east of the Rockies the drop-off is sharp, with Dodge City, Kansas, not averaging its first measurable snow until November 19 despite a September 21 outlier in its file. The records make the distinction clear. Alamosa, Colorado, averages its first measurable snow on November 1 and has an earliest on record of September 8, 2020, when 6.7 inches fell.
Denver, with snowfall records running back to 1882, logged its second earliest measurable snow ever during that same September 2020 pattern.
What The Forecast ChangesThe Almanac's fall picture runs warm over the interior and cooler along the East and Pacific coasts, with rainfall below average almost everywhere. The West Coast, the central and northern Rockies and parts of Texas are the exceptions.
Two lines raise the snow odds. The Pacific Northwest is called cooler and wetter, with September possibly bringing three inches of rain above normal, and the northern Intermountain region runs cool with precipitation slightly above average.
One line lowers them. The High Plains, covering eastern Colorado and eastern Wyoming, is warmer and drier through both months. The Upper Midwest sits between the two, which keeps northern Minnesota and northern Wisconsin in play without making them likely.
Northern Alaska is the only US region the outlook names for snow. The other two references are Canadian, the Yukon and the Northwest Territories, and they matter here only because the Alaska Highway runs through the Yukon.
What It Looks Like When It HappensLate September 2019 is the reference case. A cold airmass dropped into the northern Rockies and the Weather Prediction Center had Winter Storm Warnings posted across parts of northeast Washington, northern Idaho and central and western Montana, with High Wind Warnings alongside them. Browning, Montana, took 23 inches, and NOAA's gridded snowfall analysis maps that footprint across the same states this year's forecast is leaning on.
NOAA/NWS National Operational Hydrologic Remote Sensing Center
The Roads That Shut FirstHigh elevation seasonal routes close on snow rather than on a calendar date, which is the part that catches out anyone planning a trip around published closing dates. They go before anything else. The Beartooth Highway on US-212 between Red Lodge and Cooke City runs above 10,000 feet and shuts for the season in October in a normal year.
Going-to-the-Sun Road through Glacier National Park operates on the same principle. Trail Ridge Road in Rocky Mountain National Park tops out above 12,000 feet and has closed temporarily on September snow more than once.
Interstate corridors behave differently. I-90 over Bozeman Pass, I-80 over Donner Summit and I-70 over Vail Pass stay open through early season events, but they are where chain controls and wet snow collisions concentrate when a system arrives before anyone has changed tires.
Teton Pass on WY-22 and Togwotee Pass on US-26/287 sit between the two categories, technically open during the first storms of the season but subject to short notice restrictions when wind starts loading the snow.
Tire TimingThe number worth knowing is 45 degrees Fahrenheit. Below it, the compound in a standard all-season tire begins to stiffen and shed grip, and the loss is progressive rather than sudden. Overnight lows in the northern Rockies cross that threshold well before the first snow does, which is why an early season storm tends to find most vehicles already running tires outside their useful temperature range.
A set of all-seasons that felt fine on the drive out can be a different tire on the drive back.
Tread depth is the second variable. The 2/32 inch legal minimum is a wear limit rather than a snow performance figure, and traction on packed snow drops off sharply below roughly 4/32.
Cold also pulls tire pressure down by about 1 PSI for every 10 degree fall in temperature, and a September front in Montana can move 40 degrees inside a day.
All wheel drive does not compensate for any of it, since it affects how a vehicle accelerates rather than how it stops or turns. What follows an early storm is refrozen slush on bridge decks and shaded curves, which is a braking problem.
How Much The Forecast Is WorthThe Old Farmer's Almanac derives its long range predictions from solar science, climatology and meteorology, measured against the 1991 to 2020 statistical average prepared by government meteorological agencies. The publication puts its own accuracy at about 80 percent. Independent reviews by meteorologists and academic studies have generally landed closer to 50 percent.
The two almanacs also get conflated constantly. The Old Farmer's Almanac, published since 1792, issued the fall outlook described here.
The Farmers' Almanac, founded in 1818, is a separate publication with its own formula, and its winter 2026 to 2027 forecast is a different document released this month. Neither substitutes for a National Weather Service forecast inside a 72 hour window, which is the range at which an early snow stops being a seasonal probability and becomes a route decision.
An Off-Roader From ArrakisThe TeslaCybertruck may not be the first vehicle that comes to mind when discussing off-road trucks – especially when dedicated models such as the Ford F-150 Raptor exist – but it is still as capable of tackling unpaved terrain. Visually, though, its wedge-shaped profile and stark stainless-steel body may not be the most inspiring design for the occasion. Perhaps Unplugged Performance has a solution.
Unplugged Performance, a California-based outfitter specializing in Tesla EVs such as the Model 3, recently showcased a customer-owned Cybertruck featuring its Dune-inspired build. It combines a desert-like exterior finish with extensive off-road modifications based on the company’s Stage 3 Expedition and Pursuit packages.
Real Steel Over Real SteelAlthough Tesla promotes the Cybertruck’s stainless-steel body as durable and even “bulletproof,” additional protection can help prevent dents and scratches while off-roading. The upgrades include steel front and rear bumpers, a bull bar, steel rocker panels, and satin dry carbon-fiber front and rear fender flares.
The company also noted that the Dune-inspired finish is a FlexiShield paint-protection film. It provides the protective benefits of conventional PPF while adding color and heat-activated self-healing properties, helping the truck avoid looking worn after intense off-road runs.
The truck’s utility has also been enhanced with a four-bar roof-rack system, MOLLE side sails providing modular mounting points, and rear-bumper swing arms capable of carrying items such as recovery gear, fuel cans, or a spare tire. Auxiliary lighting for nighttime trails includes a hood-mounted 50-inch light bar.
Performance upgrades include improved brake pads, CYBRSHOCKS rear secondary shocks, a three-way adjustable rear sway bar, BFGoodrich All-Terrain T/A KO2 tires, and UP-03 beadlock wheels, which help keep the tires seated when running at reduced pressures. From the factory, the range-topping Cyberbeast uses a tri-motor all-wheel-drive system producing 845 horsepower. It also offers an estimated 320 miles of range and a towing capacity of up to 11,000 pounds.
Unplugged Performance
A Little Mad Max, Minus the GasolineUnplugged Performance did not disclose the exact price of this Dune-inspired configuration. However, customers can purchase the upgrades individually, allowing them to select only what they need without committing to the entire package.
For buyers unconvinced by the Cybertruck, there are other electric pickup alternatives with more traditional styling, including the Chevrolet Silverado EV, GMC Sierra EV, and Rivian R1T. Ford previously competed in this space with the F-150 Lightning but ended production last year amid mounting losses and weaker-than-expected demand.
Unplugged Performance
*View the 4 images of this gallery on the original article*
It has been nearly two decades since Midnight Club: Los Angeles hit consoles in 2008. For years, fans of the acclaimed street racing franchise wondered why Rockstar Games abandoned a series that was consistently improving with every release. The truth is simple and brutal: it just wasn't Grand Theft Auto.
Former Rockstar San Diego senior designer Kris Roberts recently shared the definitive story with Insider Gaming. According to Roberts, development on Midnight Club 5 actually began, with the team actively working to build the game, which was to be set in London. Evidently, the project never graduated past the initial phases.
Rockstar Games
Internal ConflictThe cancellation came down to a sharp, internal conflict with Rockstar’s global headquarters in New York, wherein the top brass have been accused of double standards by the Midnight Club team, claiming clear favoritism for the crown jewel in Rockstar's portfolio, the Grand Theft Auto series.
The friction started before the fourth game even launched. Midnight Club: Los Angeles missed its original early 2008 deadline, eventually being delayed further to a late October release. While the final product earned high praise and performed exceptionally well against competitors like Need for Speed, the production delay damaged the San Diego studio's standing with corporate leadership.
The Gaming Industry and Rockstar Games Rockstar Games
The video game industry routinely axes high quality, profitable projects in favor of those that generate a regular and robust cash flow, and Rockstar was no exception. The publisher chose to consolidate its focus on the unstoppable success of Grand Theft Auto, eventually transitioning the company's racing-related gaming into the highly monetized GTA Online standalone product.
The death of Midnight Club 5 was not the result of poor sales or bad game design. It was a corporate casualty. A dedicated team built a phenomenal street racing experience, but in the halls of Rockstar headquarters, any project standing in the shadow of Grand Theft Auto simply could not survive.
The Refined Side of the 250 GTFerrari has a long history of producing exquisite vehicles in limited numbers, giving them the rarity and scarcity that can help drive up their value. This 1958 Ferrari 250 GT Cabriolet Series I is no exception, having been the 18th of only 40 examples produced and styled by Italian coachbuilder Pinin Farina.
Unlike the 250 GT California Spyder, which prioritized sportiness, the 250 GT Cabriolet Series I offered luxury and comfort in an open-top package. This grand tourer is more like today’s 12Cilindri Spider than, say, an 849 Testarossa Spider – ideal for those who prefer a refined driving experience over chasing lap times. It is currently listed by RM Sotheby’s for The Monterey Auction 2026.
RM Sotheby's
The Original Specification Still ShowsThe car in question, chassis 0809 GT, was originally destined for the U.S. market. Built in 1958, this particular example was showcased at the 1958 New York International Automobile Show by Luigi Chinetti Motors, the Prancing Horse brand's New York City-based distributor. Period photographs from the show help demonstrate how faithfully it has been preserved over the years.
The first owner was a Pennsylvania-based surgeon who took delivery after the New York show. The Ferrari later passed to a North Carolina furniture manufacturer and then to Texas oilman John W. Mecom Jr., whose racing team competed in series including Formula 1 during the 1960s. The car eventually ended up with its current owners in 1985. Aside from a repaint in its original color decades ago, it remains overwhelmingly original, retaining its numbers-matching chassis, engine, gearbox, and rear axle.
Powering the vehicle is a 3.0-liter V12 fed by three Weber 36 DCL3 carburetors. The setup produces 240 horsepower and allows the car to reach a claimed top speed of 252 km/h (157 mph). The car is also equipped with the “sought-after features” of competition-style covered headlights and “bumperettes.”
RM Sotheby's
A Fifth Owner Is ComingUnder its current ownership, chassis 0809 GT has made only two public appearances: at The Quail, A Motorsports Gathering in 2007 and at the 2023 Pebble Beach Concours d’Elegance, where it placed second in the Postwar Preservation class.
This 1958 Ferrari 250 GT Cabriolet Series I is set to cross the block at The Monterey Auction on August 14 with a presale estimate of $4 million to $5 million. For those not looking to spend that much, the broader Monterey Car Week – which runs through August 16 – also features displays of prestigious cars and several vehicle debuts, including the track-focused Lamborghini Revuelto SV.
RM Sotheby's
*View the 4 images of this gallery on the original article*
An Unwanted Parts BinOne reason some owners choose dealerships is that they trust them to provide quality service, even if they would rather go to an independent shop to save money. However, this particular case involving a Kia Telluride owner in Lake Charles, Louisiana, may have left her with trust issues.
According to KPLC 7 News, owner Shirley Poullard brought her SUV to Kia of Lake Charles on June 17, 2026, after experiencing a tire blowout on the interstate. After the vehicle had been sitting at the dealership for more than a month with little communication, Poullard decided to visit, only to discover that its engine had been taken apart. Worse, the service manager admitted that two fuel injectors had been borrowed from her vehicle to service another customer’s vehicle.
Trust Takes a HitThe report did not identify the exact model year. Based on Poullard’s footage, however, she appears to own a facelifted first-generation Telluride from the MY2023–2026 range, which preceded the second-gen model introduced for MY2027. In other words, it is still relatively new. The footage also showed the owner confronting the service manager, whom the dealership later said was no longer employed.
Kia of Lake Charles released a statement saying it had conducted an internal review. She has since gotten her vehicle back but admitted that she still feels uneasy driving it.
Of course, it would be unfair to blame Kia America directly for an incident involving an independently operated dealership. Still, the case could remind the automaker to be more proactive in ensuring its dealers follow proper service practices, as brand reputation can influence sales.
Kia
A Shortcut With No Good EndingIt remains unclear what led the service manager to borrow parts from Poullard’s Telluride for another customer’s vehicle. One possible explanation is that the injectors were unavailable and the manager wanted to get the other vehicle back on the road as quickly as possible. Giving him the benefit of the doubt, the injectors might have been borrowed temporarily for diagnostic testing. Regardless, removing parts without the owner’s knowledge or permission is a breach of trust.
The takeaway is that dealership service may offer certain advantages, but it is not immune to serious lapses. Owners should obtain a detailed repair order listing all authorized work and any parts removed or replaced, and inspect their vehicle thoroughly before leaving the service bay.
Kia
*View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article*
A race car turned into a road car that barely even touched the roadThe 964-generation Carrera RSR 3.8 sits apart from other rare 911s. Porsche built only 51 examples, and these weren't lightly modified street cars, they were turnkey competition machines meant to go racing straight from the factory. But two of the 51 cars took a different path. A Porsche VIP commissioned a pair of "Strassenversion," or road-going, RSRs. They were still built on the full race chassis, but given full interiors and made street-usable.
This Polar Silver car, chassis WP0ZZZ96ZPS496107, is one of the two, and sat in a collection for the better part of two decades. The result? It sold for $4.7 million at RM Sotheby's earlier this year. And perhaps that's the strangest part of this whole car. Porsche built the 911 Carrera RSR to be driven as hard as possible. This particular example spent most of its life doing the exact opposite.
Race Hardware Under a Luxury Interior RM Sotheby's
*View the 2 images of this gallery on the original article* Calling it a "road-going RSR" undersells how extreme the spec really is. Both Strassenversion cars got the uprated, twin-ignition Le Mans-spec 3.8-liter flat-six, a 120-liter fuel tank, a full air-jack system, and a 40-percent locking rear differential. The goal wasn't comfort; it was a genuine motorsport race car made slightly more livable without losing what made it special. This wasn't a normal 911 made faster. It was a race car that Porsche reluctantly made usable on the street.
Inside, the original buyer went further still: Guards Red leather covers not just the seats but the steering column, center console, door panels, and even parts of the roll cage and air-jack system. Gold brake calipers and Speedline RS wheels with Amethyst Metallic centers round out the bespoke build. The same customer ordered four Turbo S Lightweights alongside the two RSRs. It was a six-car commission unlike anything Porsche would normally build for one buyer. There's just one catch: the owner barely drove any of them.
Twenty Years in Storage RM Sotheby's
*View the 2 images of this gallery on the original article* Though built in 1993, the car wasn't delivered until March 1996, nearly two years after RSR production ended. It then went straight into storage as part of a large private collection, staying there for almost 20 years. When it resurfaced in 2015, it had covered just six miles and still wore its factory Cosmoline protective coating, original tires, matching-numbers engine, and original Getrag gearbox. It changed hands again in 2017 and 2023, but the odometer never moved beyond that. After all, when Porsche builds you one of only two road-legal RSRs in existence, apparently the hardest thing to do is actually drive it.
The City CarWhen the Smart ForTwo came out decades ago, it ushered in a new era for proper micro city cars. It practically invented the segment, and was born out of the need to zip around a heavily congested city, mainly sold in Europe. However, the micro-car segment went through tough times, with people still opting for more size, but the emergence of EV propulsion has given micro-cars a second life.
Smart as a brand has continued to exist by offering slightly bigger cars but still staying true to the core beliefs of smaller mobility. More recently, though, it has been developing a new micro-car in the spirit of the original ForTwo, which has just been leaked ahead of launch.
China Ministry of Industry and Information Technology
#2 Replaces ForTwoThe ForTwo model was last sold back in 2024, but sales in North America ended even earlier, as far back as the late 2010s. Instead of reviving the nameplate, the brand has chosen to call the new micro-car the #2 following the current naming process of Smart. In any case, the development of the #2 is a joint-venture project between Mercedes-Benz and Chinese automaker Geely, which all but informs us that China will get the #2.
In fact, the Chinese Ministry of Industry and Information Technology (MIIT) just released a slew of automotive filings which include details of the new #2. According to Car News China, the official global launch is expected to happen sometime in October of this year. The #2 will primarily be a city EV with seating capacity limited to 2 people; its dimensions are 2,751 mm and 2,764 mm. It will have a width of 1,669 mm and a height of 1,555 mm, with a wheelbase of 1,875 mm.
Power will come from a lithium iron phosphate (LFP) battery, with individual cells produced by CATL and the total assembly managed by Geely. It will make around 80 hp and have a top speed of 140 km/h. Its 35.7 kWh battery pack has a WLTP range of 186 miles, which is double the previous range of the now-gone ForTwo.
China Ministry of Industry and Information Technology
City MuralsThe filings also indicate that buyers will be able to choose between different aesthetic combinations for the #2. Specifically, it will have two rim size choices in 15-inch and 16-inch form; there are also different rim designs to choose from, as well as body-colored or black colored roof options. Looking closer at the fillings also seems to point out that a lower variant will have no radars or front camera.
With the official launch in October just around the corner, Smart has begun its global marketing campaign prior to the launch. In some major cities across the globe, murals depicting the Smart #2 have been revealed with the words "It's Back." It is believed that these murals will be placed in China, Australia, South America, and most of continental Europe.
Smart
It Started With a Waiver California has the biggest market for cars among the 50 states of the U.S. You could say that U.S. market vehicles are built for Californian standards first, then the rest of the country later, which is a big point of friction for many automakers. The strictest emissions rules in the U.S. can be found in California, which was brought about by a waiver granted to the state under the Clean Air Act. However, all of that might change soon, if lawmakers get their way.
Four U.S. Senators, Wyoming's Cynthia Lummis, Missouri's Eric Schmitt, Nebraska's Pete Ricketts, and Ohio's Jon Husted, are leading the effort to remove the waiver issued by the federal government to the state of California that allowed it to impose stricter emissions regulations in the first place. These senators now want to take that permission away, but a majority vote is needed for that to happen.
In order to get California's waiver repealed, a majority vote is required, which is less than the 60 that's typically required under normal circumstances. This ruling follows the Congressional Review Act (CRA).
View towards Beverly Hills and the Interstate 405 in Los Angeles, California.Dennis Fischer Photography / Getty Images
California Laws Are Affecting Other StatesFrom an automaker's perspective, conquering California is the first step, and then the rest of the 47 mainland States will follow. Logistics will be tough for Alaska and Hawaii, though, but I digress. Automakers build for California first, getting the biggest hurdle out of the way first, which forces the other U.S. States to adopt similar rules.
Back in June, the Environmental Protection Agency submitted the California waivers to Congress for a possible repeal. GM Authority picked up a Reuters report stating that the waivers are to be submitted to Congress under the CRA by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Historically, President Trump has also called for executive orders, congressional reviews, and federal lawsuits in a bid to block California's self-imposed emissions rules since his first term in office. Federal emissions standards have also been eased for internal combustion vehicles during his term, but California remains strict.
If you want to buy an electric vehicle, California is one of the best places to do it. The state is the most pro-EV state in the U.S. right now because getting around with battery power doesn't pay attention to the emissions laws. The state government also put in a bid to axe the sale of all new gasoline-powered vehicles by 2035, which was rescinded by Congress in 2025.
IOFOTO
California Sues Back The state filed a federal lawsuit, claiming that the EPA's action of sending the waivers to the Senate for consideration under the CRA was illegal. The four senators pushing for this contended that California's emissions regulations affect other states.
Because California is the largest market for cars in the U.S., and because manufacturers have a big incentive to follow California's regulations, other states have no choice but to follow. Essentially, because of California's federal waiver, everyone's forced to follow the strictest of its regulations that cover commercial trucks, passenger vehicles, and even down to off-road vehicles and equipment like lawnmowers and other machines that run on fossil fuels.
If California were to keep its federal waiver, it's possible that the State will continue to hold a massive influence over the direction of the rest of the U.S. auto industry. However, if the waiver were to be repealed, the rest of the 49 states would have a more equal say in what passes and what doesn't.
Welcome to California state line signGetty
About 45% of the vehicles that will be sold in the U.S. this year will come with turbochargers, at least 7 million overall. And they’re a great way to balance performance and fuel economy. But turbos do have their drawbacks.
Stomp on the throttle from a dead stop and you may find yourself waiting for a moment before power fully kicks in. This unwelcome “turbo lag” is a result of the way turbochargers work. They depend on a build-up of exhaust gases to spin their turbines. In turn, that compresses the air going into the engine. But, when starting up from a stop when there isn’t much exhaust pressure, it takes time to “spool up” those turbos.
Automakers have tried a variety of different approaches, and achieved varying – if not entirely satisfactory – results. But SRT, the performance arm of Stellantis, thinks it may have a perfect solution. Its prototype eBoost Air system adds an electrically driven compressor that all but instantly delivers a powerful boost to the automaker’s six-cylinder Hurricane engine even as the powertrain’s twin turbos begin spooling up.
From concept to prototype A prototype version of the eBoost Air system shown mounted to the Jeep's Hurricane engine. SRT – which is short for Street and Racing Technology, is the division designed to boost performance for North American Stellantis brands Chrysler, Dodge, Jeep and Ram. It last year got its own team of engineers who broke off from the rest of the Euro-American automaker’s product development operations.
The eBoost Air system is one of their newest projects – and it reveals just how quickly this skunkworks team can operate. The technology was little more than a vague idea seven weeks ago, said Joel Baker, SRT’s vice president of product engineering. This week, the technology is being demonstrated in a running Jeep Grand Cherokee prototype.
What happens next depends upon how well the eBoost system works in real-world testing. But, considering that, of the 16.2 million vehicles sold in the U.S. last year, 45% were turbocharged, a solution to turbo lag could prove to be a popular feature – especially among performance drivers. “Enthusiasts aren’t interested in technology for the sake of technology,” said Tim Kuniskis, head of Stellantis’s American brands. “But when technology improves performance with no downside, they’re all in.”
How does eBoost Air work An eBoost Air compressor went from concept to prototype in just seven weeks using additive production technology. With a conventional turbocharged engine, air is sucked into the powertrain and then directed into turbos – of which there can be one or more. In the case of the Stellantis Hurricane engine there are two. Turbochargers are, at their most basic, compressors that spin up to increase the amount of air forced into an engine’s cylinders. The problem is that they’re normally powered by the gases coming out of the engine’s exhaust. And, at low speeds, like when the vehicle is starting out from a stoplight, there’s not much flowing out of the exhaust. So the turbos need time to build up speed and increase compression.
With eBoost a butterfly valve redirects the flow of intake air to a newly installed compressor positioned upstream of the turbos. Since it’s electrically powered it doesn’t depend upon exhaust gases and can add as much as 10 psi of boost in as little as 650 milliseconds. That’s enough to deliver 90% of a Hurricane engine’s torque, said Baker, calling it “a very simple, elegant solution.”
Once the engine’s turbos are spooled up and delivering full boost, the butterfly valve closes and the eBoost compressor goes into idle mode. But it can fire up again, all but instantly, whenever another quick shot of air is needed. That can happen whenever a driver slams the throttle, whether at a stoplight or when cruising down a highway.
What now? A screen capture shows a rendering of how the eBoost system works. SRT engineers were able to take the eBoost Air system from concept to prototype by using the latest in manufacturing technology, primarily 3D, or additive, prototyping. This allowed them to rapidly transform digital renderings of key parts – such as the exterior box and the compressor fan blades – into hard parts. Rapid prototyping can work with a variety of composites and metals.
The question is what happens next? In the coming months, Baker explained, SRT will test out the eBoost Air system both in the lab and on street and track courses to see not only how well it performs but whether it can hold up in aggressive driving conditions. Another challenge: determining how to provide power to the electric boost system. The initial prototype draws current from its own small battery connected to the Jeep’s alternator.
“We’re (also) studying the customer,” he added, to see if the benefits would justify the potential cost were it to go into production.
Production plans SRT engineers say they could use the e-Boost system on the 4-cylinder Hurricane, as well as the 6-cylinder package. “There’s no plans…for production,” he added. “Not yet.” But Baker’s boss, SRT chief Tom Sacoman, said there are clear opportunities for a solution like eBoost Air in the automotive performance market.
The good news, he said, is that the technology could be used on essentially any turbocharged powertrain, including the six-cylinder Hurricane engine used in a variety of Stellantis products, as well as the smaller Hurricane four-cylinder package.
Among the approaches SRT and the Stellantis brands will consider is the possibility of offering eBoost Air as a production option or as an aftermarket feature that could be sold through the automaker’s Direct Connect arm. Any final production decision would depend not only on whether the technology proves as effective as imagined but whether it is durable enough to last the life of an engine. There are also questions about the system’s impact on emissions and fuel economy to be considered.
As for cost? No one at SRT is ready to discuss that topic but Sam Abuelsamid, lead analyst with Telemetry Research and a former auto engineer, said it won’t come cheap. That could mean as much as $10,000 in a package that would include even larger and more powerful turbochargers.
The Camera That Never BlinksAI may bring several benefits, such as helping Nissan cut vehicle-development times by more than half, but the technology also comes with trade-offs. In the U.S., the expanding deployment of Flock cameras has raised privacy concerns because the system uses AI and machine learning to identify vehicles and make their movements searchable across a nationwide network. Sure, the system can help law enforcement track down criminals while saving time and resources, but in the wrong hands, that capability could be weaponized against individuals.
As a result, reports have emerged of people obstructing, damaging, and stealing the cameras. According to Good Morning America, law enforcement has warned of organized protests aimed at disabling the technology. About 120,000 Flock cameras have been deployed nationwide, and some critics have taken matters into their own hands, covering camera lenses with glue or obscuring their own license plates.
When the Wrong Person Has AccessThe issue became even more alarming after a now-former North Carolina police officer was arrested for allegedly accessing the Flock system about 30 times for personal reasons to track her boyfriend’s ex-wife. The technology could help reveal sensitive patterns in a person’s movements, including where they live and work, when misused by someone with access.
Two Ohio officers also resigned amid internal investigations into repeated license-plate searches that appeared to lack a legitimate law-enforcement purpose.
The backlash has also affected Flock’s business relationships. Amazon-owned home-security company Ring ended its planned integration with Flock earlier this year. The announcement followed intense privacy backlash after a Super Bowl ad demonstrated Ring’s AI-powered Search Party feature locating a lost dog through a network of participating cameras.
Flock
Can Safety and Privacy Share the Same Lane?Despite the mounting backlash, Flock envisions a future in which public safety and privacy can coexist. Stricter policies and greater oversight may be needed to govern who can access the nationwide network and how it can be used. For now, law-enforcement agencies have been urged to increase patrols around the cameras to prevent further vandalism.
Tracking is not the only concern surrounding AI-powered road cameras. Other automated systems can flag potential red-light violations far more efficiently than human monitoring, raising questions about accuracy and whether every citation is actually warranted.
IOFOTO
Design mimicry in the global automotive sector is hardly unprecedented, but the latest venture between Chinese auto giant Chery and tech powerhouse Huawei pushes the boundary further. The Luxeed RX borrows key exterior design elements and proportions directly from the Ferrari Purosangue. So much so that in June 2026, a Luxeed executive claimed on Weibo that they had hired a "former Ferrari chief designer" to pen the RX, a claim Ferrari explicitly denied, leading to the post's swift deletion. Regardless of the design controversy, Luxeed has managed to package exotic Italian crossover styling into a domestic electric vehicle slated to sell at a tiny fraction of Maranello's asking price.
*View the 2 images of this gallery on the original article* Underneath The PlagiarismWhile the sheet metal on this new SUV clearly echoes an exotic supercar-inspired crossover, the architecture beneath relies strictly on modern battery-electric hardware. Luxeed offers the RX in both single motor rear-drive and dual-motor all-wheel drive configurations across three distinct battery offerings. The entry-level variant uses an 81.1-kWh pack linked to a rear motor outputting a respectable 371 horsepower. Those seeking acceleration to match the vehicle’s low-slung stance can step up to the dual-motor model, which produces a combined 585 horsepower.
Battery options expand up to a pair of 100-kWh packs supplied across different chemistry specifications. Under China’s optimistic CLTC testing standard, maximum driving range reaches up to 529 miles (852 km) on a single charge. Beyond the powertrain figures, the vehicle features functional aerodynamic and tech upgrades, including flush flap-style door handles, an aggressive front fascia with dark trim accents, and a roof-mounted LiDAR sensor dedicated to advanced driver-assistance systems.
Market Segment and PricingThe starkest contrast between the Luxeed RX and its Italian inspiration lies in market positioning and price. A factory-fresh Ferrari Purosangue demands upwards of $400,000, placing it strictly in ultra-luxury territory. By comparison, official pricing for the Luxeed RX is expected to align with rivals such as the Xiaomi YU7, hovering around RMB 253,500—or approximately $37,000 USD. Whether viewed as an unabashed facsimile or a pragmatic engineering alternative, the Luxeed RX demonstrates how regularly Chinese manufacturers are delivering high-performance specs and exotic aesthetics for the mass market.
Ford isn't exactly famous for building supercars. The GT is one of the rare occasions when the Blue Oval decided to push its limits, creating a modern tribute to the legendary GT40. The first-generation Ford GT quickly became one of the most celebrated analog driver's cars ever made, thanks to its mid-mounted V8, six-speed manual transmission, rear-wheel drive, and lack of practicality or driver aids.
Now, one exceptionally preserved example has shown just how much collectors are willing to pay for one. This 2006 Ford GT Heritage Edition with just 8 miles sold on Bring a Trailer for an astonishing $2,101,000, becoming the most expensive Ford GT ever sold
Just 8 Miles On The Clock Bring a Trailer
Bring a Trailer
Bring a Trailer
The car's biggest selling point is how little use it has seen. This Heritage Edition has covered just 7.9 miles in two decades. It is one of only 343 Heritage Edition cars built and wears the instantly recognizable blue-and-orange Gulf-inspired livery. Mechanically, however, it is identical to the regular GT, packing a supercharged 5.4-liter V8 producing 550 hp and 500 lb-ft of torque.
Optional BBS forged wheels and a McIntosh stereo round out the specification. Ford built just over 4,000 first-generation GTs before production ended in 2006, with the second-generation car arriving in 2017.
Double The Average, Including Wall Art Bring a Trailer
Bring a Trailer
Bring a Trailer
The final price is wild even by GT standards. Classic.com's current data puts the average first-gen GT sale at around $535,000, while the average Heritage Edition sells for $945,000. This car more than doubled that figure, with almost 1,800 comments appearing on its auction listing.
The sale also included a half-car wall display made by Saleen, using the same serial number as the GT. Still, $2.1 million is an absurd amount when you consider what else that money can buy. For much less than $2.1 million, you could find a McLaren Senna GTR, while the same money could have bought a Bugatti Veyron.
The Ford GT Has Become Priceless Bring a Trailer
Bring a Trailer
Bring a Trailer
There is a reason the GT commands such attention. Some of the biggest petrolheads have owned one, including Jeremy Clarkson, whose GT changed hands earlier this year, and Doug DeMuro.
Ford has also kept the name firmly associated with outrageous performance. Despite no longer making a road-going version, the track-only GT Mk IV recently became the fastest combustion-powered car around the Nürburgring, recording a 6:15.977 lap. On top of that, Ford is developing a new Hypercar entrant for next year's 24 Hours of Le Mans, which should share some DNA with the GT.
And now that many of those who once had posters of the Ford GT up on their bedroom walls have serious money, cars like this $2.1 million Heritage Edition prove that 2000s supercars are becoming increasingly more valuable.
Don't Fix What Isn't BrokenHyundaifacelifted its popular Tucson crossover last year, and the 2026 Tucson carries over unchanged. If you weren't looking at them next to each other, the updated Tucson doesn't look drastically different than the previous one, and that's by design. An all-new model is currently in development but customers liked how the existing Tucson looks, so Hyundai didn't feel the need to radically change the exterior styling.
Jared Rosenholtz/Autoblog
*View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article* If you were curious about the exterior updates, the 2025 Tucson received a slightly revised front end with an updated lighting signature (now with eight light areas instead of 10) and some different wheels. The bigger improvements take place inside, where Hyundai proved it actually listens to what customers write in those feedback surveys.
The Buttons And Knobs Are BackHigher trims of the pre-facelift Tucson were saddled annoying touch-capacitive controls for functions like the climate and audio. The updated model receives a big update to the interior, which feels highly inspired by models like the Ioniq 5. There's a simpler steering wheel, a more open center console, a much to the delight of previous Tucson owners, more real buttons and knobs.
Jared Rosenholtz/Autoblog
*View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article* Hyundai gives drivers quick access to menus via physical shortcut buttons, and volume and tuning knobs now make basic audio functions easier than before. A new 12.3-inch touchscreen is paired with either a 12.3-inch gauge cluster or smaller 4.2-inch multi-information display, and looks more modern than the previous split setup. Lastly, we love the openness of the center console, and how much space it provides for items like phones and keys; there's also a handy shelf in front of the passenger.
https://www.youtube.com/shorts/7529drHNTk0
Every Powertrain Is CoveredHyundai knows not every driver is ready to switch to an electric vehicle, which is why the Tucson still comes in gas, hybrid, and plug-in hybrid versions. The gas model is not our favorite with its lackluster 187-horsepower 2.5-liter four-cylinder and clunky eight-speed automatic, but at least Hyundai gives buyers the choice.
Jared Rosenholtz/Autoblog
*View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article* We much prefer the Tucson Hybrid, which swaps the 2.5-liter for a smaller 1.6-liter turbo-four that delivers 231 hp when combined with the electric motor. It's also far more fuel efficient, netting 36 mpg combined compared to 26 mpg in the all-wheel-drive gas model.
There's also a PHEV, with boosts the total output to 268 hp and adds a 32-mile electric range from a 13.8 kWh battery. This is a decent power bump, but it's not enough to offset the battery weight, and the Tucson PHEV took 7.14 seconds to hit 60 mph in our testing. For reference, the latest Toyota RAV4 PHEV takes just 5.4 seconds since it produces 324 hp.
Just Get The HybridThough it wasn't the most drastic facelift, we didn't think the Tucson needed to be changed much. It was already a great crossover that's now even better because Hyundai listened to customer feedback.
Jared Rosenholtz/Autoblog
*View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article* We think the Tucson Hybrid is the sweet spot in the lineup, prices from around $30,950 for the base SE up to $41,825 for the loaded Limited. The PHEV takes a large leap in price, starting at $40,325 for the SEL and $48,550 for the Limited. Even if you have a short commute to take full advantage of the 32-mile range, it would take a long time to offset the $6,725 premium. There used to be a $7,500 federal tax credit that would have made the PHEV a no-brainer, but now that it's gone, we find them more difficult to recommend.
If you sat in a new Mercedes-Benz vehicle recently, you’ve noticed that there are more screens than ever before—and their size has expanded massively too from only a few years ago.
The tri-screen MBUX Hyperscreen setup, for example, which can measure up to 56 inches wide in some high-end models, is the largest display in a Mercedes-Benz production car, spanning from one side to the other of the dashboard.
Mercedes-Benz CEO Realizes Things Might Have Gone A Bit Too Far Mercedes-Benz VLEMercedes-Benz
Screen-heavy interiors have been criticized in recent years by customers because they have led to a massive reduction in the number of physical buttons. With an increasing number of controls moved from real switches to screens, it’s not surprising that many owners have complained about this.
Speaking recently with British car media, Mercedes-Benz CEO Ola Källenius has acknowledged such concerns, noting that “the industry as a while might have gone a little bit too far” toward digital controls, noting that the Stuttgart-based automaker is trying to fix things in this respect.
The executive told Autocar that Mercedes-Benz is bringing back actual buttons such as physical controls on the steering wheels of its cars. “Sometimes you get a bit ahead of yourself and do technology for the sake of technology and maybe forget a little bit about the customer. So from now on, you will see us reintroduce the most sensible buttons,” Källenius said.
Ola Källenius Doesn't Think Mercedes Is "At Maximum Screen" Mercedes EQS 580 4MATIC interior with MBUX Hyperscreen setup Sadly, that’s where the good news ends for drivers who prefer physical buttons to screens. Mercedes’ head honcho suggests we've seen nothing yet when it comes to screens. “I don’t think we’re at maximum screen, but we are at low buttons,” Källenius told Auto Express when asked how Mercedes interiors would continue to evolve from the current models.
Does that mean Mercedes-Benz may put even more screens inside its cars? On a vehicle fitted with the full-size MBUX Hyperscreen (and even the smaller Superscreen setup found in cars like the new CLA), it’s hard to imagine where more screens could fit besides the center console. On the door cards? On the headliner?
Mercedes-Benz
It remains to be seen, but until then, you should know that Källenius is very proud of the latest displays found in current Mercedes-Benz models, even though their arrival has coincided with a drastic reduction in the number of physical buttons. The latest CLA, for example, features just four buttons, a volume scroller, and the hazard switch; for everything else, the driver needs to access the display.
"We spend countless hours on UI [user interface]. I spend hours every year discussing this with our engineers and we joke it needs to be so easy that either a five-year-old kid or a Mercedes board member can use it,” Källenius told Autocar. “That is the hurdle, and once you familiarize yourself with it, it becomes second nature.”
Does it indeed? Owners of latest-generation Mercedes vehicles, feel free to chime in.
Toyota's Tune Changes Depending on the MarketEarlier this year, Toyota made it clear that it wasn't losing sleep over China's growing wave of affordable vehicles. Company executives argued that low prices alone wouldn't be enough to challenge Toyota's reputation for quality, reliability, and long-term ownership experience.
But in South Africa, the tune changes. At the launch of the new Toyota RAV4, the brand’s local PR boss Riaan Esterhuysen admitted Chinese brands have turned the entry-level market upside down. Rather than wading into a price war, Toyota is pushing its famous SUV upmarket, aiming for a different crowd.
Toyota
Why the New RAV4 Is Going More PremiumThis all came up when journalists started poking at the big price jump across the new RAV4 lineup, according to Bizcommunity.
Esterhuysen made it clear: the price hike is no accident. Toyota wants the RAV4 to grow up and hang with the premium crowd, not scrap it out at the bargain end. And yes, he admitted, the rise of Chinese brands had a lot to do with that call.
"We cannot compete with the emerging Chinese brands directly on an entry-level price point," Esterhuysen said. He added that these automakers have effectively reshaped the South African market by pulling buyers toward lower and mid-tier new vehicles while also convincing used-car shoppers to purchase brand-new models instead.
Toyota
The US Is Different, But Not Entirely IsolatedDon't expect Toyota South Africa's playbook to work in the US. Thanks to hefty tariffs, Chinese-branded cars are still locked out of American showrooms.
But it's tough to ignore the global picture. Chinese automakers are spreading fast – Latin America, Southeast Asia, Australia, Europe, you name it. Mexico is a hotbed for growth, and even Canada lets Chinese-built cars in under different rules than the US.
So the pressure isn't going anywhere. It's just building outside America's borders for now. Even Ford has sounded the alarm, warning that Chinese brands won't stay away forever. Toyota's South African comments are just the latest sign that, in plenty of places, the future is already here.
Toyota
Mercedes has a very expensive badge problem on its handsMercedes-AMG owners generally expect their cars to deliver blistering performance and luxurious interiors. They probably don't expect the AMG badge on the seat to become a source of injury. But that's exactly what two drivers allege in a new federal lawsuit against Mercedes-Benz. The class-action lawsuit claims that raised metallic AMG emblems embedded in certain Mercedes seats can become dangerously hot when exposed to direct sunlight. According to the plaintiffs, the badges can retain enough heat to cause burns when they come into contact with a driver's or passenger's skin. It's an oddly specific problem for a brand that spends enormous amounts of money engineering virtually every detail of its cars.
How A Seat Badge Can Get So Hot KarinaBath/YouTube
The alleged issue stems from the badges themselves. Unlike a printed or stitched logo, the affected AMG emblems use metal, which can absorb and retain heat when the car sits in direct sunlight. That makes the badge a potential localized hot spot even when the surrounding seat isn't nearly as hot.
One plaintiff alleges that the badge became hot enough to leave an AMG-shaped burn mark on her skin. It’s a particularly ridiculous issue because it turns one of Mercedes' most recognizable performance symbols into the source of the problem. The lawsuit claims Mercedes knew or should have known about the potential risk but continued using the design. If the allegations are ultimately substantiated, the case could raise questions about how seemingly cosmetic components are evaluated for occupant safety.
The AMG Badge Is Now The Center Of A Lawsuit
View this post on Instagram
The case also highlights an awkward reality of modern luxury cars: even tiny decorative details can create unexpected engineering problems. Mercedes spends years developing AMG powertrains capable of producing hundreds of horsepower, yet the lawsuit alleges that a piece of branding inside the cabin can become a hazard under the right conditions.
The plaintiffs are seeking class-action status and damages, although the allegations have yet to be proven in court. Mercedes will have an opportunity to respond as the case progresses, and the lawsuit itself does not establish that every vehicle equipped with the badges presents a safety hazard. For Mercedes-AMG owners, however, the lawsuit raises a remarkably simple question: how did a badge end up being the hottest thing about the car?
The era of accessible transportation is effectively dead, and buyers are feeling the crushing financial strain. Because affordable cars have vanished from dealership lots, desperate Americans are forced to sign massive loans just to get behind the wheel. The barrier to entry keeps rising at an alarming pace, leaving families with few options but to secure reliable transportation regardless of the brutal monthly payment.
As transaction prices stay at astronomical heights, consumers are stretching their budgets to the breaking point. We are witnessing an unprecedented affordability crisis sweeping the automotive sector. Recent Edmunds data exposes the harsh reality that modern buyers are drowning in long-term debt. This overextension leaves households incredibly vulnerable, leading to catastrophic financial hardships whenever unexpected economic hurdles inevitably strike.
Getty Images
Behind the Spike in Vehicle RepossessionsAccording to a report from Automotive News, the situation on the front lines of auto finance is growing chaotic. Robert Plants, operations manager at New York Repo, has been incredibly busy recently. At his agency alone, vehicle repossessions surged a staggering 20 percent between May 2025 and May 2026. This sudden rise in volume of defaults paints a grim picture of the current economic climate.
Plants directly attributed much of this spike to skyrocketing fuel costs following recent geopolitical turmoil involving Iran. As gas prices surge, even standard daily drivers and popular crossovers are becoming a massive financial burden. The average consumer is legitimately struggling to keep their head above water, and missing just a single paycheck can result in losing their vehicle.
Repossessions remain the absolute third rail of the auto industry. The ordeal is expensive, complicated, and undeniably traumatic, demanding significant time and energy from lenders, forwarders, and repo agents. Lenders frequently lose money on these operations while battling compliance challenges. Danielle Arlowe of the American Financial Services Association stated that repossession is an absolute last resort, emphasizing how much creditors want to avoid it.
Slate Auto
The Long-Term Fallout for Lenders and DriversLooking ahead, the boomerang effect of this crisis is bound to hit the auto industry hard. Financial institutions might initially enjoy the gains of high-interest loans, but the expense of recovering defaulted vehicles is catching up. Furthermore, impending trade regulations and tech bans threaten to drive manufacturing costs higher. This practically ensures that bloated sticker prices won't cool down anytime soon.
In the brutal world of automotive finance, what goes around comes around. While federal enforcement on aggressive lending has weakened, industry insiders warn that lenders could face severe regulatory consequences down the road. The high costs passed on to consumers are creating additional complexities for the institutions that issued the debt. Both consumers and lenders remain trapped in this vicious cycle.
The LFA’s Powertrain Plot TwistThere’s a new Lexus LFA coming – that much is clear. It’s gorgeous and has plenty of the visual drama you would expect from a modern halo car, at least in concept form, although it came with one polarizing detail: it was announced to be a fully electric supercar.
But now, a report out of Japan claims Lexus might be changing course. Best Car says the next LFA could show up as a plug-in hybrid instead of going full EV.
There’s a pretty important disclaimer here, though. The Japanese publication has a knack for mixing dealer-level information, wild predictions, and unsubstantiated speculation, so we advise taking this with a dash of table salt.
Lexus
From Electric Supercar To Plug-In Hybrid?The prediction, as conveyed in a recent YouTube video about the report, gets a little murky. Best Car reportedly identifies a plug-in hybrid setup as the likely direction, while also acknowledging that the LFA has been tested in battery-electric form.
This leaves us with two options: either Lexus is rethinking its EV game plan, or the final powertrain is still up in the air because the production car is nowhere near ready. Another possibility involves solid-state batteries, which could eventually make the all-electric idea work. Bottom line: the LFA’s powertrain saga is anything but settled.
A plug-in hybrid supercar isn’t exactly a tragedy. Lamborghini’s already shown with the Temerario that hybrids can pack a serious punch (even quicker than the Revuelto flagship) and still keep an engine behind the seats. The real question is: is that what LFA fans are actually looking for?
Lexus
The Shadow Of The Original LFAThe original LFA is a tough act to follow, and not just because of its spec sheet. That screaming, Yamaha-tuned V10 was the heart and soul of the car. Throw in a featherweight carbon-fiber body and a wild, high-revving personality, and you had something that stood out from the usual supercar crowd.
That’s why the idea of a heavier, more complicated plug-in hybrid LFA might not sit well with purists. Sure, more power and quicker sprints are great, but extra batteries and technology could take the car further from the sheer magic that made the first LFA so special.
Still, the new LFA isn’t just vaporware. A camouflaged prototype already tore up the 2026 Goodwood Festival of Speed, and its shape looks a lot like the concept we’ve seen.
As for the plug-in hybrid talk, remember: it’s all still rumor territory. In the end, the new LFA’s fate probably hinges less on what keyboard warriors think and more on what the deep-pocketed buyers actually want in their next supercar.
Lexus
*View the 7 images of this gallery on the original article*
On a RollMercedes-Benz is determined to sell more cars than ever. After all, it's been years since it's ahead of BMW, and the company would like its sales crown back. This year has seen the launch of several all-new and updated models. It's not just from the core lineup, either, as AMG and Maybach have been doing their part, too.
AMG, in particular, has been on a roll. There was the GT 4-Door from earlier this year, along with the return of six-cylinder power in the GLC with the GLC 53. AMG's commitment to V8 power has been reassured in the new GLE 63 and GLS 63, and more recently, the CLA 45 made its world premiere as a baby GT 4-Door. Let's not forget there are more on the way, too, namely the updated S 63 and the CLE 63 Mythos.
Mercedes-Benz/Facebook
Another Day, Another New AMGSo far, there are five new AMG models that have joined the lineup in eight months. Some are expected, while others are genuine surprises. For its next world premiere, it falls in the latter camp.
Mercedes-AMG recently posted a teaser of a new model in its socials. So far, it doesn't have a name yet, nor has a launch date been locked it. That said, we have a sneaking suspicion that it's a GT SUV given the profile under the blanket. Perhaps it was inevitable, although this looks like atonement for the AMG EQE SUV.
Mercedes-Benz/Facebook
What to ExpectOf course, it's not confirmed by AMG if it is, indeed, a GT SUV, but the roof rails peeking through don't lie. We can at least confirm that it's a crossover, but the name is yet to be determined. Also, the side profile suggests it will have a fastback body, and the tail lights give it a connection to the GT 4-Door.
If it is the GT SUV, it could be based off the 4-Door model utilziling the AMG.EA architecture. If so, it'll benefit from the axial-flux batteries, along with a tri-motor arrangement in its most potent form. We might see an 'entry-level' dual-motor model like the GT 53 4-Door with at least 536 hp, but it won't be too surprising if the 63 version will pack over 1,000 hp.
In the meantime, we wait for the covers to be pulled for the full reveal. Given that it's been teased, the premiere might just be a few weeks or days away.
Mercedes-Benz/Facebook
Honda has outsourced the development of its new vehicle program to India-based Tata Technologies, which is owned by the same conglomerate that owns Jaguar Land-Rover (JLR), and also builds the world's most efficient electric vehicles. The decision marks a significant change in operations for the Japanese automaker, which has historically kept its core engineering and platform development in-house or strictly within its legacy supplier network.
Tata
Given Tata's history of being able to develop versatile vehicle platforms that can underpin both internal combustion and battery electric products, such as its own All-terrain Ready, Omni-Energy and Geometry Scalable Architecture or "ARGOS" platform, it makes sense for Honda to hand over development for its own multi-powertrain vehicle platform. The move comes as Honda overhauls its global product roadmap and seeks aggressive cost-cutting measures to address profitability following its first annual loss since its founding in 1948.
Honda's Historic Shift In The MakingAccording to Bloomberg, the Tata-engineered platform is being designed for versatility. It is expected to underpin multiple upcoming car models and is specifically intended to accommodate both conventional internal combustion engines and next-generation electrified powertrains, spanning hybrids and fully electric vehicles.
Honda
While Honda has historically guarded its core platform engineering strictly in-house, viewing it as the bedrock of its brand identity, delegating this program to Tata Technologies represents a historic operational shift. By leveraging specialized external partnerships, Honda aims to rapidly strengthen its competitive edge in a fast-evolving global auto market, especially while it tries to correct course. The specific consumer markets where these forthcoming Tata-engineered vehicles will ultimately be sold have not yet been officially disclosed by either company.
Tata Group Is Asserting Dominance Everywhere Tata
The Honda deal is just one facet of the Tata Group's rapidly expanding technological influence. In a separate monumental development, Tata Electronics recently finalized a strategic partnership with the Dutch semiconductor equipment giant ASML, securing access to its highly coveted and restricted lithography technology. This historic agreement allows Tata to acquire the specialized ASML machines necessary to establish India’s first 300mm commercial chip fab in Dholera, Gujarat, effectively embedding the Indian conglomerate into the world's most advanced semiconductor global supply chain, alongside Tata's automotive, consultancy, financial services and more.
The Age Of CollusionThese cross-industry milestones underscore Tata's ascent from a regional manufacturing powerhouse to a globally trusted engineering linchpin. For Honda, the collaboration promises to accelerate critical product development cycles while simultaneously keeping overhead costs in check, setting the stage for a highly anticipated new generation of versatile and economically viable vehicles built as a result of productive and mutually beneficial partnerships.
Price WarEVs haven't necessarily enjoyed the best sales numbers at the beginning of the year; however, with a never-ending fuel price crisis, suddenly people are coming back to them for a second look. Hybrids and EVs are the kings of the global car market now, with most manufacturers reporting electrified vehicle sales having increased as a direct effect of fuel prices.
However, with the first half of the year passing by, hybrids seem to have the edge in terms of sales against EVs. Yet, in other emerging markets outside of the U.S., EV adoption continues to rise, and it's driving prices lower than hybrids.
BYD
China Number 1According to a study by analytics firm Mobility Global, the global price average of EVs is now significantly lower than that of hybrids, Nikkei Asia reports. EV prices average around $37,000, which is 9% lower than in 2020, while hybrid average prices rose 16% over that time period to an average of $39,000. These figures were computed by accounting for sticker prices without subsidies and also based on sales volume.
There are a few key factors that have helped EVs become more affordable, like the emergence of cheaper battery technology, plus the rapid growth of China's EV manufacturing capabilities. Looking at the numbers, prices for lithium-ion, a key component of EV batteries, have dropped 37% between 2020 and 2025. Most EV makers have also moved away from using cobalt in batteries, opting for lithium-iron phosphate (LFP) instead, which has improved over time through development.
Overseas expansion has also played a huge part, with Chinese brands like BYD able to build all components of their EVs and ship them to Southeast Asia, where the brand is penetrating the region at a steady pace. In that region, Chinese EVs cost lower or at par with hybrids, giving buyers an option of going full EV. BYD and other manufacturers have even begun to set up manufacturing facilities in the region, which will continue to drive prices lower.
Shell
Rethinking StrategyThe biggest disruption comes at the more mass market side of the business; the legacy Japanese brands have been forced to rethink their strategies to stay competitive in a vital region. Toyota, the biggest skeptic for EVs, has pushed for a multi-pathway approach offering BEVs alongside the brand's more established HEVs. Nissan has stepped it up even further by beginning to export Chinese-made EVs to other markets.
Forecasts point towards high sales for electrified mobility in 2026; the International Energy Agency expects EVs and plug-in hybrids to account for 30% of all car sales this year.
Tata
A Basic Safety Feature, Now With a TwistSeat belts are supposed to be the no-brainer safety feature – click, tug, and you’re good to go. But what if the belt itself decides to throw a curveball and doesn’t work the way it’s supposed to?
That’s exactly what’s happening with the latest recall for the outgoing Dodge Hornet and Alfa Romeo Tonale. According to the NHTSA document, some rear seat belts can get twisted up during use – definitely not what you want in a crash.
All told, 48,777 vehicles are affected – 40,386 Dodge Hornets and 8,391 Alfa Romeo Tonales. That’s a lot of seat belts with commitment issues.
Stellantis
*View the 2 images of this gallery on the original article* How the Seat Belt Problem Was FoundIf you’re wondering if your SUV is on the list, here’s the breakdown: Hornets built between August 31, 2022 and September 18, 2025, and Tonales from February 9, 2023 to November 26, 2025. After those dates, new seat belt retractors went in, so the problem should be sorted for newer builds.
Here’s the gist: if the rear seat belt gets twisted, it might not retract or stay tight against you. In a crash, that could mean the belt doesn’t hold you in place like it should, upping the risk of injury. There’s no dashboard warning or obvious sign, so you probably wouldn’t know there’s a problem until it’s too late.
The problem first popped up when FCA US tipped off Stellantis Europe in April 2026 about a possible seat belt retractor glitch. After some digging and a few months of engineering detective work, they traced it back to a design weakness that can show up under certain conditions.
By the end of July, FCA US had logged 484 warranty claims, but no one had actually reported injuries or accidents tied to the issue. So far, it’s just a paperwork headache, not a safety disaster.
*View the 2 images of this gallery on the original article* The Fix Is a New Seat Belt RetractorThe fix is simple: FCA US will swap out the faulty rear seat belt retractors for new ones. There is also a separate recall covering 1,458 MOPAR rear outboard seat belt assemblies that may have the same twisting issue. That campaign calls for affected assemblies to be inspected and, when installed on a vehicle, have the retractor replaced. Uninstalled assemblies are subject to repurchase.
Dealers should get the heads-up by August 13, 2026, and owners will start seeing notifications by late September. You’ll be able to check your VIN for recall status starting August 13.
If you drive a Hornet or Tonale, check your VIN as soon as the system goes live and follow FCA US’s instructions. Don’t assume your seat belt is fine just because it looks okay – better safe than sorry.
*View the 2 images of this gallery on the original article*
Subaru is riding high on a wave of massive showroom success, but the automaker is currently gearing up for an even bigger behind-the-scenes transformation. Driven by a recent sales surge fueled largely by the unstoppable Forester and Crosstrek, the Japanese brand is officially bringing its money-lending operations in-house. It is a massive structural shift for a company that has historically relied on third-party partners to handle the financial heavy lifting.
The timing of this pivot is particularly fascinating. With the brand previously addressing how inflation and supply chain headaches have led to rising sticker prices, taking control of the financing pipeline gives the automaker a vital tool to manage customer affordability. Subaru Corp and Subaru of America are betting big that a direct financial relationship will keep buyers coming back to the dealership long after the initial sale.
Subaru
Leveraging Financial PartnershipThe official announcement confirms that Subaru will build its captive finance business from the ground up to supply retail loans, leases, and floor plan financing directly to customers and retailers. However, this massive transition will not happen overnight. The company has set a target launch date of 2030. To maintain stability during the build-out, Subaru of America is extending its longstanding partnership with Chase, ensuring uninterrupted service for the current Subaru Motors Finance division. Existing customers will see absolutely no changes to their current loans.
Leadership is pitching this as a major win for brand-consumer relations. Yoichi Hori, Chairman and CEO of Subaru of America, emphasized that entering the captive finance space will directly support their retail network while providing long-term value for stakeholders. Hori noted that the move represents a strategic opportunity to generate future growth while keeping a laser focus on maintaining their legendary customer loyalty.
Jeff Walters, President and COO, echoed that sentiment, calling it a forward-looking maneuver that gives the automaker a much stronger U.S. foothold. Walters pointed out that maintaining Chase as a transitional partner guarantees stability and reassures stakeholders that Subaru is committed to building a reliable, lasting platform. The ultimate goal is to own the complete lifecycle of the buyer's journey, from the showroom floor to the final lease return.
Subaru
More Debt in the PotSubaru is essentially reading the writing on the wall. The broader economic landscape is treacherous, and the current auto loan crisis is exposing the risks of leaving consumer financing entirely in the hands of traditional megabanks. By establishing a captive lender, Subaru can offer heavily subvented leases and special APR deals when the market softens, moving metal off the lot even when interest rates remain aggressively high.
But launching an in-house lending arm by 2030 isn't without serious risks. We are looking at an incredibly volatile credit market plagued by soaring delinquency rates that act as a massive economic warning sign. Subaru will have to build a bulletproof risk assessment infrastructure over the next six years to avoid holding the bag on bad debt. If they pull it off, they will unlock a massive new revenue stream. If they miscalculate, they will be taking on billions in liability just as the American consumer taps out.
Subaru
Just a Dressed-Up CivicEver since the Honda Prelude returned, the internet's been quick to call it a Civic in a fancy suit. Sure, there's some truth there, but that's not the whole story. Under the skin, the Prelude grabs more than just the Civic's bones – it nabs a bunch of Type R hardware too. We're talking dual-axis front suspension, adaptive dampers, and a faster steering rack, all straight from the Civic Type R.
Does all that Type R DNA make the Prelude worth its $42,000 sticker? That's a debate for another day. What matters is Honda set out to make this front-wheel-drive hybrid act like a real-deal sports coupe, not just an eco-friendly commuter.
So, did Honda actually pull it off? Spain's km77 crew put the Prelude through their brutal slalom and moose test gauntlet – the same tests that have embarrassed everything from cheap hatchbacks to six-figure supercars.
Seriously Impressive RunThrough km77's slalom test, the Prelude immediately shone. According to the tester, power came on smoothly, no wheelspin drama off the line, and the steering was quick, direct, and barely needed a flick between cones. Testers also pointed out that body roll was kept in check.
The real challenge came during the moose test. Flicked into Sport mode, and the adaptive dampers tightened up, cutting down on body wobble during those quick left-right flicks. The result? The Prelude sailed through the course at 50 mph (80 km/h), clearing every single cone without needing wild steering corrections.
Sure, 50 mph might not sound like headline news, but in km77's massive database, that puts the Prelude ahead of plenty of pricier, more powerful cars. Testers also tried pushing past that figure, but the Continental PremiumContact 6 tires finally cried uncle.
At higher speeds, the Prelude started clipping cones and the stability control quietly stepped in. Even then, the car stayed predictable and easy to reel back in – no sudden snap oversteer or nasty surprises.
km77/YouTube
Why The Moose Test MattersOriginally developed in Sweden, the moose test simulates a driver making an emergency lane change to avoid a large animal (e.g., a moose) before immediately returning to the original lane. This scenario, of course, closely mirrors evasive maneuvers around road debris or an unexpected obstacle at highway speeds.
Over the years, the test has become one of the industry's most respected demonstrations of chassis balance and emergency handling. It has also embarrassed some notable vehicles. Perhaps the most famous casualty was the first-generation Mercedes-Benz A-Class in 1997, which rolled over during testing and forced Mercedes to redesign the suspension and make electronic stability control standard equipment. More recently, several SUVs and pickups have struggled to match the speeds achieved by well-sorted passenger cars.
The Prelude's numbers won't end the arguments about its price or front-wheel-drive setup, but one thing's clear: Honda's engineers made sure this hybrid coupe acts way more like a sports car than the spec sheet lets on.
km77/YouTube
GM and China Go a Long WayAs far back as the 1910s, General Motors had some form of presence in China. It was Buick that helped plant the seeds of GM in the Middle Kingdom, which explains why the name holds prominence over there. GM was also instrumental in the growth of the Chinese auto industry way back in the '90s.
Again, it was Buick that led efforts in China, in cooperation with Shanghai Automotive Industry Corporation, better known today as SAIC. Today, the SAIC-GM joint venture doesn't just help the American automaker's presence in China, but it has grown to include even more brands.
Buick
An Unprecedented MoveRecently, the two companies renewed their joint venture in a signing ceremony held on August 5. There, SAIC and GM agreed to extend their cooperation for the next 20 years, all the way through 2047. It's a move that's the first of its kind in the country, and with 30 years of working together, this partnership will collectively last 50 years at the very least.
"Today's agreement reflects our shared confidence in SAIC-GM and its long-term growth potential. We are committed to strong performance in the China market, and we see meaningful opportunities to compete in select international markets: the Middle East, Africa, South America, Mexico and Asia-Pacific," said John Roth, GM Senior Vice President and President of GM China.
This isn't just GM's way of effectively guaranteeing its place in the Chinese auto industry. With SAIC's reach, especially around Asia, it should bolster the stock of both automakers. GM is looking like SAIC's additional avenue to export more models out of the domestic market. It's something the Chinese conglomerate needs, too, given that home market sales have reached a saturation point.
Keeping Buick AliveThe extension of the agreement does mean another thing: Buick isn't going away for a long time. While sales have been steady but unspectacular in the U.S, the American brand continues to thrive and evolve in China. Granted, the new wave of Chinese cars has eroded the marque's once-dominant status, but it's still held in high regard.
With that, SAIC-GM has a lot in store for Buick in the coming years. Buick's China-only Electra sub-brand will be further expanded, and given 'China Speed,' the future generations of these models are pretty much guaranteed at this point. The Electra lineup currently consists of battery electric vehicles, plug-in hybrid vehicles, and extended range electric vehicles. At the same time, Buick as a whole still offers pure combustion vehicles and is still continuously updating these.
There's also a special mention of the Buick Electra E7, the brand's top-selling model. The Electra E7 will soon start being exported to select markets, expanding Buick's reach beyond American and Chinese borders, which will hopefully bear fruit for both GM and SAIC. SAIC-GM will be putting greater focus on Buick and Cadillac, with the promise of launching 30 new models before the end of the decade. If it all goes to plan, those might be for export, too.
Buick
The Family BusinessThe names Porsche and Piëch will forever be linked to Volkswagen. After all, it was Ferdinand Porsche who laid down the foundations for Europe's biggest automotive empire (and the eventual sports car company), while the collective bloodline of the Porsche-Piëch families has always had a stake in the company. One can say that anyone with that last name is bound to work in the family business.
But as the current patriarchs may soon retire, the dynasty may soon make way for a new generation. However, the question now is who from the dynasty will be named the successors on the company's supervisory board.
Mlenny / Getty Images
Changing of the GuardAutomotive News reports that Wolfgang Porsche and Hans Michel Piëch will not be seeking another term on the Volkswagen Group's supervisory board. Piëch is currently the deputy chairman of the supervisory board of Porsche Automobil Holding SE, while Porsche is the chairman of the same board. Both are in their 80s and nearing the end of their current terms in the company. There are a couple of family members in the running to succeed them, and it comes at a crucial time for the company.
The Volkswagen Group is facing one of its toughest challenges to date. Tumbling profits, lower sales, and the loss of its hold in China have heavily impacted its bottom line. Right now, the group is taking extreme measures to return to greater profitability. Mind you, VW is still making money and isn't incurring heavy losses, but it will be if the downward trend persists.
Moritz Frankenberg/picture alliance via Getty Images
The CandidatesThe publication mentioned Ferdinand Oliver Porsche as one of the leading candidates. He is Wolfgang Porsche's nephew and is currently a member of the supervisory board. If ever, his appointment as chairman seems the most logical given the line of succession within the company's ranks.
However, either one of Ferdinand Oliver Porsche's sons may also be in the running for the chairmanship. Ferdinand Rudolf Wolfgang Porsche and Felix Alexander Porsche are also board members like their uncle, and are much younger. The brothers are aged 33 and 30, respectively, while their uncle is 65 years old.
aquatarkus - stock.adobe.com
A Fresh Set of EyesThe possibility of someone outside of the Porsche-Piëch family being named chairman has also been floated around. If ever, it won't be the first time that would happen, as Automotive News cites German industrialist Klaus Liesen as an example. He led the board from 1987 to 2002, working closely with Ferdinand Piëch.
So far, there are no outsider candidates being mentioned in German media. That said, going for one could provide a wider perspective and be the help the board needs moving forward.
Sean Gallup/Getty Images
When the Good Stuff Went MainstreamThere was a time when features like large infotainment screens and heated seats were largely reserved for models from premium automotive brands. Now, an abundance of in-car technology has become the bare minimum for staying competitive, a shift that should be a welcome development for car buyers.
As a result, however, premium car brands such as Cadillac and Lincoln may be losing some of their appeal. According to an Automotive OEM Intelligence Report from J.D. Power, more premium-vehicle owners traded their vehicles for mainstream models in the first half of 2026. The report said premium brands, excluding direct-to-consumer automakers, made up 13.3% of new-vehicle sales in H1 2026, down from 13.8% a year earlier – the segment’s smallest share since 2020.
Lincoln
The Badge Isn’t Holding Them BackLooking at the numbers, 32% of consumers trading in a midsize premium SUV purchased a vehicle from a non-luxury brand. Midsize premium SUVs are said to be the top-selling premium market segment, where models such as the BMW X5, Lexus RX, and Lincoln Nautilus compete. Mainstream midsize SUVs – including the Ford Explorer, Toyota Highlander, and Kia Telluride – accounted for 11% of those transactions, while compact SUVs accounted for 6%.
As for compact premium SUV owners, 30% moved to mainstream brands; 10% chose a midsize SUV, while 9% went for a similarly sized mainstream model, a category that includes the Toyota RAV4 and Honda CR-V. Additionally, 42% of compact premium car owners chose a mainstream vehicle.
The average transaction price for the mainstream midsize SUVs purchased was $51,500, compared with $70,600 for the premium vehicles traded in.
The study noted that the destination segment matters because it shows buyers are not leaving luxury vehicles on price alone; mainstream models have become sophisticated enough to offer many of the same qualities once reserved for premium brands. It is reflected in the J.D. Power 2026 APEAL Study, which found that the emotional-satisfaction gap between premium and mass-market brands has narrowed to just 29 points on a 1,000-point scale, down from 66 points in 2008.
While the study credits EV competition with accelerating improvements in in-car technology – a trend that became more apparent at the start of this decade with models such as the Hyundai Ioniq 5 – perhaps the rise of affordable, feature-packed Chinese cars in global markets may have also pushed established automakers to keep up.
Ford
Who’s Leaving Premium Behind?Other findings in the Automotive OEM Intelligence Report include that Baby Boomers and Pre-Boomers are the most likely to remain in the premium segment; Millennials and Gen Z buyers defect at higher rates; buyers earning $200,000 or more are the most likely to remain in the premium segment, with retention weakening as income declines; and customers moving to mainstream brands are more likely to live in rural or suburban areas.
The study suggests that offering sophisticated in-car features and relying on badge prestige may no longer be enough for premium brands to distinguish themselves from mainstream rivals. Providing a more upscale customer experience may be a good place to start.
Honda
*View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article*
Be Careful What You SayEach car's core capability is rooted in the idea of it being able to provide safe, reliable, comfortable, and practical mobility from point A to B. The differences between each model start with size, powertrain, and design; in some cases, different models also have specific features that entice the customer.
In some even more extreme cases, the customer decides on said model because of that specific feature. Ford is in hot water now because it claimed that a Lincoln Corsair could do something it apparently can't.
Lincoln
No Flat TowFord has been hit with a class action suit specific to the Lincoln Corsair SUV. Allegedly, there is an issue pertaining to the flat-tow capabilities of the Corsair. Flat towing is the ability to properly hinge a car to the back of an RV and tow it along on long journeys. While it sounds like a niche feature, given the RV market in the U.S., it is something buyers actually consider.
In the 21-page lawsuit, the plaintiffs allege that they were issued a corrective service notice in February 2025 that pointed out a major blunder. According to the notice, although the Lincoln Corsair's digital user's manual says it can be used during flat towing, the user manual is wrong, and it actually can't be flat towed at all. Specifically, the notice said that if the owners were to engage the car in a flat tow setting, it may damage the powertrain. As a remedy, it was offered that Ford would update the software to fully remove the mistakenly included flat towing feature.
Lincoln
Impacted Buying DecisionThis would have been okay if there was a fix; however, according to the lawsuit, Ford hasn't come up with a fix yet that will allow the Corsair to safely do flat towing. Furthermore, the suit says that some of the buyers' and lessees' decision to purchase the Corsair was impacted by the fact that they thought it could be flat towed. The suit covers all buyers and lessees of the Lincoln Corsair model years 2021-2025 in California.
Buying a new car nowadays can be a tiring experience as you not only have to choose between multiple competing models but also decide what powertrain and equipment best suit your needs—and that’s before you get to financing.
Deciding which optional features to get is probably one of the most tedious tasks because there may be options you don’t need now but might need later on and options you want but cannot afford, not to mention that some desirable options are sometimes bundled with others you don’t care about. So yes, it takes time and patience to get it right.
Now, if those are in short supply, you can always check out the list of the most popular options for new car buyers for inspiration—we’re joking, although for some people that could be useful.
Nearly Half Of 19,000 Survey Respondents Voted For Heated Seats James Riswick
If you’re curious what are the most-wanted features people look for in new cars, a new study from automotive market research and consulting firm AutoPacific has revealed just that. Having surveyed over 19,000 licensed drivers who plan to purchase a new vehicle within the next three years, AutoPacific has released a list of over 160 features and technologies respondents have mentioned as desirable for their new cars.
The top 15 features wanted by vehicle shoppers are obviously the most interesting, and heated seats were voted as the most popular feature by nearly half of respondents (47%). Interestingly, last year heated seats didn’t even make the top 15, so the sudden surge in popularity is quite a mystery.
The truth is few things are more satisfying than climbing into you car in the freezing cold and turning on the heated seats—and the cool thing about them is they don’t cost that much (over $150 on average according to the study).
Parking Sensors Ranked Second, Reverse Automatic Braking Third Kristen Brown
Parking sensors (front and rear) came in second place with 45% of the votes, despite their average price of over $400. Still, one cannot overstate the usefulness of parking sensors, especially if you drive a big SUV (and who doesn’t nowadays?).
The third most popular feature is a rather surprising one, namely “rearward automatic emergency braking,” or reverse automatic braking as it’s also known (44% of the votes, $50 average price).
It’s a safety feature that uses ultrasonic sensors and rear cameras to detect fixed and low-speed objects directly behind a vehicle (like walls or poles). If a crash risk occurs while reversing at low speeds, the system sounds an alert and automatically applies the brakes.
While useful, it’s kind of surprising to see it in third place, ahead of features like adaptive cruise control with lane centering and stop and go (7th spot, +$400)—which yours truly finds the most useful of the bunch—wireless phone charging (11th, +$100), and all-wheel drive (AWD)/4x4 (15th, +$2,000).
You can find the full list of top 15 features wanted by vehicle shoppers below. Let us know what you think of the ranking in the comments and whether the listed features coincide with your favorite optional car features or not.
AutoPacific
Ford's return to the top class of the FIA World Endurance Championship is less than a year away, but development of its new Hypercar is going strong, and we have our first preview of what Ford's upcoming Le Mans challenger will be. Most importantly, it gives fans their best listen yet to the naturally aspirated V8 that will power the car when it makes its competitive debut in 2027. Yes, it sounds every bit as spectacular as you'd expect.
Ford's Hypercar V8 Already Being Pushed To The LimitRather than waiting for a racetrack, Ford is putting its new engine through its paces inside a sophisticated dyno facility at its Dearborn, Michigan headquarters. Engineers recreated a complete lap of the Circuit de la Sarthe, allowing the 5.4-liter naturally aspirated Coyote V8 to experience every acceleration zone, braking point, and gear change it would encounter during the 24 Hours of Le Mans.
During full-throttle runs, the engine screams past 9,000 rpm. The Hypercar features a chassis developed alongside ORECA and its Coyote V8 that was designed, developed, and built entirely in-house in Michigan. While the Mustang GT and Mustang Dark Horse also use the Coyote V8, their road-going engines retain the familiar 5.0-liter displacement instead.
Tapping Into Their GT40 Roots Ford
One of the most fascinating aspects of the project is where Ford intends to prep its entry for the 24 Hours of Le Mans. Just a few yards away from where engineers are tinkering with the new hypercar, Ford did work on the iconic Ford GT40 more than six decades ago, proving that Ford continues to revisit its past to prepare for its future.
History, however, won't count for much once the racing begins. Alongside its old rival Ferrari, Ford will battle some mighty giants like Aston Martin, BMW, McLaren, and Toyota, with newcomer Genesis itching to make a name for itself. On top of that, it seems like Chinese carmaker Chery wants to compete in the 24 Hours of Le Mans, too.
The Road To Le Mans Is Only Just Beginning Ford
The dyno is only one part of the development process. Ford Racing's European testing program will continue across several circuits, focusing on performance, reliability, hybrid system integration, and aerodynamic validation under conditions that closely replicate all the FIA World Endurance Championship tracks. Ford certainly won't have the stage to itself when it returns in 2027. With a stacked lineup of players and technology more advanced than ever, next year's Hypercar class is more competitive than ever before.
One of Chevrolet’s cheapest models, the Trailblazer subcompact crossover SUV, may have an unusually short production run for the 2027 model year.
The 2027 Trailblazer will reportedly remain in production for just three months before being replaced for the 2028 model year, according to sources familiar with the matter cited by GM Authority. While the automaker made no official announcement regarding this, the South Korea-made crossover may be in for a series of updates for the 2028MY.
Unchanged Since 2024 Chevrolet TrailblazerChevrolet
Launched in 2021, the current Trailblazer received a mid-cycle facelift in 2024 gaining refreshed styling, a redesigned cabin, and improved tech features. Everything else has stayed the same since 2021, so the TrailBlazer does need some new features to remain relevant on the market.
Until that happens, it appears that the 2027 Trailblazer will be a stopgap model. While initially it was believed that the 137-horsepower turbocharged 1.2-liter three-cylinder (LBP) gas engine would be ditched for 2027, it appears that the LBP motor will remain available in the 2027 Chevy Trailblazer LS and LT trim levels when equipped with front-wheel drive.
As for the 155-hp turbocharged 1.3-liter three-cylinder (L3T), it will continue to be available with both front- and all-wheel drive. Chances are the base 1.2-liter engine will be discontinued for the 2028 model year, which is expected to bring a host of improvements.
The 2027 Chevy Trailblazer will continue to offer customers a choice of four trim levels (LS, LT, RS, and Activ), along with three powertrain and drivetrain combinations. Those include the 1.2-liter engine with FWD and the 1.3-liter engine with either FWD and AWD.
A Simplified Lineup For 2027MY Chevrolet
The 2027 Trailblazer lineup will also be simplified by several ordering restrictions. For example, the Confidence Package (RPO code WPN) and Convenience Package (RPO code WPG) must now be ordered together (they used to be separate for 2026MY).
Buyers who go for the LT trim and want the Midnight Edition (WJP) with the 1.2L engine and front-wheel drive must also select the Driver Confidence Package (ZL5), the Cold Weather Package (Y19), and the Convenience Package (ZL3).
For LT buyers who want the Midnight Edition with the more powerful 1.3-liter engine, the Driver Confidence Package, Cold Weather Package, and Convenience Package will be also bundled with the power sunroof (C3U). The Midnight Edition package was a standalone option for 2026.
Chevrolet
Moving up to the RS trim, the Adaptive Cruise & Sound Package (CWN) will be bundled with the Driver Confidence Package (ZL5), Convenience Package (ZL3), and the power sunroof (C3U). Previously, only the Driver Confidence Package and Convenience Package were required.
Finally, all Activ trim models will require the Driver Confidence Package and Convenience Package, while the power sunroof will remain optional. No pricing information is available for the 2027 Trailblazer yet, but the 2026 model currently starts at $25,095 (including $1,795 destination freight charge).
Dodge Wants Your Next Muscle Car to Look a Little DifferentDodge has never been one to shy away from attitude, but now the brand wants you to decide exactly what kind of attitude your ride wears. Apart from the newly launched Dodge Charger Super Bee, the company is parading a lineup of factory customization ideas for the Charger and Durango at this year’s Roadkill Nights.
Front and center is the Durango R/T 392 Smokescreen Concept, flanked by a barrage of new paint jobs, graphics, wheels, and appearance packages that hint at what you might soon be able to order.
Dodge
The Durango Gets the Custom TreatmentThe Dodge Durango Smokescreen concept is the automaker’s vision in full technicolor. This three-row beast rocks a Smokescreen exterior, a wild Cryo Blue graphic streaking down the sides, chunky 20-by-10-inch forged Y-spoke wheels, amber accents, Cryo Blue mirror caps, and dark exhaust tips for good measure.
Inside, the theme continues with Petrol Blue Laguna leather performance seats, suede trim, silver stitching, and carbon-fiber-look accents. Underneath all that is the familiar 6.4-liter HEMI V8, producing 475 horsepower and 470 lb-ft of torque. With standard all-wheel drive, Dodge says the Durango R/T 392 can reach 60 mph in 4.4 seconds and cover the quarter-mile in 12.9 seconds.
It’s still a concept for now, but Dodge is using it to take the pulse of the enthusiast crowd. Think of it as a sneak peek at the kind of factory madness Dodge might unleash soon.
Dodge
More Colors, Less OrdinaryBut the real headline-grabber is the Color Jailbreak program. Dodge is taking the wild paint options once reserved for the likes of the Challenger SRT Demon 170 and Durango SRT Hellcat Jailbreak and opening the floodgates for more models.
At Roadkill Nights, Dodge rolled out a 2027 Charger Scat Pack in Cha Ching Green and a Durango SRT Hellcat Jailbreak in Toxic Orange – colors that practically shout for attention. The idea is to let more buyers get in on the fun, with pricing aimed at a bigger crowd. Expect more details to drop later this year.
Ordering a new Dodge might soon feel less like picking from a menu and more like commissioning your own rolling piece of muscle art.
Dodge
*View the 2 images of this gallery on the original article* Stripes and Brass Added to the MenuDodge is also spicing things up with Tinted Dual Stripes for the Charger and Durango. These aren’t your average racing stripes – they’re translucent, letting the base color peek through and creating a tone-on-tone look that shifts depending on what’s underneath.
The stripes will be factory-installed, stretching from nose to tail. Meanwhile, the 2027 Durango gets a new Redeye exterior color, and the Brass Monkey Package throws in 20-by-10-inch forged wheels plus black fender badging with brass accents for Durango GT HEMI models.
Dodge
*View the 9 images of this gallery on the original article*
First EverBentley is a brand backed by tradition and heritage; it is one of the very few left that really harps on about its storied past and uses it as a basis to keep building on its newer models. However, because it is still part of a major conglomerate in the form of the Volkswagen Group, it must still have an eye towards the future.
One of the ways it's doing this is through the launch of its first-ever fully battery electric vehicle (BEV); the Torcal SUV. Given its forward-thinking nature, the Torcal is expected to have some of the most advanced luxury features on the market; one of those features has just been announced.
Bentley
The Curation EngineThe Bentley Torcal's launch is imminent, with a target global reveal set for September of this year. Normally, brands are already at this point, building up anticipation through teasers and announcements about the new car's features and capabilities. In the case of the Torcal, the British automaker is proudly announcing the integration of the Curation Engine.
Bentley's new Curation Engine is basically a system designed to enhance the cabin and driving experience of the Torcal. Bentley claims that this new feature goes a step further than the usual cabin bespoke settings they already offer; the Curation Engine will give owners of the Torcal the ability to "transform the atmosphere of the entire cabin." Specifically, light, sound, climate, and air quality work together with the system to create four distinct cabin modes (Bentley Mode, Comfort Mode, Sport Mode and Refresh Mode). These curated experiences are selected through the Curation Engine, positioned at the center of the cabin, and is designed like a crystallized knob.
Bentley
NeuroscienceThe carmaker claims that the system was developed using sensory neuroscience and was calibrated to operate together as a unified whole. This leads to a more intuitive and natural feel as opposed to being completely technological. Bentley Mode is the car's default mode setting, which creates a warm, dynamic, and perfectly balanced atmosphere. Comfort Mode, meanwhile, is designed to reduce distractions and encourage relaxation. Apart from softening the lighting, drivers can choose a detox setting that reduces the flow of information and allows attention to shift away from screens.
Sport mode revives the senses, with a more immersive soundtrack and a focus on making the drive feel more responsive, immediate and precise, basically transforming the Torcal into an engaging driver's SUV. Refresh Mode is a new mode specific to the Torcal; this setting allows more fresh air circulation and brighter interior cabin lights. It is primarily designed to combat fatigue and enhance driver and occupant alertness.
Bentley TorcalBentley
Cars Are Becoming ComputersSoftware-defined vehicles have become increasingly common, so much so that Rivian explicitly describes its models that way. These vehicles can bring innovative features such as over-the-air updates and more advanced driver-assistance systems, but they can also introduce new types of quality problems that largely analog cars from decades ago never had to deal with.
Even so, Hyundai and Kia are doubling down on SDVs with a dedicated testing facility called the NOVA Lab. The facility can uncover approximately 150 to 200 issues before a physical prototype is assembled, allowing the automakers to save development time while reducing potential headaches for customers once the vehicles reach the road.
Hyundai
A Car Made of WiresThe NOVA Lab, situated at the Namyang Research and Development Center in South Korea, centers on a wire-car test bench. The setup uses no vehicle body, doors, or interior. Instead, hundreds of controllers, wiring harnesses, and electronic components are physically connected exactly as they would be inside a production vehicle. Engineers can connect 300 to 500 controllers through approximately 500 wiring connectors, allowing them to evaluate a vehicle’s complete electronic architecture and identify potential issues.
The goal is to ensure that every electrical component works properly as part of a larger system, as a single communication or signaling error can cause problems across multiple functions. That risk becomes more significant in SDVs because systems controlling propulsion, infotainment, connectivity, safety, and advanced driver-assistance systems are increasingly interconnected.
Other NOVA Lab capabilities include real-world driving simulations using a proprietary Torque Wheel Dynamometer and a virtual environment for testing ADAS features. The facility has also expanded its testing capabilities to cover high-speed Ethernet-based communication, 48-volt power systems, and OTA software updates.
Hyundai
Hyundai’s Software Bet Gets BiggerNOVA Lab will also support the development of Hyundai and Kia’s future SDVs, including planned robotaxi platforms designed to operate without a human driver. They would compete against the likes of Tesla, which unveiled the two-door Cybercab, designed without a steering wheel or pedals.
To some extent, Hyundai and Kia’s growing reliance on software is already evident in their newer vehicles, particularly their electric vehicles. In the U.S., Hyundai offers the Ioniq 5 and Ioniq 9. It discontinued the standard Ioniq 6 for 2026, likely because of a combination of weak sales and tariffs. Kia, meanwhile, offers the Niro EV, EV6, and EV9, with the smaller EV3 scheduled to arrive in late 2026.
Hyundai
*View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article*
The Mustang Gets Another Set of DoorsApart from the previously reported $25,000 SUV, Ford has also shown dealers something considerably more interesting: an upcoming four-door Mustang. The prototype reportedly appeared during a dealer meeting in Las Vegas attended by Ford Executive Chair Bill Ford and CEO Jim Farley.
Whispers about a Mustang sedan have been floating for years, but this is the clearest sign yet that Ford might actually be crazy enough to build one. Of course, nothing is set in stone – car companies love to change their minds when the market gets weird, so don’t go placing your bets just yet.
Ford
A Mustang Sedan for Less Than $40,000?If this thing actually makes it to showrooms, Ford doesn’t seem interested in turning it into a wallet-busting Euro-sedan rival. Automotive News says Ford rolled out an early prototype in Vegas and let dealers get up close. The verdict? Some folks, who wished to stay anonymous for obvious reasons, say it looks a bit like a Porsche Panamera – not a comparison we expected to hear in a Mustang story, but here we are.
But here’s where things get really interesting: Ford execs apparently told dealers the four-door Mustang would start under $40,000. They’re also aiming for a 0-60 time under four seconds and more rear-seat space than a Panamera.
That’s a weird combo, honestly. A Mustang-shaped sedan that’s quick and (relatively) affordable? Ford would be carving out a corner of the market with almost no competition – at least until Chevy decides to crash the party with a Camaro sedan of its own.
Christopher Stevens/Ford
What Else Do We Know So FarAs for when you might actually see one, that’s still anyone’s guess. One dealer told the Detroit Free Press Ford is aiming for the end of the decade, but whether that means 2028 or 2029 is still up in the air.
Design-wise, the dealer who got a peek says it looks a lot like today’s Mustang, just stretched into a proper sedan. So Ford isn’t just bolting two extra doors onto the coupe and calling it done – they’re actually putting in the work.
What’s under the hood? That’s still a mystery. The Wall Street Journal says a couple of sources claim the four-door Mustang will be a hybrid, and one even mentioned a hybrid V8. That would be a wild move for Ford as it tries to blend electrification with Mustang muscle.
And then there’s the name game. Ford just filed a trademark for 'Mach 4' covering both gas and electric cars. They haven’t said it’s for the four-door Mustang, but the timing is a little too perfect to ignore.
Christopher Stevens/Ford
This Recall Is More Than a Bumpy RideA proper suspension is just as important for off-roading as the right tires and ample ground clearance. Toyota equips the Tacoma TRD Off-Road accordingly, but some examples are now being recalled over a defect involving their shock absorbers.
More specifically, corrosion can build up and cause the oil reservoirs on the shock absorbers to detach. Toyota said a detached reservoir could create a road hazard, increasing the risk of a crash or injury to another road user. Approximately 48,000 MY2024–2025 Tacoma TRD Off-Road models are included in the voluntary safety recall. As of this writing, the campaign has yet to appear in the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration’s recall database.
Toyota
Hitting a Rough PatchAside from becoming road debris, a detached reservoir could allow shock oil to escape, reducing damping performance and potentially affecting vehicle stability. Given the beating these pickups can take, especially when off-roading, avoiding extreme maneuvers until the issue is fixed would be a sensible precaution.
Toyota equips the Tacoma TRD Off-Road with Bilstein monotube remote-reservoir shocks for extended wheel travel and greater heat dissipation. The Japanese marque did not say whether the recall is limited to a specific powertrain. For reference, the TRD Off-Road is available with either a 2.4-liter i-Force turbocharged engine or the i-Force Max hybrid powertrain, which produces up to 326 horsepower and 465 lb-ft of torque.
Toyota
Toyota’s Remedy PlanOwners of MY2024–2025 Tacoma TRD Off-Road models can enter their VINs into Toyota’s or NHTSA’s recall database to check whether their trucks are affected. They can also contact the Toyota Brand Engagement Center at 1-800-331-4331. The company plans to notify affected customers by early October 2026
Owners will be asked to bring their vehicles to a Toyota dealer, where the front and rear shock-absorber assemblies will be inspected. Any affected assemblies will be replaced with improved ones at no cost. No “Do Not Drive” advisory has been issued.
In addition to this safety campaign, Toyota recently announced another voluntary safety recall covering approximately 508,000 MY2025–2026 Camrys because their 7-inch digital instrument displays could go blank at startup. Those owners will also be notified by early October 2026.
Toyota
*View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article*
Cost Of OwnershipBuying a vehicle entails a lot of upfront cost; apart from the actual sticker or suggested retail price you pay for the car, there are destination charges, and most importantly, the car insurance fee.
Car insurance is non-negotiable when purchasing a new car or even when continuously running the vehicle in the long term. Considering that it is also a year wherein most buyers are looking into hybrids and EVs, it would be wise to see which are the most affordable when it comes to insurance; thankfully, someone made a list.
Chevrolet
Top 10 EVs and HEVsMercury Insurance is one of the bigger insurance companies and providers in the U.S., and they just came out with a list that would benefit those thinking of getting a new EV or hybrid for this year. Chong Gao, Director of R&D for Mercury Insurance, says that "Understanding insurance costs before making a purchase can help drivers choose the vehicle that best fits both their transportation needs and their budget."
Here is Mercury Insurance's list arranged in order of most affordable:
| | | | 1 | Hyundai Santa Fe Hybrid | | 2 | Chevrolet Blazer EV | | 3 | Kia Sportage Hybrid | | 4 | Ford Escape Hybrid | | 5 | Honda CR-V Hybrid | | 6 | Kia Sorento Hybrid | | 7 | Toyota Sienna Hybrid | | 8 | Chrysler Pacifica Hybrid | | 9 | Chevrolet Equinox EV | | 10 | Toyota RAV4 Hybrid |
The insurance group also pointed out that this year's list is a reflection of today's evolving automotive market, where the majority of consumers are already flocking to more fuel-efficient and sustainable forms of mobility. Furthermore, according to them, insurance costs for electrified mobility are affected by more or less the same variables as traditional cars, including repair costs, replacement parts, safety technology, and historical claims.
Kia
Hybrid > EVThe computations done by Mercury Insurance analyzed insurance costs for new 2025-2027 model year hybrids and EVs. Rankings are based on Mercury's internal insurance analysis. Individual premiums vary based on driver profile, location, coverage selections, and other underwriting factors.
Taking a closer look at the list shows a very stark contrast between EVs and hybrids in the fact that hybrids are much, much more affordable to insure and abundant. The list contains 8 hybrids and only 2 EVs. Interestingly, the Hyundai Santa Fe tops the list overall, with 2nd place occupied by the Chevy Blazer EV. Furthermore, the list comprises mostly family SUVs and minivans with no sedan cracking the top 10.
Ford
Cheap Cars Aren’t Dead YetAfter the average transaction price of a new vehicle in the U.S. topped $50,000 for the first time last year, the need for affordability became more pressing. Ford has reportedly considered bringing back a sedan after exiting the segment in the U.S. in 2020 and has announced a more attainable electric truck even after discontinuing the F-150 Lightning.
Now, Ford may be taking affordability even further. A report from Automotive News suggests that a new hybrid crossover with an expected starting price of around $25,000 may be in the pipeline – potentially making it the most affordable model in the lineup. The unnamed product was disclosed during a private meeting for dealers in Las Vegas, with one attendee saying it resembled the first-generation Escape.
Ford
The Crossover Gap Is ShowingThe Escape was discontinued late last year as Ford began retooling its Louisville Assembly Plant for electric vehicle production. It was a decent seller for the brand but wasn’t pulling the same numbers as compact crossover rivals such as the Toyota RAV4 and Honda CR-V.
The report described the potential Escape replacement as a small crossover, which would be in line with its proposed $25,000 price. That’s in the same ballpark as alternatives such as the Honda HR-V and Hyundai Kona. For car buyers, that simply means a more attainable path into the Blue Oval brand.
As of this writing, the Ford Maverick is the most affordable model in the lineup, with a starting MSRP of $28,145 before destination. The upcoming electric truck, called the Fathom, also starts at under $30,000, as promised.
Ford
Consider This a Very Early PreviewIf things go according to plan, the $25,000 crossover could go on sale in 2029. It will reportedly be available in gasoline and hybrid variants, allowing it to cater to different market preferences, especially considering that demand for gasoline-only vehicles remains strong in the U.S. Hybrids have also been gaining ground as EV adoption slows following the expiration of federal tax credits and the loosening of emissions rules.
However, these details have not been finalized and were shared only with dealer executives, so take them with a grain of salt.
Ford also showed dealers a four-door Mustang at the private meeting. People who saw the car reportedly likened its size and design to the Porsche Panamera, and it could start at less than $40,000.
Ford
*View the 3 images of this gallery on the original article*
The Charger Gets a Drift MakeoverDodge just dragged the Super Bee name out of the history books and slapped it onto the modern Charger, complete with a 600-horsepower punch. But the Super Bee isn’t the only monster prowling Roadkill Nights. Dodge rolled out not one, but two Chargers claiming a wild 750 horsepower each.
Meet the Charger BOOST Coupe and the four-door Charger RPM, or Rapid People Mover. If you like acronyms. Built in just 60 days with help from Mike Musto and Suppy Wejpanich, these two were whipped up just in time to steal the show.
Both started as 2026 Charger Scat Packs with the 550-hp twin-turbo SIXPACK H.O. engine. After that, all bets were off.
Dodge
Two Chargers, Two Ways to Make 750 HPBoth cars aim for that magic 750-hp number, but they take different routes. The two-door BOOST Coupe throws out the factory twin-turbos and bolts on a single, high-output turbo from Turbosmart, plus custom intake and exhaust bits built for the track.
The four-door RPM sticks with twin turbos, but its Turbosmart setup is far from stock. Both cars guzzle C16 race fuel, run MoTeC brains, rock 12-inch digital displays, and pack custom fuel systems with rear-mounted cooling.
Here’s where it gets spicy: neither car keeps the stock automatic. Both are now rear-wheel drive and rock competition-spec manual gearboxes, making them the first SIXPACK-powered Chargers you can actually row your own gears in.
The all-wheel-drive setup? Gone. In its place: drift-ready suspension, wild steering angles, beefy clutch assemblies, heavy-duty driveshafts, and a Bulldog quick-change rear diff.
Dodge
Built to Slide, Not to Sit in a Dealer LotThese aren’t just Chargers with oversized turbos slapped on. Almost everything except the engine guts, body panels, and windshield has been reworked or custom-built for drifting. Forget the stock interior. Now it’s all racing seats, a full cage, harnesses, and a bare-bones motorsport cockpit. Outside, you get flared fenders, custom vented hoods, aero tweaks, and a hand-built rear wing.
So, the BOOST Coupe and RPM aren’t headed to your local dealer anytime soon. They’re rolling showcases of what the Charger can do when Dodge lets its engineers go wild – built for pro drifting, wild demos, and giving lucky passengers the ride of their lives.
These two aren’t done showing off yet. Next stops: Gridlife at Laguna Seca in September and FuelFest in Arizona this December. There’s even a nine-part video series tracking the whole build process.
Dodge
Is the SIXPACK Charger Winning People Over?Dodge is making its point loud and clear: you don’t need a Hemi V8 to have fun or make big power. The 600-hp Super Bee and these two 750-hp drift monsters prove it.
But will the Brotherhood of Muscle actually buy in? Time will tell. For now, the sales numbers are telling: Dodge sold 4,583 gas-powered Chargers in the first half of 2026, up from just 1,630 last year. That’s a massive 181% jump. Q2 alone saw 2,911 units sold, a 404% leap over last year.
Meanwhile, the electric Charger Daytona is heading the other way. Only 534 were sold in the first half of the year, down a staggering 88% from 4,299 last year.
That doesn’t mean the gas Charger has won the war, but it’s clear Dodge’s call to push the twin-turbo SIXPACK is paying off – at least according to numbers. For now, these 750-hp drift specials are proof of what happens when Dodge forgets about practicality and just lets the Charger rip.
Sometimes the best marketing is making your celebrity customer waitEven being the face of Nio's newest SUV wasn't enough to get Yao Ming an early delivery. The NBA Hall of Famer ordered an ES9 on launch night, but because he completed his purchase a few minutes after orders opened, he ended up waiting nearly two months like everyone else. You'd think being Nio's brand ambassador would earn a shortcut. It didn't. Nio founder William Li later explained on Weibo that Yao simply joined the queue after thousands of earlier buyers. Rules, it seems, were rules, even for China’s most famous sportsperson. Luxury brands often make celebrities wait to preserve fairness and exclusivity. But what's unusual here is seeing that same dynamic play out in China's EV market.
What Everyone Is Queuing For Nio
*View the 2 images of this gallery on the original article* The reason is simple. The ES9 has become Nio's biggest hit in years. The premium electric SUV combines 697 horsepower, a 900-volt electrical architecture, and available battery swapping. It’s exactly the kind of car Nio needed to push it upmarket. The ES9 starts at $73,350 with the battery included, or $57,450 if you'd rather rent the pack through Nio's swap subscription. For now, the ES9 stays China-only, unlike the smaller ES8, which already sells in parts of Europe.
Nio's premium push is seemingly working. The brand hit nearly 36,000 deliveries in July alone, up 71 percent year on year, and the average transaction price climbed to roughly $64,000 in July. That's not small-hatchback money, and it's the ES9 and its sibling ES8 doing the heavy lifting.
Nio's Real Problem Is a Good One To Have Photo by Bloomberg on Getty Images
Since deliveries began in May, Nio hit its 10,000th ES9 delivery by late June and expects the 20,000th this week. Top-spec wait times have eased from 16 to 17 weeks down to 13 to 14, while the base version moves in three to four weeks. Deutsche Bank pegged non-cancelable orders above 25,000 back in June and has since raised its full-year forecast to 56,000 units. Against that backdrop, Yao's two-month wait looks almost like a fast lane.
Giving Yao preferential treatment might have pleased one customer, but it would have irritated thousands of paying buyers already waiting in line. By treating its celebrity ambassador like everyone else (whether it was staged or real is up for debate), Nio avoided sending the wrong message at a time when demand is outstripping supply.
Porsche Celebrates 75 Years in AustraliaPorsche's Sonderwunsch program is where the brand lets its imagination run wild. The name means 'special request' in German, and that's exactly what you get: customers teaming up with Porsche's designers, engineers, and craftspeople to dream up one-off machines that make regular personalization look tame. We're talking custom paint, hand-built interiors, and details you won't find anywhere else.
To celebrate 75 years in Australia, the German marque went all-in on a Sonderwunsch special: the Porsche 911 Turbo S Land Down Under. Built with help from the Sonderwunsch crew, Style Porsche, and Sydney artist Werner Bronkhorst, this car is basically a love letter to Australia's wild terrain, dramatic skies, and unmistakable vibe.
Porsche
A Story Told Through Paint, Leather, and WoodThe whole thing is inspired by one of Australia's greatest hits: that split-second when the Outback sunset melts from fiery reds to deep blue twilight. That fleeting moment set the tone for the entire build.
The exterior is where things get wild. Porsche whipped up two brand-new Chromaflair paint colors just for this car: Terra Australis Red and Southern Cross Blue. The paint job is a seven-layer, hand-applied masterpiece that fades from earthy red down low to deep blue up top, and it shifts depending on the light. Even the wheels get in on the action, with 20-inch fronts and 21-inch rears finished in Southern Cross Blue. Just the paint alone took over 300 hours – talk about dedication.
Look closer, and you'll spot some Easter eggs. There's a sneaky '75' ghosted into the roof paint, and if you pop the active rear spoiler, you'll find a cheeky 'See ya later mate' message that only shows up when the wing is up.
Inside, the Aussie vibes keep coming. There's Dark Night Blue leather, a custom Coolibah Brown, and Australian Silky Oak wood everywhere you look. The dashboard gets topographical graphics straight from the Blue Mountains, and the headliner shows off the Southern Hemisphere night sky as it looked over Uluru in 1951 – the year Porsche landed in Australia. Even the seat perforations are a nod to Bronkhorst's brushstroke style.
Porsche
Familiar Turbo S Performance UnderneathUnder the skin, it's pure 911 Turbo S. That means a 3.6-liter twin-turbo flat-six with Porsche's T-Hybrid system, good for 711 horsepower and 590 lb-ft of torque. All four wheels get the power through an eight-speed PDK, so it'll rocket from 0 to 62 mph in just 2.5 seconds and top out at 200 mph.
After its big debut in Australia, this one-off will hit the road for a tour around the country before settling in as a rolling tribute to Porsche's Aussie milestone.
As a bespoke Sonderwunsch commission, the Land Down Under is not for sale and carries no official price of its own. For reference, the production 2026 Porsche 911 Turbo S Coupe starts at AU$577,300, or roughly $375,000 at current exchange rates, before on-road costs and options.
Porsche
*View the 10 images of this gallery on the original article*
The White House bluntly identified China and Russia by name as threats to American roads and drivers this week.
Specifically, the brief highlighted a proposed rule change within the Department of Commerce set to ban all sale and import of ‘connected’ vehicles from these two countries, as well as components and hardware made within them even if used in other carmaker’s products.
Related: How California plans to stop you from speeding 10 MPH over the limit
A shadow ban on all Chinese cars?The list of to-be-outlawed technology and components is extensive. While the full report can be found on the Department of Commerce notice, the breakdown by the White House highlighted systems which could control or correct vehicle movement, any data collection on driver and/or passengers, all cameras, sensors, autonomous driving software, and anything which could record and/or send information about American infrastructure.
That’s a lot of wiggle room.
Whether or not the intention is to ban all Chinese cars outright, it certainly could be the outcome, depending on how these terms are interpreted. Are rear back-up cameras, a staple on almost every vehicle manufactured in the last decade, included? Are in-build GPS and navigation softwares included? Does saving a seat and mirror preset constitute ‘recording information’ about drivers and passengers?
Whack-a-mole could meet mission creepLaws don’t, as a general rule, change minds and objectives, just behavior. Often, unexpected and unintended adaptations occur in the face of a law to achieve as-near the same outcome as was possible before.
Muddy language like this can invite bare-minimum compliance and shell games and semantic compliance with the letter, but not the spirit of the law. This in turn forces even more clarification and delineation of the rules, with even more side-stepping. Consider just one quoted portion of the proposal, which defines the scope of who and what could be affected:
“Systems… designed, developed, manufactured, or supplied by persons owned by, controlled by, or subject to the jurisdiction or direction of a foreign adversary.”
Who exactly is that meant to cover, and more importantly, who will it come to encompass as the rule matures?
A model poses at BYD during 2024 Wuhan International Auto Show.Wang HE/Getty Images
‘Made in China’ may become a liabilityRight out the gate, it is probably safe to assume that, on purpose or as a ‘happy accident’, most of the state-owned Chinese companies and domestic start-ups heavily dependent on CCP subsidies and beholden to its good graces will be implicated on sight.
Questions for Volvo, Polestar, and moreThere is also the question, however, of non-Chinese origins companies which have either been bought out, like Volvo and Polestar, or are publicly traded and cannot know for sure some or even a large amount of those shares are not owned by China or Russia in a way that subjects them to this rule.
Even more confusing, pretty much any manufacturer doing business in China needs to accept 50% ownership of the business, at least the part that is in the country proper, by the CCP. While there has already been a quiet shift away from investing more into China by automakers feeling the squeeze from strict Covid-19 lockdowns and increased consternation from governments and consumers alike back home, rules like this could hasten capital flight of the investments already made.
Not even The Big 3 are safeTake Ford Chengen, for example. As far as the automotive business goes, it doesn’t get more American than Ford.
But Ford partners with Chinese company Chengen to export some of their models to China in a joint venture. That could be construed to mean, to some degree, that Ford is somewhat beholden to the jurisdiction of China.
Perhaps this argument will never be used, as it is somewhat frivolously extreme, but it paints a picture of the kinds of questions such a broad framework banning software and hardware in any way connected with China poses.
Targeting China’s encroachments could be a sincere effort while also being a calculated election ployThe timing of this announcement could be seen by the more cynical as part of an effort to shore up UAW support and win over the rust belt in general as the nation nears another divisive presidential election.
With the war in Ukraine proving what networking and ingenuity are capable of to turn off-the-shelf products into weapons of war, and the recent coordinated explosion of thousands of Hezbollah pagers and radios in Lebanon proving that even highly outdated communication and integration technologies could be an avenue of attack by a clever adversary, the Biden Administration might be doing what needs to be done and also benefiting from loudly announcing the steps taken at a politically opportune moment.
Final thoughtsProtecting consumers from cyber attacks is absolutely within the purview and duty of the American government. However, this announcement comes out of the executive branch and not Congress, meaning it is an enforcement of a rule that’s not really a law, and lacks the funding and coordination of effort that could come with being one.
This effort may limit access to some systems by some entities who wish to do harm, or at least make it more difficult by placing obstacles in the way, but perhaps this misses the bigger question; is our data being protected against all threats foreign AND domestic? Are we building technology that is too exploitable in general and only focusing on those most likely to catastrophically abuse that vulnerability, instead of asking whether we are comfortable with those vulnerabilities existing in the first place?
I don’t know.
What I do know is that, when Skynet or ChatGPT hacks into my car and sends it careening off a bridge, I doubt I’ll breathe a sigh of relief knowing that at least it wasn’t Xi Jinping or Putin who gave the order.
Related: 2025 Cadillac Optiq: Here’s how this new compact EV SUV aims to raise the bar for Cadillac
McLaren Automotive has officially announced the latest addition to its legendary "1" series of supercars: the McLaren W1. Besides the name, everything else about the highly anticipated new car is still under wraps until an October 6th reveal, according to a statement from McLaren.
The W1 launch date is significant for McLaren, as it coincides with the 50th anniversary of McLaren’s first Formula 1 Constructors’ World Championship and Emerson Fittipaldi’s 1974 World Drivers’ Championship victory with the brand.
A New Milestone in McLaren’s Hypercar LegacyThe McLaren W1 joins a family of supercars known for their innovation and performance, each introducing new technology usually only seen on Formula 1 tracks.
The McLaren F1, first released in 1992, set a new benchmark for performance cars with its central driving position, lightweight carbon fiber chassis, and a naturally aspirated V12 engine that gave it world-record speed credentials. In the 30-plus years since its release, faster production cars have come on the market. But, the F1 has held onto its title as the fastest naturally aspirated road car ever built, according to McLaren.
In 2013, McLaren introduced the P1, a revolutionary hypercar that was part of the "Holy Trinity" of new, hybrid hypercars alongside the Ferrari LaFerrari and Porsche 918 Spyder. The P1 boasted a twin-turbo V8 hybrid powertrain producing 903 horsepower, along with Formula 1-derived tech like active aerodynamics and brake steer.
The Evolution of McLaren’s ‘1’ Series SupercarsNow, over a decade since the P1’s debut, McLaren aims to create another era-defining hypercar with the W1. With less than 500 “1” cars produced since the F1’s debut over 30 years ago, the W1 is joining an incredibly exclusive club.
“The McLaren W1 is defined by real supercar principles and is the ultimate expression of a McLaren supercar. Born of our rich racing history and World Championship mindset, W1 pushes the boundaries of performance and is worthy of the ‘1’ name. Like its predecessors the F1 and McLaren P1™, W1 defines the rulebook of a real supercar,” said McLaren CEO Michael Leiters.
Powertrain Innovations: What to Expect from the McLaren W1Although details about the W1’s exact specifications are still under wraps, there’s speculation that it will feature a hybrid V8 powertrain, marking the next step in McLaren’s hybrid journey.
While the P1 boasts an impressive 903 horsepower, it’s likely that the W1 will raise the bar even higher with a combination of electrification and aerodynamics to achieve unprecedented speed and handling.
Related: McLaren CEO looks to follow Ferrari's blueprint for success — but with 'no arrogance'
The W1’s Role in McLaren’s 50-Year Racing HistoryThe timing of the W1’s release is no accident, aligning perfectly with McLaren’s 50-year celebration of their first Formula 1 Constructors’ World Championship win. The W1, while a hypercar built for the road, pays homage to McLaren’s dominance on the track, acting as a bridge between the brand’s racing heritage and its future.
McLaren W1 and the Future of Hybrid HypercarsThe McLaren W1 arrives at a time when competition in the hypercar market is fiercer than ever. Last June, Porsche teased its upcoming fully electric hypercar, the Mission X, while Ferrari is developing a new hypercar to follow up the LaFerrari. While the last Holy Trinity of hypercars all featured hybrid powertrains, it will be interesting to see how enthusiasts and prospective buyers react to the diverging technology powering this new generation.
With its cutting-edge powertrain and meticulous engineering, the W1 is positioned to set new standards in the hypercar space and reinforce McLaren’s position as a leader in performance and innovation.
Related: McLaren could lean on BMW to enter the SUV segment
Toyota’s GR Corolla has been one of the most welcome additions to the US automotive market, especially since we can’t get the even crazier GR Yaris. The hot hatches are still around and frankly better than ever with manufacturers like Hyundai tapping into a sector they were previously absent from.
Related: 2025 Toyota 4Runner vs 2024 Toyota Land Cruiser: Exploring key differences
Back on the JDM front though, Toyota will debut an enhanced version of their beloved GR Corolla for the 2025 model year with plenty of fun enhancement to make the driving experience even peppier.
2025 Toyota GR Corolla RearToyota
The new 2025 GR Corolla gets the GAZOO Racing automatic transmissionFor starters, an 8-speed GAZOO Racing Direct Automatic Transmission (DAT) with paddle shifters is now available as a $2,000 addition to the regular six-speed manual.
Toyota claims this will help drivers “focus on dynamic handling” rather than shifting. At the heart of that claim is Toyota’s integrated software, which basically syncs the car’s brain to yours. It analyzes metrics like deceleration g-forces, speed, and driving behavior to predict the perfect shift point. The new DAT also benefits from launch control to help you win those stop-light drag races. If the standard transmission cooler proves inadequate for your needs, a sub-radiator is available on the Premium trim but comes standard on the new Premium Plus trim level.
2024 Toyota GR Corolla SuspensionToyota
2025 GR Corolla offers enhanced suspensionTo further enhance handling, the suspension gets snazzy new rebounding springs in the front and back to keep the wheels planted in hard corners. The rear coils and stabilizers received some attention as well. The trailing arm mounting point is also higher to reduce rear squat during acceleration, and every GR Corolla from now on will come standard with front and rear limited-slip differentials.
If you’re on team manual, don’t worry—Toyota has not forgotten you. The clutch has been updated for the new model year to be quicker than before, especially on the return stroke.
The turbocharged 3-cylinder makes more torque and breathes better through the new bumperThe G16E-GTS 1.6-liter 3-cylinder turbo engine now growls a little louder thanks to a torque increase from 273 lb.-ft. to 295 lb.-ft., the same as the 2023 Morizo edition. The AWD system remains unchanged, with Normal, Gravel, and Track modes, because hot hatches should be adaptable too.
Toyota GR Corolla EngineToyta
On the aesthetic side, the front bumper has been redesigned with improved cooling in mind. In addition to fitting the DAT cooler and optional sub-radiator, it also houses the radiator, intercooler, and improved air curtain brake ducts.
Corolla GR offers new trim level for 2025 and higher base priceThe aforementioned Premium Plus trim is new for 2025 and adds features previously seen only on special editions, like a forged carbon fiber roof, vented bulge hood, matte black wheels, and a Head-Up Display. That might spark some grumbling from current special edition owners.
2025 Toyota GR Corolla INteriorToyota
Unfortunately, color options remain relatively dull, with only Black, Ice Cap (white), Heavy Metal (gray), and Supersonic Red available. Toyota, you made the Prius C in bright happy colors—what happened here?
As one might expect, new premium features come at a new premium price. The base model GR Corolla, a.k.a. the Core, starts at $39,995 compared to the previous model year’s $37,195. The Premium trim stays at $42,575, while the new Premium Plus starts at $46,650. That’s almost $50,000 for a Corolla. You can get some full-size sedans for the same price or less. Those, however, don’t come with a complimentary 1-year membership to the National Auto Sport Association.
Final thoughtsThe GR Corolla remains an exciting addition to Toyota’s lineup and the hot hatch segment. While the higher base price may upset some folks, at least it goes towards new parts that further improve the driving experience.
I would also argue that the new automatic transmission is a welcome addition. Not only is it the GAZOO Racing DAT—banishing nightmares of the slushboxes of yore—but it also makes the GR Corolla accessible to those who either don’t want to drive manual or are unable to due to disability. After all, aren’t we supposed to make driving more fun for everyone?
Related: 2024 Toyota Tacoma: Transmission failures spark reliability doubts, everything you need to know about the issue
Cadillac’s smallest EV SUV yetCadillac’s smallest all-electric SUV is set to be the 2025 Optiq. This compact 5-passenger EV joins an already impressive EV sport utility line up from the brand, which also includes, from smallest to largest, the Lyriq, the Vistiq, and the Escalade IQ. Cadillac’s naming convention where all of their EV-only models end in ‘iq’ continues.
Although larger than the non-EV 2025 XT4, also by Cadillac, it is just about the same size as their 2025 XT5, and only $10K more at a base of $52,895, before taxes. All in all, Cadillac hopes that the 2025 Optiq will fill a new niche in their growing roster of EV SUVs, aligning with the brand’s mission to become an all-EV company by 2030, only six years away, according to John Roth, Vice President of Global Cadillac. Time will tell if the 2025 Optiq is up to the task.
The 2025 Optiq is a small fish in a growing pondThe compact luxury EV SUV segment has been growing steadily with the Polestar 3 and the recently announced Rivian R2 recently joining the mix. The Rivan R2 leans more into the rugged and adventure segment, while the Polestar 3 is more of a direct equivalent.
The Rivian R2, a rugged alternative to the Cadillac Optiq.Rivian
The 2025 Optiq will have to define itself against these and other competitors, and really show consumers that Cadillac still stands as a quality luxury option.
The 2025 Cadillac Optiq will have to contend with the Polestar 3.Polestar
Can the Cadillac Optiq capture a younger, environmentally aware generation of drivers?Cadillac has long been seen as a symbol of refinement and opulence, status and class. However, the brand has also cast its eye to the younger driving demographic. Increasingly, first time drivers are concerned about environmental peace of mind when making purchases.
The Optiq features accent fabric woven from 100% recycled polyester yarn, as well as veneer fashioned from tulip wood and recycled newspaper. Other accents such as carpeting, console and dash flair, and door cards also contain at least some recycled and recyclable materials.
Cadillac is hoping to lure in first time buyers with the 2025 Optiq by touting its relative affordability and ecological consciousness as an all-EV offering.
Related: Biden administration fuels EV transition with $1B fund for small auto manufacturers
Gadgets and gizmos aplenty in the 2025 Optiq It's quite the view, too. Cadillac has also pulled out all the stops when it comes to tech and entertainment, the focal point of which is the central 33” diagonal advanced LED display, with 9k resolution and all manner of bells and whistles to customize the driving experience.
Analog buttons are also plentiful, a tactile joy when compared to the cold smooth blase of bare touch screens alone. Built-in Google compatibility and a 19-speaker AKG Studio sound system with Dolby Atmos are also inbuilt in every 2025 Optiq, ensuring no shortage of entertainment and accessibility for tech-savvy customers, and wireless phone charging ensures the devices powering them never run out of juice.
An underwhelming charge rate might be the 2025 Optiq’s achille’s heelCadillac boasts that the Optiq will have around 300 miles of range on a single charge, and multiple recharging speeds depending on the availability and capability of the recharging infrastructure you can find in your area. While that is more than comfortably standard in terms of what an EV should offer, it also isn’t exactly standout.
Of more concern is the Optiq’s maximum charge rate of only 150 kW. The 2026 Rivian R2 is estimated to have a maximum charge rate of 220 kW, and the stiff competition of the Polestar 3 has a maximum charge rate of 250 kW. Considering how long it takes to recharge an EV under the best of conditions, the Optiq’s limitations in charge rate might be its downfall, leaving the compact EV SUV ideal for commutes and short trips, yet not exactly road-trip ready unless you’re prepared to spend hours not driving and recharging instead.
Super Cruise is standard on the 2025 OptiqGM’s proprietary Super Cruise hands-free driver assist technology is standard on all models of the 2025 Optiq. While we are not yet to the point where the driver is fully relieved of responsibility for operating their vehicle, this system can help bear some of the burden.
Cadillac's Optiq feels like a fighter plane cockpit. Four trims, two choices, one missed opportunity for the 2025 Optiq We’ve already reported on the four tiers in our 2025 Optik order guide, but what really are the differences anyways? They’re not as much as you might think. It could more accurately be said that, rather than four trim tiers, there are really two grades of two: Luxury 1 & 2 and Sport 1 & 2.
Luxury 1 and Sport 1, Galvano or Obsidian chromeBoth Luxury 1 ($54,390 base) and Sport 1 ($54,990) are really only separated by the type of illuminated grille styling and exterior trimming accents. Luxury has a Galvano chrome, while Sport has a more muted but no less elegant Obsidian chrome, both with black gloss finishing.
Luxury 2 and Sport 2, nice featured upgrades but no distinct identityFrom there, Luxury 2 ($56,590) and Sport 2 ($57,090) both have the same styling as their level one counterparts, and… nothing else to differentiate them. Both include a heads-up display, an upgrade to the passenger seat making it 8-way power-adjustable like the driver’s, ventilated massaging in both front seats, heated rear outboard seats, choreographed lighting and upgraded light package, and a rear cargo cover which, probably, should have come standard anyways.
Related: How California plans to stop you from speeding 10 MPH over the limit
All in all, the 2025 Optiq trim offerings don’t stand out from each otherDespite technically boasting four trims, there really are only two choices to consider when sizing up Cadillac’s Optiq; do you prefer the look of the Luxury or Sport styling more, and are you willing to spring for the same extras regardless of which base trim you chose? Considering the brand’s luxury reputation, this really seems like a mediocre miss for customization and consumer engagement, despite the Optiq’s overall strengths.
The wait is almost overCadillac has yet to announce an actual date for when the 2025 Optiq will be available for purchase, still listing the arrival time as “late 2024”. But with September almost over, we’re already basically there.
Will the 2025 Optiq rise to it's true potential? Final thoughtsAll in all, the all-new 2025 Optiq promises to bring something new to the Cadillac brand, with plenty to offer and plenty to love coming standard to all models. As an all EV line of SUV, Cadillac is betting big on more Americans converting over to driving electric, especially younger and first-time drivers. The interior and exterior trim packages leave a little to be desired in terms of choice, but in part it’s a testament to the quantity and quality of standard features the 2025 Optiq provides, all at an affordable price.
Related: Exclusive photos of the 2024 Audi RS3
2024 Audi RS3
Kyle Edward
*View the 19 images of this gallery on the original article* **Related: 2024 Audi RS3 vs. 2024 BMW M2: An epic battle of German engineering**
The U.S. government pushes forward on EV transitionThe U.S. government appears to be moving full steam ahead with its nationwide transition to electric vehicles (EVs). The Biden Administration recently announced a joint initiative with investment firm Monroe Capital LLC to launch a $1 billion fund aimed at promoting the growth of EV manufacturers.
The newly established Drive Forward Fund is designed to support small and medium-sized automotive manufacturers by offering lower-cost loans to help them “refinance, grow, and diversify their businesses.” The fund's primary focus is on accelerating the development of key components essential to electric vehicles. According to Monroe Capital, many manufacturers of this size often lack access to the necessary financing to scale up production of these components.
The fund will be backed by a U.S. Small Business Administration license and guided by an “auto industry council,” although the members of this council have yet to be announced.
This initiative is part of a broader network of government loans and grants intended to strengthen the U.S. electric vehicle sector and enhance its competitiveness against foreign markets.
Related: Tesla’s EV boom overshadowed by alarming production bottlenecks
Over $3 billion has been invested in battery technologyJust last week, $3 billion was allocated to 25 projects across 14 states, with the goal of boosting domestic production of advanced battery technologies and the materials needed for both EVs and infrastructure. These projects are expected to create over 8,000 construction jobs and more than 4,000 operational jobs.
In July, the administration announced nearly $1.1 billion in grants to General Motors and Stellantis to convert existing internal combustion engine (ICE) plants for EV and component production. Similarly, in May, more than $100 million was awarded to small and medium-sized auto parts manufacturers to “expand and retool,” likely for the production of EV components.
Efforts to counter China’s dominance in the EV sectorConcerns over the influx of cheaper Chinese electric vehicles into the U.S. and parts of Europe have sparked significant pushback. Thanks in part to substantial government subsidies, China’s auto industry has been able to produce EVs at a faster pace and lower cost than other nations. This has raised fears that mass importation of Chinese EVs could severely impact domestic manufacturers.
In response, the U.S. government has imposed a 100% tariff on Chinese EVs, along with additional tariffs of 50% on solar cells and 25% on steel, aluminum, EV batteries, and key minerals. The Canadian government has taken similar measures.
Related: Ford CEO says the Chinese EV industry is biggest threat to his business
John Bozzella, CEO of the Alliance for Automotive Innovation, praised the Drive Forward Fund, stating that a successful transition to EVs "requires a cutting-edge automotive supply chain that keeps the country competitive and supports our economic and national security." Although he did not directly mention China, the implications were clear.
The future of electric vehicles remains uncertainGovernments worldwide are investing unprecedented amounts of capital into their EV sectors, with President Biden setting ambitious targets such as having 50% of all new vehicle sales be electric by 2030. However, whether these goals will be achieved remains uncertain, especially as demand for EVs has slowed in both Europe and the U.S. The future of the electric vehicle market is still unfolding, and only time will reveal the outcome.
Related: Automakers sound alarm after EU electric vehicle sales crash
Traditionally, there was “no replacement for displacement,” but if you want to extract a previously unthinkable amount of power from a 5.5-liter V8, you can do so by strapping on a hefty turbocharger. When it comes to production cars, turbos don’t get any heftier than the ones BorgWarner is supplying to General Motors for use in the Corvette ZR1.
Each hypercar will be getting two of them, to be exact, following an agreement that BorgWarner and General Motors announced on September 23. The parts are all designed and manufactured in the United States, and evidence of the collaboration between GM and BorgWarner is already present. GM’s anti-lag calibration is assisted by the electronically actuated wastegate system built into BorgWarner’s twin-turbo setup.
2025 Chevy Corvette ZR1 turbo.BorgWarner
BorgWarner’s turbos have a space-age easter eggBorgWarner is 130 years old and has a long history of supplying high-performance parts. The company’s work with the NTT INDYCAR SERIES was a major factor in its selection, and it also influenced the development of the twin ball bearing turbochargers that will be fitted on the ZR1 platform.
As a further nod to the partnership and GM’s history, each turbocharger will feature the Gemini rocket insignia on its face — paying homage to the company’s collaboration with NASA in the 1960s.
High-tech LT7 engine meets high-tech turbochargerWhile described as a “5.5-liter V8,” the ZR1’s LT7 engine is far more advanced. With the help of BorgWarner’s turbochargers, it produces up to 1,064 horsepower and 828 lb.-ft. of torque. This engine isn’t entirely new; its flat-plane crank and fundamental architecture are carried over from the LT6, which also powers the Z06 Corvette.
The innovation doesn’t stop there. Atop the LT7 sits the "Edge Blue Intake System," which blends chilled air from the charge air coolers with fuel from both the port and direct injection systems before feeding the mixture into the combustion chambers. Unique cylinder head castings, dual overhead cams, forged pistons, a refined valve train, and forged titanium rods round out the extensive list of high-performance components.
Related: 2025 Chevrolet Corvette C8 Z06 vs ZR1: Pitting two American legends head-to-head
The twin turbochargers deliver the power the LT7 deservesOverkill can be a real consideration, but with the LT7, the turbochargers are essential to push the engine’s potential. Even the turbo casing is high-tech, featuring zero-clearance heat shielding to combat the extreme temperatures produced during operation.
These are the largest turbos found in a production car, featuring a 76mm forged milled compressor wheel with a ported shroud and a 67mm turbine wheel housed in a mono scroll turbine housing. The housing improves efficiency, and the integrated exhaust manifold ensures all runners are the same length, further enhancing performance and refining the exhaust note.
There’s a digital side to the ZR1’s turbochargerOn the digital side, each turbo is equipped with a compressor-mounted blade pass speed sensor, providing real-time data on turbo speed to the car’s computer system.
This innovation allows the ZR1 to push its turbochargers to 100% capacity without the risk of damage. A patented decoupled ball bearing system reduces response time, increases durability, and keeps things quieter.
Related: How the 2025 Corvette ZR1 moved from supercar to hypercar
Final thoughtsBorgWarner’s NASA-inspired turbos feature 76mm forged compressor wheels and integrated exhaust manifolds, forming a highly efficient, high-performance system. This setup allows the ZR1 to produce an impressive 1,064 horsepower and 828 lb.-ft. of torque. With advanced technology such as blade pass speed sensors and a decoupled ball bearing system, the ZR1's turbochargers maximize output and responsiveness, elevating the car to new performance heights.
2024 Ford Mustang Dark Horse
*View the 37 images of this gallery on the original article*
Could this new tech alter your driving habits?Introduced in January this year and passed through both state legislative chambers earlier this month, California Senate Bill “SB-961 Vehicles: Safety Equipment” is now law, though it won’t start coming into effect until 2030.
Safety activists and cyclist advocacy organizations are hailing its passing as a big win for everyone, while the National Motorists’ Association has been actively running a petition to prevent the bill from passing.
Unlike many laws, the bill is quite short if you actually want to read it yourself, but many who do are left wondering, is this bill really the safety victory being touted? Will it actually affect the average driver’s day-to-day experience?
What is California trying to do?Behind the legalese and minor exemptions, which effectively won’t apply to many drivers, the bill’s provisions are clear. Any vehicle sold from 2030 onwards that has a front-facing camera or GPS guidance system will be required to provide a warning whenever drivers exceed 10 miles over the speed limit.
2023 Chevrolet Corvette Z06 Instrument ClusterChevrolet
While nothing in the bill prevents more aggressive measures, such as the car automatically reducing speed once this overclocked limit is detected, or additional warnings related to speeds, it also makes it clear that this system must be able to be disengaged by the manufacturer or a ‘franchisee’—essentially the driver themselves.
Why it (probably) won’t change muchMuch like adjusting the rearview mirror and driver’s seat when one first gets into their car, many drivers will likely opt to turn off this ‘reminder’ style warning about speeding, especially if they tend to speed as part of their normal driving style.
Even if a driver doesn’t turn off this feature, the bill only calls for a one-time warning, with audio and/or haptics. But the fact that it is not sustained will make this required minimum safety feature fairly easy to ignore or forget, even by well-meaning drivers with a bit of a lead foot.
Added hassle for little gainWhile manufacturers are expressly permitted to go above and beyond these regulations, it’s likely they won’t unless drivers demand it.
There may be some drivers who speed without realizing it infrequently enough to benefit from this system, but most will either disable the warnings or grow irritated by the constant reminders.
Related: Ford CEO says the Chinese EV industry is biggest threat to his business
Every intention has an equal and opposite subversionOne potential solution these hypothetical drivers might come to is that, since the warning only triggers when they first exceed 10 mph over the speed limit, why not simply keep driving over the limit once they cross that threshold?
Instead of lowering the average speed of vehicles on the road in California, this new law may, though it is hard to know exactly for how many and by how much, increase the average speed of vehicles on the road.
What are some alternatives?Safety is obviously a critical part of using the automobiles we love so much, so even if the execution of this specific piece of legislation is a dud, are there ways to make the road safer for everyone? Yes, and for the most part, these have been private sector innovations and/or classics already widely in use.
Existing safety technology already does a lot of the heavy liftingThere are also less autonomously intelligent but still useful innovations like cameras front, rear, and sometimes even side, lane assist, lane merger warning, collision warning, and a host of other technologies that are matured and often come standard. Perhaps unlike a speed warning, drivers want these, and carmakers followed the market to include them.
Related: The 2025 Toyota 4Runner packs some serious off-road engineering, making it trail-ready from factory
Woop woop that’s the sound of the policeLastly, there’s also nothing quite like officers out on the beat to catch the worst offenders. While speed traps and ticket quotas might make traffic cops an irritation for those on the road, they are still the best way to catch someone truly driving in an unsafe manner. And unlike a little chime or light shake of the steering wheel, when bad actors act out, someone to stop and ticket them might just be the best way to save lives.
Final ThoughtsIn short, SB-961 is an extra hurdle for carmakers to tick off when making their products street legal in only one of the 50 United States, and it is a feature most drivers will either turn off or ignore. The law might even encourage worse driving habits, and it doesn’t seem like it will measure up to the effectiveness of existing safety features already in use.
As long as it can be turned off, however, perhaps most drivers won’t even care or notice.
Now that the sixth-generation 4Runner has been announced after a 15-year tenure of its fifth-generation model, Toyota wants to remind people that they’ve never lost their off-road chops. If you cast your mind way back, you’ll remember that the first-generation 4Runner was an SUV version of the nothing-short-of-legendary Hilux. Does that legacy carry through all these years later?
The 2025 4Runner offers an impressive combination of off-road featuresRight off the bat, it’s clear that the 2025 4Runner was built with off-road in mind. The newest feature Toyota proudly touts in its press release is the Stabilizer Bar Disconnect Mechanism, which enhances suspension articulation with the push of a button, improving rock crawling capability and reducing the risk of wheel well damage. Speaking of rock crawling, the new CRAWL Control function is essentially a low-speed cruise control, allowing the driver to focus on steering over obstacles rather than maintaining a constant speed.
2025 Toyota 4Runner TRD Pro Toyo TiresToyota
A 32-degree approach angle gives the Toyota 4Runner an edge in tackling tough terrainStill worried about damaging other parts of the bodywork? Don’t be! The 32-degree approach and 24-degree departure angles along with a Multi-Terrain Monitor system work together to help you keep an eye out for hazards. But you can’t monitor multiple terrains if the car can’t handle multiple terrains. Thankfully the Multi-Terrain Select system makes short work of that by controlling wheel spin on mud, dirt, and sand in both 4WD-High and 4WD-Low.
Once you make it past the rocky areas, the Downhill Assist Control is another cruise control-like system that saves your brakes by keeping speeds low on the way down.
2025 Toyota 4Runner TRD Pro RearToyota
The 4Runner 4WD drivetrains are a must-have for serious off-roadersEven though the 4Runner will be available as a 2WD with an automatic limited-slip differential, the part-time or full-time 4WD models are the ones off-roaders will want to opt for. The list of toys available for those is sure to impress even the most grizzled off-roaders, including the standard electronically controlled two-speed transfer case with high/low range, Active Traction Control, and an available Electronically-activated Locking Rear Differential.
Related: 2025 Toyota 4Runner vs 2024 Toyota Land Cruiser: Exploring key differences
The 2025 Toyota 4Runner Trailhunter trim brings serious off-roading to the Japanese marqueA total of nine trim levels will be available for the 2025 4Runner including SR5, TRD Sport, TRD Sport Premium, TRD Off Road, TRD Off Road Premium, Limited, Platinum, TRD Pro, and Trailhunter.
2025 Toyota 4Runner Limited InteriorToyota
Every trim level brings certain options as standard, but the top-of-the-mountain Trailhunter is where Toyota pulled out all the stops. In place of the standard shocks are ARB Old Man Emu (OME) 2.5-inch forged shocks with rear external piggyback remote reservoirs and 33-inch Toyo Open Country A/T tires for an additional two inches of lift in the front and one and a half inches in the rear. The i-FORCE MAX powertrain breathes easier thanks to a low-profile high-mount air intake, ensuring it stays cool during long stints of dirt driving. The Trailhunter trim adds further protection for the important bits including rock rails and high-strength steel skid plates.
Toyota also recognizes that off-roading doesn’t equal negating certain convenience features. The new ARB roof rack provides extra storage space for all your bags while the 2400W AC inverter and three pre-wired auxiliary switches provide juice for any additional accessories you might need on your adventure. Getting dark outside? Flick on the integrated 20-inch LED light bar with color-selectable RIGID LED fog lamps.
2025 Toyota 4Runner Trailhunter SuspensionToyota
Final thoughtsToyota packed some serious off-road equipment into their latest 4Runner. The numerous trim levels should give buyers plenty of flexibility regarding how serious they want to get on their trail adventures, meaning you don’t have to shell out for the Trailhunter if the SR5 does everything you want it to do.
Prices for the 4Runner as a whole have yet to be announced, but many outlets are estimating a $43,000 price tag for the starter SR5. Expect to approach the upper end of $60,000 if you want to go all out. We’re also excited to see how these specs perform in the real world and how the aftermarket responds to the new 4Runner. Watch your back Jeep.
The Chevrolet Corvette has been America’s darling sports car since its introduction in 1953. While its competitors have come and gone, the Corvette lasted through the ages with a reputation for cutting-edge performance and distinctive styling unlike anything on the market. That alone was mind-blowing for most owners, but some wanted more. They wanted to represent the red, white, and blue at the track, and Chevy was more than happy to oblige.
1953 Chevrolet Corvette, (c1953?). The Chevrolet Corvette first appeared in 1953, and was designed to show that General Motors could compete in the sports car market with European manufacturers such as MG and Jaguar. All 1953 Corvettes were white with red interiors. The car is pictured on display at a motor show, possibly Paris. (Photo by National Motor Museum/Heritage Images/Getty Images)Heritage Images/Getty Images
The Z06 and ZR1 turned the Corvette into a track monsterIn 1963, famed engineer Zora Arkus-Duntov introduced the Z06 package on the C2, giving those with the pockets for it a race-ready Corvette from the factory.
In 1970, the ZR1 followed suit on the C3 Corvette as a $1,221 option that beefed up the engine and removed convenience features like power windows, power steering, air conditioning, a rear-window defogger, wheel covers, or a radio. This was a competition car, and you felt it through and through.
Side profile view of a 2024 Chevrolet Corvette Stingray in Rapid Blue driving over a bridge. The latest generation of the Corvette, the C8, is ground-breaking in its own right for being the first Corvette to have a rear mid-engine configuration. The base 6.2 L L2 crossplane OHV V8 engine puts out 490 hp and 465 lb-ft of torque through an 8-speed dual-clutch automated transmission, 40 hp and 10 lb-ft more than the previous C7 Corvette.
As with previous Corvettes, such as the C6, both Z06 and ZR1 packages are available for enthusiasts wishing to spice up their experience in either coupe or convertible body style. Both are fast, don’t get us wrong, but some key differences may sway you to opt for one over the other.
The C8 Corvette Z06’s NA 5.5 L LT6 V8 seems tame compared to the ZR1’s twin-turbo 5.5 L LT7 V8 Chevrolet Corvette Z06 in Amplify Orange TintChevrolet
Despite the lower displacement when compared to the base C8 engine, the Z06’s LT6 benefits from a cast aluminum block, forged aluminum pistons, forged titanium connecting rods, and other goodies allowing it to scream out 670 hp at an insane 8,400 rpm and 460 lb-ft of torque. The 8-speed dual-clutch transmission is the same but with a shorter final drive ratio for better acceleration and a 0-60 mph time of 2.6 seconds. Top speed is 195 mph.
Chevrolet Corvette ZR1 in Competition YellowChevrolet
The ZR1’s LT7 is equipped with two turbos for a total of 1,064 hp at 7,000 rpm and 828 ft-lb of torque. Despite also using the 8-speed dual-clutch transmission, the top speed for the ZR1 is 215 mph. While Chevy has yet to release an official 0-60 mph time, their advertised sub-10-second quarter-mile time will likely lead to an even lower 0-60 time.
Related: How the 2025 Corvette ZR1 moved from supercar to hypercar
Both the Z06 and ZR1 take advantage of aero tricks Chevrolet Corvette Z06 in Amplify Orange TintChevrolet
Less drag and more downforce are the key concepts for both. The Z06 comes with a front splitter and stall gurneys in the front, while a rear spoiler with a detachable Gurney flap produced 365 lb of downforce at 186 mph. Owners who want even more downforce can opt for the Z07 carbon fiber performance package that enlarges the front splitter, adds canards, a pedestal-mounted rear wing, underbody aero strakes, and removes the stall gurneys for even more downforce. The Z06 also comes standard with Michelin Cup 2 R ZP tires on 20-inch wheels up front and 21 inches in the back.
Chevrolet Corvette ZR1 in Competition YellowChevrolet
The ZR1 brings new additions to keep the extra horses planted to the pavement including a flow-through hood, carbon fiber side ducts for the rear brakes, and roof-mounted ducts for cooling the turbos. In the same way as the Z07 carbon fiber package, ZR1 owners can get the ZTK Performance Pack for stiffer springs, Pilot Sport Cup 2R tires, underbody strakes, as well as carbon fiber high-downforce rear wing, front canards, and a tall hood Gurney lip. The wheel sizes remain the same.
The interior stays nice and comfy in both carsLeather, metal, and suede encompass the inside of both the Z06 and ZR1, providing a cushy place for drivers to put the pedal to the floor. Behind the squared-off steering wheel is a 12.0-inch reconfigurable gauge display that adds a turbo-boost gauge in the ZR1. The large infotainment touchscreen is angled toward the driver while the “button pedestal” gives easy access to some essential features.
Chevrolet Corvette Z06 InteriorChevrolet
You have to make sure people know you have a ZR1 though, if the exterior aero bits didn’t already give it away. Chevy agrees and has included a ZR1 plaque on the inside, special sill plates, and steering-wheel graphics.
Related: 2025 Audi Q7: Sharpens its style, enhances tech, and stays relevant in the luxury SUV game
The ZR1 strays away from the 2LZ trim, but will include the 1LZ and 3LZThe Z06 comes in three trim levels, the 1LZ, 2LZ, and 3LZ, all available in either coupe or convertible configuration. Each one adds various interior luxury features depending on how comfy you want your track experience to be.
Of note are the removable roof panel and 8-way power GT1 seats in the 1LZ, Bose Performance Series 14-speaker audio system, heated and ventilated seats with lumbar/wing adjust in the 2LZ, and a carbon fiber-trimmed steering wheel, leather-wrapped instrument panel and doors, sueded microfiber upper interior trim, and leather/carbon-fiber GT2 seats in the 3LZ.
Chevrolet Corvette ZR1 Special Yellow InteriorChevrolet
The ZR1’s 1LZ and 3LZ include the same features as they do on the Z06. The 3LZ trim stands out with a geometric stitch pattern on the door paired with stitching on both the steering wheel and seats in either yellow or blue.
Exceptional value for supercar-level performanceIn its base 1LZ configuration, the C8 Corvette Z06 starts at $111,795 as a coupe and $118,795 as a convertible. In the highest-trim 3LZ, the Z06 Coupe starts at $128,940 with the convertible climbing to $135,940.
Chevy has yet to announce a price for the C8 Corvette ZR1, but some are expecting a starting price for the ZR1 to be anywhere from $150,000 to $180,000 for the 1LZ $200,000 to $220,000 for the 3LZ. Factor in the price increases for a convertible version, and you’re likely to see those figures go even higher.
Final thoughtsWe won’t pretend like there is a winner here. Both cars are incredible in their own right and offer performance figures that you won’t find anywhere else for this price. Some might even argue that the performance figures put the C8 in the supercar category with the likes of Ferrari, McLaren, and Lamborghini.
Regardless of your opinion on that, it’s hard to argue that playing for the home team has its advantages, and both the Z06 and ZR1 will give some supercar owners a run for their money whether on the street or on the track.
More stories from Autoblog:
- Can BMW and Redwood Materials solve the EV battery waste problem for good?
- 2025 Mercedes-AMG GT 63 PRO: F1-inspired power – why it’s turning heads
- 2025 Toyota 4Runner: After 15 years of waiting, here’s how it raises the bar
The Toyota Land Cruiser is legendary in the off-road community. In production since 1951, its reputation for reliability and longevity has made it extremely popular in certain markets like Australia and Africa where rough terrain is commonplace.
Historically, the Land Cruiser has been split into three series: the Heavy Duty, which prioritizes durability and off-road prowess, the Station Wagon, which focuses more on comfort and interior space, and the Light Duty (sold as Prado in some markets), which is a more comfortable version of the Heavy Duty.
UNITED STATES - JANUARY 11: 1967 Toyota Land Cruiser FJ45 Longbed Pickup. (Photo by Ken Fermoyle/The Enthusiast Network via Getty Images/Getty Images)The Enthusiast Network/Getty Images
On August 2, 2023, Toyota announced the new Light Duty J250 Land Cruiser, replacing the J150 that had been in production since 2009. This also marks the return of the Land Cruiser to the US market after poor sales of the J200 “Station Wagon” model led to us not getting the J300 stateside.
Related: 2025 Toyota 4Runner vs 2024 Toyota Land Cruiser: Exploring key differences
2024 Toyota Land Cruiser goes retro with appearance reminiscent of the 1980s J60 Land CruiserRight off the bat, the new Land Cruiser marks a stark departure from the previous generation in both powertrain and design. The J250 model is not only more compact but also features a retro, boxy appearance reminiscent of the 1980s J60 Land Cruiser, contrasting with the sleek lines typically seen in modern SUVs. It would look right at home in a driveway next to the new Hyundai Santa Fe though.
2024 Toyota Land Cruiser off-roading 2024 Land Cruiser is smaller yet stronger with a 50% increase in frame rigidity Despite the size difference, Toyota claims this new Land Cruiser is 30% more rigid overall than the outgoing model with a 50% increase in frame rigidity specifically. All models are equipped with a full-time four-wheel drive system, a center locking differential, and an electronic two-speed transfer case with high/low range. Also standard is an electronic locking rear differential that can split power to the rear wheels for better performance on rough terrain.
The new electronic power steering will be particularly useful for rock crawling, as it provides smoother steering wheel control at low speeds. The maximum approach and departure angle are 31.0 degrees and 22.0 degrees respectively, with a 25-degree breakover angle. Ground clearance is a pretty respectable 8.7 in.
2024 Toyota Land Cruiser interiorToyota
Retro interior design with a modern 12.3-inch Android-based multimedia systemThe interior is a lovely place to be when maneuvering your Land Cruiser off the beaten path, with a fairly minimalistic and modern aesthetic to keep your attention on the trail. The cushy seats can be wrapped in either cloth or a leather-like material depending on trim. An 8-inch or 12.3-inch multimedia display, also depending on the trim level, gives easy access to all the necessary information and features like Apple CarPlay and Android Auto. Qi wireless charging and a head-up display further amplify the convenience without being overly cumbersome.
2024 Toyota Land Cruiser engine bayToyota
The new Land Cruiser only gets a hybrid four-cylinder in the USWhile the previous generation Land Cruiser offered the US market a 5.7L V8 engine, this new generation is only offered with the turbocharger 2.4L 4-cylinder i-FORCE MAX Hybrid engine backed by an 8-speed automatic transmission. Power is rated at 326 horsepower and 465 lb-ft of torque with a 6,000 lb max towing capacity. Not bad for its size!
The 2024 Toyota Land Cruiser starts from $55,950—let’s explore all three trim levels 2024 Toyota Land Cruiser 1958Toyota
Land Cruiser 1958Want your Land Cruiser to stand out from the crowd? Toyota will offer three trim levels to choose from, starting with the base Land Cruiser 1958, named after the first year the model was available in the US. Starting at $55,950, the 1958 sports round headlights, rugged-looking unpainted plastic panels, and cloth seats. Color choices are spartan, with only white, black, and gray on offer. It’s basic but efficient.
2024 Toyota Land CruiserToyota
Land CruiserStep up to the mid-level “Land Cruiser”, and the price jumps to $61,950. For your extra money though, you get a Multi-Terrain Monitor, heated and ventilated front seats, an optional console cooler, a 2,400-watt inverter, RIGID color-selectable fog lights, wider tires, a locking rear differential, and a Stabilizer Disconnect Mechanism. This version also stands out from the 1958 by substituting the round headlights for rectangular ones and painting the plastic panels. Two-tone colorways also enter the fray.
2024 Toyota Land Cruiser First EditionToyota
First EditionIf you’re the “go big or go home” type, the First Edition is what you’ll want. With a base MSRP of $74,950, a $19,000 increase from the base 1958 model, the Land Cruiser First Edition keeps the 1958’s round headlights and adds a roof rack, rock rails, a front skid plate, and heavy-duty mudflaps all around. The interior gets a touch of luxury too with leather-trimmed seats, a 14-speaker JBL setup, and an embossed “FIRST EDITION” logo for full bragging rights.
The new 2024 Toyota Land Cruiser stands out in the best way“Small but mighty” perfectly sums up the new Land Cruiser. In an era when monstrous trucks dominate the US roads, Toyota demonstrates that exceptional on-road and off-road performance doesn't require sheer size alone. The design is also a welcome departure from the modern norm and a callback to our beloved retro angles that other manufacturers seem to be pursuing as well.
The trim levels also provide ample flexibility whether you’re looking for a basic SUV like the 1958 to tackle off-road terrain or a top-of-the-line rock crawler like the First Edition to stay competitive on the trails. It’s the perfect balance, and we couldn’t be more pleased with it.
Related: 2025 Toyota 4Runner: After 15 years of waiting, here’s how the new generation raises the bar
Over 5,000 reasons to celebrateIf you’re a fan of Elon Musk’s automotive brainchild start-up turned innovative behemoth, this summer has its fair share of good news. In the month of July alone, Automotive News reported that Tesla managed to sell over 5,100 Cybertrucks, not to mention their other EVs. Tesla also managed to secure pre-orders for more than 5,500 of their angular trucks in the same period, about half of the total registrations of all EV trucks in the US. Put another way, out of everyone who wants an EV truck badly enough to pre-register, one out of every two of them are putting their money behind Tesla.
Leaving money on the tableNotice something a little strange about the math, however? You’re not alone: there’s about a 400 unit shortage between the number of trucks Tesla can physically produce, and the number people want to buy. All told, Tesla has an estimated backlog of two million Cybertruck pre-orders, and month by month that number is only growing larger thanks to this deficit.
Related: Automakers sound alarm after EU electric vehicle sales crash
The EV truck market is currently small and still developing and emerging, and it’s not a guarantee that Tesla can keep their current lead against solid competitors like the Rivian R1T, Ford’s F-150 Lightning, the EV version of Chevy’s Silverado, and even the peculiar yet charming Hummer EV.
A growing pie waiting to be slicedAll of these competitors are also benefiting from the rise in EV truck demand, and unlike Tesla, seem to be able to put out their trucks fast enough to actually put keys into waiting consumer hands. While the orders for EV trucks to date are up over 118,000 compared to last year’s roughly 101,000, Tesla’s share of them has decreased as their production languishes, from 56% to 48%. The Verge even reports that their overall delivery of EVs has shrunk slightly this quarter compared to last, and last quarter was also down from 2023 year’s end.
The price of supply and demandUnless Tesla changes their trajectory, Cybertruck seems poised to remain a relatively stable force in a growing market, slipping from it’s top position into a lane of comfortable but unimpressive complacence. Adopting this strategy is not completely without merit either; when everyone wants what you have, and there’s a scarce supply, you can raise prices to offset lost potential sales, which Tesla has already been doing.
SAN FRANCISCO, UNITED STATES - AUGUST 24: A view of Tesla Cybertruck at Electrify Expo San Francisco, the largest electric vehicles (EV) event in North America is held in Alameda, California, United States on August 24, 2024. (Photo by Tayfun Coskun/Anadolu via Getty Images)Anadolu/Getty Images
The price of a new Cybertruck, pre-ordered, is now nearly $100,000, and the wait times are only getting longer. As long as people still want to accept those terms, Tesla can comfortably chug along at the current pace and rack up higher and higher prices for the same amount of production.
Tesla isn’t the only game in townHowever, such an outcome is not a guarantee. There comes a tipping point where more and more buyers will get tired of waiting, or overpaying for the ‘privilege’ of doing so, especially when there are alternatives readily available. Listed below are some of the competition the Cybertruck is facing, as well as a short rundown of why consumers might elect to go with one of them instead.
Chevy’s chaser: the Silverado EVIf you have $100,000 burning a hole in your pocket, you don’t have to wait years for a Cybertruck: Chevy’s 2024 Silverado EV is just about as expensive, but will be ready much much sooner. It’s also a respected legacy manufacturer with a large base of institutional knowledge to draw on for a smooth and refined end design.
The Chevrolet Silverado EV truck during the 2022 New York International Auto Show (NYIAS) in New York, U.S., on Thursday, April 14, 2022. The NYIAS returns after being cancelled for two years due to the Covid-19 pandemic. Photographer: Michael Nagle/Bloomberg via Getty ImagesBloomberg/Getty Images
The happy-go-lucky Hummer EVMaybe the SIlverado is a little too traditional for your taste, and the unique profile and quirkiness of the Cybertruck is a big selling point to you. Why not consider the 2024 Hummer EV? Its base price of about $97,000 is equivalent to the Cybertruck and Silverado EV, but it certainly stands on its own in terms of style and symbolism. Hummer was once the notorious punchline of the inefficient, gas-guzzling monstrosities on the road in the US, however the rebranded Hummer EV is anything but. It keeps aesthetics of the Hummer design, but in a robust truck form and with the ecological peace of mind of an EV. It might not turn heads quite as starkly as the radical Cybertruck look, but for some consumers looking for that stand-out sensational feeling now as opposed to who knows when, it might be just what they need.
A 2024 GMC Hummer electric vehicle (EV) during the 2024 New York International Auto Show (NYIAS) in New York, US, on Thursday, March 28, 2024. The event, which first opened in November 1900, is North America's oldest and largest attended auto show. Photographer: Bing Guan/Bloomberg via Getty ImagesBloomberg/Getty Images
Rival at a reasonable price: Rivian R1TPerhaps these options all come with a price tag that’s just a tad steep. Rivian’s 2024 R1T is here to the rescue! From just under $70,000, it packs just as much punch as the heavier hitters in a less expensive package. With a lot of favorable comparability to the above options, what’s not to love about a truck that will cost you less and whose wheel you can get this decade?
A Rivian R1T electric vehicle (EV) pickup truck, left, and R1S electric sports utility vehicle (SUV) at the company's showroom in New York, US, on Tuesday, Jan. 2, 2024. Rivian Automotive Inc. missed expectations for quarterly electric vehicle deliveries, weighing on the manufacturer's shares even as production ramped up during the past year. Photographer: Yuki Iwamura/Bloomberg via Getty ImagesBloomberg/Getty Images
Letting out all the stops with Ford’s F-150 Lightning EVWhat if you could buy two EV trucks for nearly the same price of one Cybertruck? Ford asks and answers this question with the 2024 F150 Lightning. With an MSRP of less than $55,000, it’s a surprisingly, one might even say innovatively affordable option considering the iconic F-150 branding and Ford’s reputation as one of the older and established carmakers.
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA - NOVEMBER 24: The Ford F-150 Lightning is displayed during the 2023 Los Angeles Auto Show at the Los Angeles Convention Center on November 24, 2023 in Los Angeles, California. This year’s edition of the Los Angeles Auto Show includes a range of new SUV models. (Photo by Josh Lefkowitz/Getty Images)Josh Lefkowitz/Getty Images
It may not have all the bells and whistles as the more expensive offerings (although, perhaps more than you might think), but half the price is half the price, and if Ford continues to hold the affordability corner of the EV truck market, it is not hard to imagine they might make it to the number one spot in market share sooner than later.
All forks full circleIt is undoubtedly a good sign for Tesla that, for now at least, their brand image is carrying demand and building hype for the Cybertruck. For the immediate future, at least, Tesla should remain the dominant force in the EV truck market as the orders pour in and seemingly every truck they can make flies off the lots as fast as they arrive.
However, other manufacturers have serious contenders in the game now, each with their own selling points over the heavily delayed Cybertruck fulfilled orders. Tesla controls the biggest piece of the pie for now, but as that pie grows bigger, it may be ill prepared to take any more, and even the piece it has might be under threat if bottleneck production and high prices continue… and the competition is hungry.
Related: Ford CEO says the Chinese EV industry is biggest threat to his business
There are many reasons to love electric vehicles — they’re powerful, they can charge using electricity generated in a variety of ways instead of relying on gas, and they’re often packed with state-of-the-art features and gizmos.
But what if not everyone wants one?
The declining demand for EV's in EuropeThat is the situation in Europe, where the European Automobile Manufacturers’ Association (ACEA), which represents the interests of 15 major Europe-based automotive brands, including icons like BMW, Ferrari, Mercedes, Renault, Volkswagen, and others, is sounding the alarm about a steady slide in EV sales now turning into a precipitous freefall.
Related: Ford CEO says the Chinese EV industry is biggest threat to his business
So far this year, unit sales for true EVs are down 8.4%, and this decline has been ongoing for a while. The situation is even bleaker for hybrids, with sales down nearly 14% compared to last year.
ACEA has pleaded with European lawmakers to provide relief and ease the burden of CO2 reduction laws on vans and buses that will come into effect leading into the new year. They also called for a review of light and heavy-duty vehicle rules slated for 2026 and 2027, urging that these discussions be moved up to the next year.
European carmakers insist they are committed to complying with the greenification of Europe’s roads and manufacturing, and they claim to have the technology to do it. However, they argue that critical societal shifts and policy decisions are not keeping pace.
This may be a subtle critique of the slow and confusing progress on effective EV import regulations, especially when it comes to heavily subsidized carmakers from developing countries like China. These countries have a competitive advantage partly due to lax environmental rules, which European manufacturers must abide by.
VW ID.4 on production line in Europe.VW
That may only be part of the concern. ACEA also reports that the entire EV market, not just the share controlled by its members, is in a continuing and accelerating downturn. The report lists several compounding factors, including:
- A lack of charging infrastructure
- Insufficient green energy production
- Uncompetitive manufacturing laws
- The structure of purchase and tax incentives for buyers
- Insecurity and uncertainty over access to raw materials, especially for batteries
- Poor economic growth
- Consumer acceptance of EVs
- Lack of consumer confidence in Europe’s commitment to developing infrastructure in a timely manner
More stories from Autoblog:
- Can BMW and Redwood Materials solve the EV battery waste problem for good?
- 2025 Mercedes-AMG GT 63 PRO: F1-inspired power – why it’s turning heads
- 2025 Toyota 4Runner: After 15 years of waiting, here’s how it raises the bar
These are significant hurdles to overcome, and the laws passed to transition Europe to a greener future were written before many of these challenges were fully understood. Covid-19 hit Europe’s auto market hard, with sales still 18% lower than they were pre-pandemic. Russia’s war in Ukraine has also shaken confidence in Europe and prompted many to revert to familiar, reliable options instead of taking risks on future technologies.
ACEA reports that only 16% of non-EV owners are considering switching with their next purchase, down from 18% three years ago. Even more troubling, 20% of current EV owners are strongly considering a return to traditional combustion engines, despite Europe’s climate targets.
What's at stake for Europe's automotive future?At the conclusion of their report, ACEA warns that, in light of these realities, automakers will either have to pay massive fines to sell people the cars they want — money that could have been invested in becoming more competitive and producing more EVs — or they will have to cut production so drastically that the resulting job losses would weaken Europe’s economy and supply chains, exacerbating the conditions that caused the slump in the first place.
Their plea to EU lawmakers is clear: change the laws to support the automotive sector in building a climate-responsible and economically competitive industry, or everyone loses.
Related: 2024 GMC 2500 AT4 vs 2024 Ford F-250 Tremor: Who takes the crown?
It turns out that Toyota’s pickups might not be as reliable as once thought. Several owners of 2024 model year Tacomas in the US have reported automatic transmission issues or outright failures, some occurring within the first 1,000 miles. The good news is that Toyota will now replace some of those faulty transmissions if they meet certain requirements.
Not every 2024 Tacoma transmission may be eligible for replacementA technical service bulletin sent by the Japanese automaker to dealerships last week outlines several 2024 Tacoma VINs prone to this issue, all equipped with the eight-speed automatic transmission. However, the trucks must already exhibit failures to qualify for replacement, meaning owners still on the road must wait until a breakdown occurs to be eligible.
Another caveat is that the vehicle must report one of six specific trouble codes, indicating either a stuck pressure control solenoid actuator or a torque converter clutch actuator stuck in the off position, according to a post on the Tacoma4G forums. Thankfully, the manual transmission is unaffected by this fault, so if you belong to the Manual Gearbox Preservation Society, you have nothing to fear. Ironically, the 2025 Tacoma remains the last pickup truck in the US to offer a manual transmission.
Toyota is not having a great summer with recallsThis isn’t the first time Toyota has faced a major issue with one of its vehicles in 2024. In July, the automaker announced that certain engines in Toyota Tundra trucks and Lexus LX SUVs needed to be replaced due to machining debris left in the engine during manufacturing. The total number of affected engines is expected to exceed 100,000, with more Tundras affected than LXs.
2024 Toyota Tacoma TRD exterior.Toyota
Toyota made the right move here, but at what cost?Replacing an entire transmission and torque assembly due to a manufacturing fault is undoubtedly the right decision. What might be harder to justify, however, is the decision to wait until the fault appears before taking action. The impact this will have on the number of automatic 2024 Tacomas sold remains unclear. Good luck winning the automatic vs. manual transmission debate if you own one of these, though.
After a long production run of 15 years, Toyota has finally introduced the successor to the fifth-generation 4Runner. The latest 2025 Toyota 4Runner marks the first model year of the sixth generation off-road focused midsize SUV. The first-generation 4Runner was simply an SUV iteration of the fourth-generation Toyota Hilux pickup truck. Over four decades and five generations, the physical dimensions and reputation of the 4Runner have grown exponentially. It now holds iconic status among the few truly off-road-ready midsize SUVs.
2025 Toyota 4Runner gets a 278-HP turbocharged base powertrainThe outgoing 2024 Toyota 4Runner was propelled by a 270-hp naturally aspirated V6 mated to a 5-speed automatic. For 2025, Toyota has come fully prepared to take on the most modern midsize adventure-ready SUV contenders. The base powertrain offered with the 2025 Toyota 4Runner is dubbed i-Force. It comprises a 2.4-liter turbocharged four-cylinder that cranks out a healthy 278 horsepower and 317 lb-ft of torque. This is an increase of 8 horsepower and, more significantly, 39 lb-ft of torque over the old V6. It comes paired with an 8-speed automatic transmission and is the standard powertrain in the SR5, TRD Sport, TRD Off-Road, and Limited trims of the new 4Runner.
2025 Toyota 4Runner exterior.Toyota
Optional hybrid i-Force MAX powertrain makes 326-HPNow that the base powertrain is more powerful than the outgoing V6, let’s meet the star of the show. Optional for the TRD Off-Road and Limited trims, and standard on the high-end TRD Pro, Trailhunter, and Platinum models is a four-cylinder hybrid powertrain. Toyota calls it i-Force MAX, and this powerhouse consists of a 2.4-liter turbocharged engine paired with a 48-hp electric motor. This electric motor is integrated into the 8-speed transmission and powered by a 1.87-kWh battery pack. The total output generated by the system is an impressive 326 horsepower and 465 lb-ft of torque. To put that into context, the twin-turbo V6 in the 2024 Ford Bronco outputs 330 horses and 415 lb-ft. Clearly, the new 4Runner arrives with serious firepower.
Related: 2025 Audi Q7: Sharpens its style, enhances tech, and stays relevant in the luxury SUV game
All-new factory-built overlanding trim, dubbed “Trailhunter”The TRD PRO has historically been the fiercest, most capable trim of the Toyota 4Runner. The new 2025 Toyota 4Runner TRD PRO is sure to uphold this reputation, coming packed with serious off-roading hardware. The latest 4Runner TRD PRO comes equipped with a TRD-tuned FOX suspension setup and 33-inch Toyo all-terrain tires. However, alongside this beast, Toyota is adding another monstrous creation to the new lineup. The 2025 Toyota 4Runner Trailhunter which is a factory-built overlanding rig.
2025 Toyota 4Runner Trailhunter wheel.Toyota
Toyota partnered with several off-road component companies to create the Trailhunter. It is enhanced with hardware including ARB’s Old Man Emu (OME) 2.5-inch forged shocks and 33-inch Toyo Open Country A/T tires. This combination adds an extra 2 inches of ground clearance, while high-strength steel skid plates ensure enhanced protection off the beaten path. Unique elements don’t end there, as the Trailhunter is equipped with even more. A 20-inch LED light bar, an inbuilt 2400W AC inverter, and several pre-wired auxiliary switches are also part of the standard equipment list.
Related: 2025 Toyota 4Runner vs 2024 Toyota Land Cruiser: Exploring key differences
All 4WD 4Runners are equipped with a two-speed transfer case and an automatic limited-slip differential. On top of that, the TRD Off-Road, TRD PRO, and the newly added Trailhunter models feature an electronic locking rear differential.
2025 4Runner gets all-new android based infotainment systemRegarding cutting-edge infotainment features, the new 4Runner is loaded with them. While the base touchscreen’s size remains unchanged at 8 inches, a larger, higher-definition 14-inch touchscreen has been added to the feature set. Higher-end trims of the 2025 4Runner are also equipped with a new 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster. Furthermore, a Smart Key system with a push-button start is standard across all trims.
2025 Toyota 4Runner interior.Toyota
Final thoughtsThe 4Runner is a true legend in the Toyota lineup, with a fanbase that borders on cult status. Now, with the new generation ditching the V6 in favor of punchier hybrid and turbocharged engines, it’s sure to stir some opinions. We all knew this day would come, though! The 4Runner was conquering trails long before off-roading became trendy—so while every automaker now has their version of a "rugged" trim, the 4Runner still offers the real deal for those who actually get their tires dirty.
Related: 2025 Rivian R1S: Blistering acceleration, new batteries, and prices to match
One of the main concerns surrounding the increasing popularity of EVs and hybrids has been the future of their batteries once they are depleted. It seems the solution may come earlier than expected thanks to a recent announcement from BMW.
Why BMW's partnership with Redwood Materials is a game-changer for EV sustainabilityIn a press release, BMW of North America announced their partnership with Redwood Materials to recycle lithium-ion batteries from their electric, plug-in hybrid-electric, and mild hybrid BMW, MINI, Rolls-Royce, and BMW Motorrad vehicles.
With the help of Redwood Materials, BMW’s network of almost 700 dealerships, distribution centers, and other facilities will remove the spent batteries from vehicles, extract minerals like nickel, cobalt, lithium, and copper, and return the majority of them to the battery supply chain. Redwood Materials claims its recycling process has a significantly lower footprint than competing companies, reportedly “reducing energy by 80%, CO2 emissions by 70%, and water by 80%.”
Who is Redwood Materials anyway?Redwood was founded in 2017 by JB Straubel, a Tesla co-founder and ex-chief technology officer of the company. For the past seven years, their recycling resume includes car brands like Tesla, Ford, GM, Toyota, and Nissan as well as Amazon and Rad Power Bikes.
BMW i4 EV front.BMW
The company currently has a location in Reno, Nevada, with one under construction in Charleston, South Carolina. That latter location may prove key to this partnership, as BMW has plants in both Spartanburg and Woodruff where at least six EVs and their batteries will be assembled. The company manufacturing those batteries, AESC, also has a plant in Florence, SC.
BMW is investing heavily in the EV spaceThe German automaker currently offers five electric models, the i4, i5, and, i7 sedan as well as the iX SUV. The cheapest of the bunch, the i4, starts at $57,900 with a range of 283 to 307 miles while the executive i7 goes big in size and price starting at $105,700 with 274 to 321 miles of range. Three more electric models are expected to hit the scene in the next two years. The iX3, a redesign of the compact i3, a 3-series EV to slot below the i4, and the i5 M, a performance version of the i5 with a reported 1136 horsepower.
BMW i4 charging side view.BMW
The future is looking even greenerThe partnership between the two companies signals a move in the right direction for the future of EVs. Largely touted as the better alternative to fossil fuels, this latest development might quell the naysayers who often quoted the lack of battery recycling as a major worry. That’s not to say that this fixes the problems of battery development which have been reported to be energy-intensive and rely on illegal labor in developing countries. That said though, this gives us hope that we’ll figure it all out sooner rather than later.
Related: 2025 Rivian R1S: Blistering acceleration, new batteries, and prices to match
The Audi Q7 is a stylish, dynamic, and practical three-row contender in the midsize luxury SUV segment. Audi offers this exceptional combination of desirable attributes at a competitive price point. However, I believe the Q7 still isn't receiving the attention it deserves. To stir things up, Audi has given the 2025 Q7 a styling refresh and a mild overhaul. The exterior has been extensively revamped with new design elements, and the options list has been updated with several new features, including fresh color options, upholstery choices, and upgrades to the infotainment system. The powertrains, however, remain unchanged.
The 2025 Audi Q7 flaunts restyled bodywork and new color optionsAudi has significantly reworked the exterior styling of the 2025 Q7. The most noticeable change is at the front, where the large signature Audi Singleframe grille has been restyled with vertical inlays and redesigned contours. The headlamps have been slightly tweaked, and they are now more seamlessly integrated into the grille. Additionally, the Matrix-design LED headlights are now standard across all 2025 Q7 models. Overall, the front end appears sleeker, cleaner, and more cohesive. I particularly love the optional Black Optic package, which darkens the grille and adds a dark finish to the Audi logo.
2025 Audi Q7 exterior.Kyle Edward
Audi has also refined both the front and rear bumpers, enhancing them with a redesigned front spoiler and a more aggressive rear diffuser, giving the vehicle a sportier look. In fact, I find the aesthetics of the new Q7 more impressive than those of its sportier sibling, the 2025 Audi SQ7. The color palette has been expanded with three new shades: Sakhir Gold Metallic, Ascari Blue Metallic, and Chili Red Metallic. A couple of new alloy wheel options are also available.
Related: 2025 Rivian R1S range guide: How far an EV crossover will take you on a full charge
The 2025 Audi Q7 gets interior updates and enhanced tech featuresAll the luxurious elements found in the 2024 Q7's cabin have been retained in the 2025 model, which is great to see. However, a few new additions elevate the overall user experience in this luxury SUV. The base model now features upholstery with gray seam stitching. A new available Executive Package adds several features, including four-zone automatic climate control, ventilated front seats, heated rear seats, rear sunshades, dual-pane acoustic glass, and traffic sign recognition. On the technology front, Audi has introduced a significant update: the 2025 Q7 now supports third-party apps. Popular applications such as Spotify, Amazon Music, and YouTube can now be downloaded from the Audi App Store, offering easier media access and connectivity.
2025 Audi Q7 interior.Audi
The two powertrains from the 2024 Audi Q7 carry over unchanged for the 2025 model. The base "45" grade trims are powered by a 261-horsepower turbocharged 2.0-liter four-cylinder engine, while the higher-end "55" grade gets a punchier 335-hp turbocharged V6. Both engines are paired with a quick-shifting eight-speed automatic transmission.
2025 Audi Q7 pricingThe 2025 Audi Q7 lineup starts with the 45 Premium at $60,500, featuring quattro all-wheel drive, 19" wheels, and Matrix-design LED headlights. The 55 Premium, priced at $65,800, adds adaptive cruise assist and a power-folding 3rd row, while upgrading to a more potent 335-hp V6, compared to the 261-hp 4-cylinder in the 45 Premium. The top-tier 55 Prestige starts at $77,900 and includes adaptive air suspension, ventilated and massaging seats, and advanced tech like remote park assist and a head-up display.
2025 Audi Q7 exterior.Kyle Edward
Final thoughtsThe 2025 Audi Q7 retains its inherent positives, such as comfortable ride quality and engaging dynamics, now presented in a sleeker, sportier package with an expanded feature set. Once again, I emphasize that this is one of the best all-around vehicles in the midsize luxury SUV segment—not just in one specific area, but in an all-encompassing sense.
At its core, the Mercedes-AMG GT is a low-slung, curvy, two-door sports car introduced back in 2014 by the German automaker. It was Mercedes' second in-house sports car after the gull-wing SLS AMG. The second generation hit the scene in August, 2023 at the prestigious Pebble Beach Concours d'Elegance. The new AMG GT, internally called the C192, is built on the same platform as the new SL and will only be offered in a coupe body style.
What powers the AMG GT?Much like the first-generation AMG GT, various models correspond to different powertrains, with the lowest GT 43 housing the M139 2.0L hybrid turbocharged I4 putting out 416 hp, and the top-of-the-line GT 63 S E-Performance offering the M177 4.0L plug-in hybrid twin-turbo V8 with 805 hp. A 9-speed automatic AMG Speedshift MCT transmission backs all models. Unlike its predecessor, however, the C192 offers 4MATIC+ AWD and a 2+2 seating arrangement despite being a two-door coupe.
Mercedes-AMG GT 63 PRO Motorsport Collectors Edition exterior.Mercedes-Benz
What does the Motorsport Collectors Edition add to the AMG GT 63 PRO?Extraordinary cars need special models and Mercedes-Benz is not one to skip out on the occasion. Announced in collaboration with Formula 1 Singapore Grand Prix, the 1-of-200 GT 63 PRO 4MATIC+ Motorsport Collectors Edition is built upon the next-to-highest-tier GT 63 PRO, featuring the same 4.0L plug-in hybrid twin-turbo V8 as the GT 63 S but with 603 hp. That doesn’t stop it from achieving a 0-62 mph time of 3.2 seconds, just .4 seconds behind the top-tier GT 63 S E-Performance.
Mercedes-AMG GT 63 PRO Motorsport Collectors Edition exterior.Mercedes-Benz
How much will the Motorsport Collectors Edition cost?While no price was announced and all units are likely already spoken for, the “regular” GT 63 PRO starts at around $185,000, so one could easily assume a sticker price well over $200,000 for the Motorsports Collectors Edition.
Motorsport Collectors Edition limited to just 200 units worldwide This rare GT 63 focuses solely on the exterior. Over the base Obsidian Black Metallic paint inspired by the Mercedes-AMG Formula 1 car lays a beautiful blanket of hand-painted stars akin to what you would see on a Rolls-Royce Starlight headliner. Various accent pieces around the car, including the front splitter, sill panels, and rear diffuser, are finished in the distinct cyan color of PETRONAS, the Malaysian oil and gas company that has been the Title and Technical Partner to the Mercedes-AMG Formula One Team since 2010.
Mercedes-AMG GT 63 PRO Motorsport Collectors Edition exterior.Mercedes-Benz
The outer rims of the black 21-inch AMG forged split-spoke wheels have the same PETRONAS accents and are wrapped in beefy Michelin Pilot Sport Cup 2 R tires sized at 295/30 ZR 21 in the front and 305/30 ZR 21 in the rear. Stopping power is provided by the standard 16.5-inch carbon ceramic discs with six-piston fixed calipers up front and single-piston floating calipers out back.
Rounding out the exterior are the AMG Aerodynamics Package, AMG Exterior Carbon Fiber Package, and AMG Extended Night Package. The first two provide the carbon fiber-finished splitter, diffuser, side sills, and wing while the latter darkens the grill, model badge, and Mercedes star at the rear.
But wait, there’s even more insideThe party continues once you open the door, with PETRONAS-colored stitching adorning the black Nappa leather & microfiber upholstery, door panels, instrument panel, center console, and steering wheel. The door sills also light up in the same cyan, in case onlookers haven’t quite figured out how special the AMG GT is yet. Lastly, a special indoor car cover is included in the purchase to protect your ride when you’re not showing it off.
Mercedes-AMG GT 63 PRO Motorsport Collectors Edition interior.Mercedes-Benz
Final thoughtsFor the Mercedes-AMG F1 enthusiast, this special edition AMG GT 63 PRO is likely a godsend, allowing them to rep their favorite team wherever there is pavement. Even for those who aren’t into F1, the stars and the accents make this one of the most epic special editions on the market right now, and that’s something worth taking a beat to appreciate.
GM EV drivers can breathe a sigh of relief when their vehicle needs a charge as the automaker announced today that their cars are now compatible with Tesla’s expansive Supercharging network. Chevy, Cadillac, and GMC will all be able to take advantage of the change.
GM EVs charging at Tesla charging station.GM
No such thing as free lunch for GM SAE J3400 adaptersIt’s not quite an early Christmas gift though, as owners will need to buy a “GM Approved” SAE J3400 adapter through the app of each respective GM brand for $225 for the vehicles to be able to “talk” to the Tesla Superchargers. While no specific manufacturer was mentioned in the release, the company said they are “leveraging multiple suppliers” to produce them. The adapters will arrive in the US first, with a Canadian release following later this year.
Related: 2025 Rivian R1S range guide: How far an EV crossover will take you on a full charge
Those same apps will also host maps of available Tesla Superchargers, information about their status, and even the ability to pre-pay for a charge before arrival. Non-Tesla drivers will have to pay a little more to charge at Superchargers, including a $1/minute idle fee if the car is left alone after being fully charged.
By adding over 17,800 Tesla Superchargers, GM touts that its customers now have access to “more than 231,800 public Level 2 and DC fast chargers in North America.”
What is the SAE J3400 plug anyway?The SAE J3400 fast charging plug, otherwise known as the North American Charging Standard (NACS), is one of a few types of chargers used on electric vehicles. In August 2024, it was declared a “Recommended Practice” bringing it one step closer to standardization throughout the electric vehicle sector. Think about it as USB-C vs Micro USB and how you are more likely to see a USB-C port on your phone or laptop than Micro USB or any other connector.
2024 Chevrolet Equinox EV charging port.GM
Other manufacturers handled their adapter deliveries differentlyFord was the first to announce a similar plan last year, with just about every other automaker following suit and committing to using the SAE J3400 in future model years. GM originally announced this move in June of 2023 and expected everything to be ready by early spring of 2024 but production issues and layoffs at Tesla delayed the project.
Related: Ford CEO says the Chinese EV industry is biggest threat to his business
While committing to a single standard is a step in the right direction, the decision to sell the adapter might not be. Owners of 2021-2024 model year Ford EVs could request a free adapter between March 6th and June 30th of 2024. After that date, they would be available to purchase for $230. Rivian one-upped both companies by shipping every owner a free adapter starting in April of 2024. There is no mention of purchasing an adapter after that date, with the company instead stating that “for those taking delivery in April and beyond, we’ll contact you separately about getting your adapter.”
There are always third-party adapter alternativesOn the topic of price, EV owners might be tempted to buy a cheaper adapter from a third-party manufacturer rather than pay the OEM premium. Some of the big names on the market include the A2Z EV Typhoon Pro for $197 or the Lectron Vortex Plug for $199.99. Both offer nearly identical charging speeds, warranties, and weights, with the only differences being size and the inclusion of a carrying case.
More manufacturers are signed up for talks with Tesla about adopting the NACS standard, with Volvo, Polestar, Nissan, and Mercedes-Benz being next on the list. It remains to be seen how these companies handle the delivery of adapters to their customer base and if their methods will cause the existing players to change their strategies.
Lotus has given us a glimpse into its future with the “Theory 1” concept—a futuristic blend of the brand's core design principles and enough futuristic tech to keep the whole thing interesting. Despite looking firmly forward, the concept car doesn’t ditch Lotus’ roots and contains many similarities to vehicles of the past, the brand’s racing heritage, and Lotus’ contemporary vehicles.
“We want to demonstrate that you don’t need to compromise—with both digital and analog capabilities working harmoniously in the future car. In doing this, we are able to bring drivers the best possible immersive driving experience with raw emotion, functionality, and connectivity at the core,” said Lotus Group’s Vice President of Design, Ben Payne.
While you won’t be able to get your hands on a Lotus Theory 1, it does have a lot of features you’re likely to see on a vehicle bearing the British marque’s badge in the future.
Lotus Theory 1 exterior.
*View the 13 images of this gallery on the original article* Lotus Theory 1 can go from 0-60 in under 2.5 secondsThe Lotus Theory 1 can go from 0-60 in under 2.5 seconds. Powering the concept car is an electric motor, or two, or three, or possibly four. Lotus didn’t really specify. What we do know is that it is all-wheel drive, has an output of 1000 PS (986 horsepower), and can shoot from 0-60 in less than 2.5 seconds. Its top speed sits a hair under 199 mph, and a single charge will take a driver up to 250 miles.
Related: 2025 Rivian R1S range guide: How far an EV crossover will take you on a full charge
The brakes are sourced from AP Racing, which has a long-standing partnership with Lotus that stretches back to 1967. AP braking systems are one of the things that the Theory 1 has in common with Lotus’ current crop, featuring on vehicles like the Evija, Eletre, and Emeya. It also has a proprietary “wrap-around” door system that allows drivers to comfortably enter and exit the vehicle no matter where they park it.
The Lotus Theory 1 offers an F1-inspired performance boostThe vehicle’s aerodynamics play on the company’s racing heritage, with the nose cone packing both a diffuser and air deflectors, and a contoured underfloor designed to funnel air into the vehicle’s cooling system. Efforts have also gone into minimizing and mitigating the vehicle’s wake, with an air curtain fitted to the front that should help pull the wake in overall, and side pods fitted to further isolate any turbulent air and send it rearwards.
Lotus Theory 1 wheel. Lotus has mounted the Theory 1’s rear wing directly to the motor and suspension. So rather than pushing down on the vehicle’s body causing compression and spreading the load, any force generated will be sent directly to where it’s needed. That rear suspension also uses a pull-rod design, which is more compact and lowers the car’s center of gravity.
Lotus looked back on its racing heritage for the Theory 1It’s partially inspired by Lotus’ F1 history, notably the Lotus 49, with the motor and battery assembly acting as a “stressed member.” This dispenses with the need for a subframe, reducing both complexity and weight. There’s another potential “F1” nod too, though this time in the McLaren sense. The Theory 1 has three seats, with the driver’s spot in the center of the vehicle and room for two passengers offset behind.
Lotus Theory 1 exterior. Lotus has shown us a mix of analog and digitalWhile clever engineering is boosting performance on the “analog” front, Lotus is also showcasing a range of digital features that should improve safety, performance, and comfort. The car features “LOTUSWEAR”, the sports car brand’s proprietary immersive driver system. It’s designed to better connect a driver with both the vehicle and the road.
One example Lotus has given of how haptics could assist drivers involves a pulse on the left or right of the steering wheel to indicate when a driver should make a turn. The concept is also packing Lotus’ 360-degree sensor suite that can detect hazards from as far as 200 meters away. It’s LiDAR-powered, so it will spot objects no matter the lighting conditions or weather.
Drivers can experience ergonomic comfort in the Theory 1Each occupant of the car also has access to a 3D-printed headset, which pumps “speed” sounds directly into their ears should they want that kind of experience, or otherwise offers individual entertainment audio and noise-canceling capabilities.
Lotus Theory 1 interior. When the driver enters, the steering wheel and pedals move toward them. The seating is integrated into the structure of the vehicle, further connecting the driver with the core of the car. It’s all very ergonomic, futuristic, and exciting to see how much of the vehicle will eventually crop up in production models.
Final thoughtsThough the Theory 1 won't grace the streets, its avant-garde design, advanced aerodynamics, and performance figures make it standout amongst even the most stunning concepts. It's a concept car that not only honors Lotus's legacy but could also redefine the standards for future concept vehicles.
Ford’s CEO Jim Farley first sounded the warning back in May, after his visit to China, but it’s been quietly happening in the background for far longer; Chinese electric vehicles, or EVs, are gobbling up the Chinese domestic market. They may even be on pace to do the same globally. In a Wall Street Journal interview, Farley described the situation as an "existential threat" to Ford, highlighting the rapid pace at which Chinese automakers are advancing in the EV race.
Not a few years ago, China was a net importer of automobiles, serving as a highly lucrative destination for many international manufacturers including Japanese, German, US, and even UK companies. In 2022, however, the Chinese economy was exporting nearly as many cars by-value as it was importing. Not only that, but that market share of foreign firms selling within China was rapidly being consumed by a slew of young, nimble, and domestic challengers. It is abundantly clear that China is on-pace to continue expanding, with no clear indicator of where its zenith might be. Chinese EV manufacturers are making inroads into Europe, Asia, Africa, and even South America, with the Wall Street Journal reporting as many as 20% of auto sales in Mexico this year being of Chinese make and model.
Ford Mustang Mach-E exterior.Ford
So how is China doing it?There are several forces driving these changes, both propelling Chinese firms forward and keeping the brakes pressed firmly on more established manufacturers. In China, there is a general lack of regulation and bureaucratic red tape on start-up auto companies, which allows them to more easily experiment with and integrate Artificial Intelligence and other helpful technological innovations that make their cars stand out among competitors. There is also a general advantage enjoyed by China against other more mature economies, one of PPP, or Purchase Power Parity.
A comparatively cheap labor pool allows every step in making a car to be less expensive, giving a competitive edge. Consider just some of the many steps where paying lower wages saves money which can be reflected in lower prices for the end user: There is R&D for new technologies, design for the cars themselves, building the actual plants, operating expenses and management salaries, not to mention materials and assembly line manufacturing wages, maintenance and upgrades installed by skilled technicians, marketing and dealerships, and even they actual act of transporting of the final product, all which can be done with less cost thanks to the powerful economic advantage of PPP.
This is all before considering the fact that the Chinese government and business sector are very closely tied together, one being almost the economic policy extension of the other. Bloomberg reported that over the last 15 years China’s EV makers have received over $230 Billion in grants and subsidies, which further allows them to undercut and undermine other car manufacturers.
Related: 2025 Rivian R1S: Blistering acceleration, new batteries, and prices to match
An uncertain future for old giantsWhile all of these advantages may be throwing gas into the engine of Chinese carmakers, it only paints half of the picture. China was quick to secure rare earth mineral rights around the world and invest in their extraction, ensuring a steady supply of lithium and other components for their tech-heavy, cost-light cars.
In contrast, many mature manufacturing firms are or have in the past struggled to similarly secure their Lithium stockpiles and supply chains, stalling their initial jump into EVs. Labor in these economies is comparatively expensive, regulations are tougher, and of course for many, there are also friction with Unions to contend with, eating time and energy which might have been used to innovate.
There is also the question of infrastructure. While China has, seemingly, invested in simple and elegant charging solutions for their modern cities (if not quite so effective in rural areas), in much of Europe and the United States in particular, EV charging infrastructure is more of a mixed bag, if not a nightmare.
It also doesn’t help that many manufacturers have chosen to mitigate these challenges by the old adage ‘bigger is better’. Large SUVs and Trucks have increasingly become the staple of the American market, despite their added cost to build, high prices, and generally lower fuel/charge mileage.
Jim Farley acknowledged in the Wall Street Journal article that "executing to a Chinese standard is going to be the most important priority" Meanwhile, EV development and sales have stalled for the old giants, with high wages, high prices, charging woes, and the consequences of previously all but abandoning the small and medium car market all proving to be significant barriers to the speed of future growth.
Ford F-150 Lightning charging.Ford
The silver lining At present, Chinese EVs are unable to penetrate the US and much of the European market due to tariffs and a lack of a distribution and dealership network to make these cars an option. There is also a lingering stigma against Chinese manufacturing in general for being shoddy, cheap, and often unreliable. Concerns relating to privacy and information collection from the CCP also dissuade many from considering Chinese EVs, even in markets where they are available. Nevertheless, Farley warns that these barriers may not be sufficient to keep the Chinese EV industry from dominating the global market in the long term.
The urgency felt by Ford and other U.S. and European automakers is palpable. According to Farley, the Chinese EV industry is the 'biggest threat' to his business, highlighting the pressing need for established automakers to rethink their strategies and adapt quickly to the changing landscape.
More auto stories from Autoblog:
- 2024 BMW M2 vs. 2024 Audi RS3: An epic battle of German engineering
- How the 2025 Corvette ZR1 moved from supercar to hypercar
- 2025 Rivian R1S range guide: How far an EV SUV will take you on a full charge
The 2025 Nissan Kicks has officially arrived at dealerships, and from every angle, it marks a stark departure from the previous generation. The sneaker-inspired subcompact crossover SUV has matured, adopting a more assertive attitude. The softer curves of its predecessor have given way to bold lines and angles, further emphasized by new two-tone paint options available on the higher SV and SR trims.
2025 Nissan Kicks offers bold new design with rugged stylingNissan’s "V-Motion" grille and surrounding slim LED headlights give the Kicks a more modern and youthful appearance, while the matte plastic accents around the front, sides, and rear bumper add a rugged touch reminiscent of the Subaru Crosstrek. The redesigned taillights now extend down the rear quarter panels at a sharp angle, complementing the vehicle's overall design. Additionally, Nissan proudly showcases the embossed, color-keyed Kicks logo on the C-pillar—a subtle detail that makes the vehicle instantly recognizable.
2025 Nissan Kicks exterior.
*View the 5 images of this gallery on the original article* AWD makes an appearance on the all-new Nissan KicksUnder the hood lies a 2.0L MR20DD I4 engine, producing 139 hp and 140 lb-ft of torque, managed by an Xtronic CVT. While performance isn't the primary focus—evidenced by its 0-60 mph time of 9.5 to 9.8 seconds—the Kicks offers a respectable fuel economy of 28 MPG in the city and 35 MPG on the highway. For the first time in the U.S. market, the Kicks is available with optional AWD, priced at an additional $1,500 on the S and SR trims or $1,650 on the SV trim. This new system could potentially enhance the subcompact SUV's handling capabilities compared to its predecessor. The top-tier SR trim also includes Nissan ProPilot Assist, which, according to Nissan, "reduces driver stress in heavy traffic by automatically controlling the accelerator and brakes to maintain a safe distance from the car in front."
Related: 2025 Rivian R1S review: The ultimate adventure-focused EV
2025 Kicks delivers on customization and minimalist interior designInside, the Kicks adopts a minimalist approach, free from unnecessary distractions. However, minimalism here doesn't mean boring. Nissan aims to add flair with available contrasting dual stitching and color accents around the gear selector. The SR trim features two 12.3-inch screens that create the illusion of a single, flowing display. The mid-level SV trim offers a 7-inch digital gauge cluster paired with a 12.3-inch infotainment touchscreen, while the base S trim is equipped with two 7-inch screens. Wireless charging, Apple CarPlay, and Android Auto are standard on all trims except the base S.
2025 Nissan Kicks interior.Nissan
Optional features include a Dual Panel Panoramic Moonroof for those serene nighttime drives and a 10-speaker Bose sound system with speakers integrated into the front passenger seat headrests—a feature seemingly inspired by the Mazda Miata. Seat upholstery varies by trim level, with options for cloth, premium cloth, or leatherette, all featuring Nissan's Zero Gravity design, intended to enhance comfort on longer journeys.
2025 Nissan Kicks seats.Nissan
Legroom has improved over the previous generation, offering rear passengers an extra inch of space. Additionally, Nissan highlights the new Kicks' cargo capacity, boasting 30 cubic feet of storage with the rear seats up and 60 cubic feet when they're folded down.
The 2025 Kicks stays affordable among its competitionPricing for the 2025 Kicks starts at $21,830 for the base S trim with FWD. The SR trim starts at $26,180 but can exceed $36,000 with AWD and all available options. These figures make the Kicks a strong contender in its class, offering a lower starting MSRP than rivals like the VW Taos, Mazda CX-30, Chevrolet Trailblazer, Jeep Compass, and Hyundai Kona. However, competitors like the Hyundai Venue and Kia Soul are slightly cheaper, starting at $19,900 and $20,290, respectively.
The year is 1953 and monumental events that would go on to shape our world are coming to pass. The Korean War has ended, Mt. Everest has been summited for the very first time, and Stalin has died. But it's an entirely different kind of event that's flown under the radar and ultimately reshaped the auto industry as we know it.
In mid-1953, Chevrolet introduced the quintessential American sports car, the Corvette. Fast forward 70 years, and the 'Vette is still turning heads and causing a stir. Yet, the modern-day Corvette is a far cry from the inaugural, relatively underpowered models. The modern-day Corvette doesn't just compete with the most powerful sports cars of today; it mops the floor with most of them as it ascends from its rightfully earned supercar status into vaunted hypercar godhood.
2025 Chevy Corvette ZR1.Chevy
There have been plenty of powerful Corvette iterations over the years, from the first V8-powered models and the inaugural ZR1s and Z06s to the modern-day mid-engined eighth-generation 'Vettes. Yet, no factory Corvette in history has raised the bar as high as the all-new 2025 Corvette ZR1, and the race hasn't even been close. But just how did the 2025 Corvette ZR1 transcend its supercar status on its way to becoming a fully-fledged hypercar?
Related: 2025 Rivian R1S range guide: How far an EV crossover will take you on a full charge
The eighth generation's evolution into a mid-engined sports car had plenty to do with it. The C8 Corvette initially started with 490-horsepower LT2 V8s as their base engines, paving the way for 670-horsepower LT6-powered Z06 models along the way. Both are supercar moniker-worthy, indeed, but not even in the ballpark of hypercar-like performance. All this changed overnight when the traditionally most powerful ZR1 models were unveiled.
Powered by a heavily modified version of the flat-plane crank 5.5-liter LS6 V8, the ZR1s squeeze every last drop of performance from GM's latest and greatest small block. Dubbed the LT7, the now-twin-turbocharged powerplant cranks out a hellish 1,064 horsepower and no less than 828 pound-feet of twist in a quest to not only dethrone every preceding Corvette sibling but also send a message to the European hypercar royalty.
2025 Chevy Corvette ZR1 engine.Chevy
Naturally, the heavily modified engine boasts all-new strengthened pistons and connecting rods, together with new cylinder head castings with unique CNC-machined ports and combustion chambers. An entirely new intake system with a secondary port fuel injection ensures smooth fuel delivery. Ultimately, the ZR1 achieves a much lower compression ratio of 9.8:1 compared to the 12.5:1 of conventional models. To ensure the improvements haven't been in vain, GM has also strengthened and retuned the 8-speed automatic transmission.
Despite the impressive performance numbers, another figure will pique track enthusiasts' interest. It's the 1,200 pounds of downforce the new ZR1 is capable of generating if equipped with the optional ZTK package. Heavily reliant on carbon fiber, the ZTK performance package throws in a huge rear wing, protruding front dive planes, a Gurney lip on the hood, larger air ducts, and the largest carbon-ceramic front rotors ever fitted on a 'Vette. Measuring 15.7 inches, they'll be more than capable of providing some much-needed stopping power to a car adept at hitting north of the 215 mph mark on a regular basis and clocking sub-10-second quarter-mile times.
2025 Chevy Corvette ZR1.Chevy
GM has yet to disclose further information on performance and pricing, but both will be hypercar-worthy in their own right. At least the performance will be, as the new ZR1 boasts a better power-to-weight ratio than the likes of a Bugatti Veyron. The expected MSRP of around $150,000 still doesn't encroach on hypercar territory, although it makes the new 2025 ZR1 the most expensive production Corvette ever assembled. It's a poor man's hypercar price, if you will, but more aggressive optional packages and expected insane dealer markups should raise it by a considerable margin.
2025 Chevy Corvette ZR1.Chevy
The 2025 Corvette ZR1 has finally moved the definitive American sports car from a supercar into the hypercar class in more ways than one, changing its status for decades to come. Relative to its peers, the Corvette now sits head and shoulders above the rest without breaking the bank the way other supercars and hypercars do. Relative to its predecessors, however, the new ZR1 is truly a generational upgrade with close to 30 percent more power than the previous record holder and a higher price tag to boot.
More auto stories from TheStreet:
- The Toyota Crown is a masterclass in cheap, quiet luxury
- Ford making radical change that might anger loyal consumers
- Gavin Newsom's 'EV mandate' is under U.S. Supreme Court threat
*View the 8 images of this gallery on the original article* As the current generation of Dodge Durango, and particularly its high-output V8 engines, approaches the end (a seeming theme as of late), Dodge has another special edition for fans to snag. This one is the 2025 Dodge Durango SRT Hellcat Hammerhead, and despite the engine, this special edition is seriously low-key.
It's painted in a color called Night Moves (cue the Seger), which is matched by simple silver 20-inch wheels and a matte black hood that's nearly indistinguishable from the navy blue at a glance. Even the brake calipers are painted black. The only exterior features that really pop are the SRT and Hellcat badges that are finished in a white or light grey to stand out from the dark background.
What gives the SUV its name is the interior, though. The seats are finished in an exclusive Hammerhead Grey leather with "Sepia" embroidered logos. The rest of the interior is as dark as the exterior with forged carbon fiber trim and black chrome trim throughout, the only exception being some silver contrast stitching. It's also loaded with convenience features such as wireless phone mirroring and charging, a 10.1-inch infotainment screen, 19-speaker sound system and a sunroof.
The looks of the Hammerhead may be modest, but its price tag is not. It goes for $115,315 including the $1,595 destination charge. That makes it a tad more expensive than the Silver Bullet special edition revealed about a month ago.
*View the 14 images of this gallery on the original article* Bentley’s lineup is going through a revolution of hybridization, and the Flying Spur is next as the Crewe team just revealed the latest iteration of its four-door sedan. Specifically, we’re looking at the 2025 Bentley Flying Spur Speed, which Bentley is labeling the fourth generation of this model. It’s so confident in the car’s performance, too, that Bentley claims it to be the company’s “first four-door supercar.”
The new powertrain is Bentley’s “Ultra Performance Hybrid” we’ve talked plenty about before. It consists of a 4.0-liter twin-turbo V8, electric motor and an eight-speed dual-clutch automatic transmission. A big 25.9 kilowatt-hour battery pack is claimed to provide up to 47 miles on the optimistic WLTP cycle, so expect far less when put against the EPA test. When you unleash its full power (in Sport mode), the Flying Spur Speed puts out a combined 771 horsepower and 738 pound-feet of torque. That’s good enough for a 0-60 mph sprint of just 3.3 seconds, a half second quicker than the outgoing W12 model. If you’re angling to drive around in EV mode, Bentley says its top speed is 87 mph thanks to the 187-horsepower electric motor. The battery can be recharged via the engine while driving or when plugged in – the claim is 2.75 hours from empty to full on an 11 kW charger.
The ride quality of the new Flying Spur is improved via new twin-valve dampers that maintain the sporting nature of before but add even more comfort thanks to separate control of the rebound and compression. Its new hybrid system changes the weight balance to be more rear biased with a 48.3:51.7 front-to-rear bias. Plus, a new generation of stability control is claimed to permit a wider range of driving styles without cutting in.
You’ll know it’s the new Flying Spur on the outside thanks to a new grille, front bumper, lights, rear diffuser and wheels. Bentley also notes that most brightware is now finished with a dark tint and also paints more bits in body color (or optionally in carbon fiber). LED puddle lamps in the doors join the party, and as always, the list of colors you can spec the car in is endless.
The Flying Spur’s interior largely looks the same as before, though Bentley notes it’s using new seats that now feature 3D diamond quilting and a new perforation pattern. There’s a new dark chrome specification for interior trim, and the tech enjoys a big upgrade. Bentley says the infotainment offers wireless Apple CarPlay or Android Auto now alongside over-the-air map updates. You can also use the car’s app to monitor the car’s charge status, remotely park it or begin a cabin pre-conditioning program. Bentley says its “Wellness Seating Specification” is now available for all four seats (auto climate and postural adjustment). A new climate ionization system also comes standard that takes advantage of an improved particulate matter filter.
Further driver assistance systems join, too, including the green traffic light prediction seen in other VW Group vehicles and a driving monitor that displays a projection of the traffic around you in the semi-assisted highway driving mode. Bentley promises further updates as the years go on, too, which is all made possible by a new electric architecture underpinning this generation Flying Spur.
*View the 13 images of this gallery on the original article* Hennessey dropped a bit of a surprise bomb Tuesday by announcing that it will build — and has already sold — a limited number its Venom F5 supercars with gated manual transmissions dubbed the Venom F5-M (the "M" is for manual, if that wasn't obvious). Hennessey said it had always wanted to build an "old school" version of its homebrew performance machine that offered the engagement unique to a manual gearbox. Today, it's here, and as I noted above, already gone.
The limited run should come as no surprise. Hennessey Special Vehicles may have serious funding, but it's still no mainstream production outfit. Only 12 examples of the manual F5 will be produced, and each will ship with a unique livery, making all 12 distinct. The cost of this exclusivity? $2.65 million.
“Driving the Venom F5 is already a full body experience that thrills, inspires, and never gets old," Hennessey said in its announcement, "but, we never say that’s enough, we never stand still. That’s why we’ve dived deeper into the sensation of driving, finding every touchpoint to deliver connection, feedback, sound, and engagement. We believe that the Venom F5-M Roadster will be the most intense, immersive, and extreme driving experience on the planet, and a dozen lucky customers get to join us for the ride!”
In addition to their bespoke treatments, manual variants can also be easily spotted from a distance thanks to their unique tail fin (with an American flag on it, in the case of the example photographed here). If you're close enough to peek inside, the shifter itself is probably a dead giveaway. Hennessey says the cockpit was redesigned to make it a central fixture of the cabin.
Zac Palmer
Zac Palmer
*View the 33 images of this gallery on the original article* Our year with the 2023 Subaru WRX is officially at its end. Well, it wasn’t a full year, but we got pretty close with just a few months remaining (to be clear: the early end was not the car's fault). It was still long enough to come to some real conclusions.
The final mileage tally rings in at 11,551 miles, with many of those being fun miles on various backroads throughout the Midwest. It’s been a blast from the beginning, and we even got to try out some intriguing STI accessories in the latter half of our loan.
Read all Long-Term Subaru WRX Posts HereLove for the new WRX is practically universal amongst the Autoblog staff. The concept isn’t new for this latest generation, but Subaru’s execution makes it our favorite WRX generation in quite some time. Everything starts with that new 2.4-liter turbocharged flat-four engine. Start it up first thing in the morning near a house, and the whole structure begins to buzz. Arcing up the revs is a smooth, buttery sensation, which is not something you expect from a Subaru flat-four but is one of the reasons we love it. Redline comes early at just 6,100 rpm (sad), but you’re going to want to live in the upper ranges to get everything you can from the boxer. It pulls steadily and smoothly all the way to the top without any disappointing torque dip or massive fall-off at the end.
And then there’s the sound. The noise we hear in the cabin’s been a tale of two exhausts. Subaru’s stock exhaust is noisy at certain low rpms, but almost nonexistent in the high end. Meanwhile, the STI exhaust we had installed was just loud all the time. Plainly, you don’t want this exhaust if you foresee lots of highway miles due to incessant droning. But man, is it satisfying when you’re in it. Stab the throttle on a quick heel-toe downshift, and you’re rewarded with a single or multiple crackles and pops. It’s never the same, which makes it all the more fun to listen for. The personality missing from the exhaust previously is finally present, but boy, do you have to work for it.
Working for it is the WRX’s whole mantra, too. Its brakes require a strong pedal press before they do anything. The shifter is notchy and heavy through the gates. And the weightiness trend carries through to the steering, too. That last bit’s especially odd, though, as while there’s a lot of heft to the wheel itself, road feel is severely lacking. It’s a good thing, then, that the super-sticky Dunlop summer tires provide as much grip and stability as they do, as it’s damn tough to run out of grip on the road.
One consistent quibble from the staff throughout the year was simply how stiff the suspension setup is. Poor roads had us bouncing all over the place as it pogoed up and down, which is an especially big problem in Michigan. Subaru doesn’t offer adaptive dampers on our Limited trim (you need the CVT or tS for those), so you’re stuck with a single ride and handling setting. It’s more than stiff enough to support some serious canyon driving, but we don't have many canyons around Detroit, and it unfortunately punishes almost everywhere else.
Fuel economy’s never been a strong suit for the WRX, and it continues to be mildly acceptable in this new generation. The EPA ratings of 19 mpg city, 26 mpg highway and 22 mpg combined are where we found the Subie landing depending on the sort of driving involved. That said, you can achieve surprisingly good highway fuel economy on long trips. Our best stints saw the WRX return as good as 28-30 mpg. And while high-20s isn’t exactly something to cheer for, we’re plenty happy to see it considering the 272 horsepower and 259 pound-feet of torque it produces.
Thankfully, our long-term Subaru only needed to make one unscheduled dealer stop for a recall. That said, it was a serious one for a front driveshaft assembly that could “crack and break.” We were given the all-clear and sent on our way. Beyond that, we went for the 6,000-mile oil change service, to swap summer and winter tires, and for a screw that happened to find a home in one of the OEM Dunlop tires. Every trip to the local Subie dealer was pleasant and went off without a hitch.
On a less happy note, complaints about the Subaru’s tablet-oriented infotainment system never seemed to dry up. We were hopeful that Subaru finally put together a nice-to-use tech package, but alas, the screen is plagued by lag, input delays and glare from the sun. Even using Apple CarPlay or Android Auto is frustrating, as you’re subject to the same slow responses as the native system interface exhibits. The lack of wireless smartphone mirroring is another downside, forcing you to always plug your phone in. Its one saving grace is that not all the controls are stuffed inside the screen. You can adjust the climate temperature with buttons, change the volume or tune the radio with knobs, and there are the customary redundant radio controls on the steering wheel, too. But man, needing to use the touchscreen (and wait for its bootup process) to switch on the heated seats in the dead of winter never stops being frustrating.
At least the seats themselves are stellar, as our Limited trim model’s was upholstered with a nice mix of grippy materials to hold you in alongside well-sculpted bolsters. It sure feels a bit cheap to only make the driver’s seat power (no such luck for the passenger), but the easy adjustment is appreciated. The one negative note we kept coming back to on the seats is just how high you sit in the car. Moving from a Civic Si or GTI will have you feeling like you’re driving an SUV when you hop into the WRX. That vibes with the crossover-like plastic cladding outside the car, but it’s just not the seating position us enthusiasts desire out of a sport compact.
And if you were curious about how we felt about the new WRX's design, you’ll need to come to us individually. There are staunch supporters of the new rally look, and there are others who continue to be disgusted by the acres of black plastic all over the car. Our distaste is strongest around back where its rear chin stretches high up the bumper before we get to the gleaming Solar Orange paint. We sure were glad to have picked this exterior option, though, as it got constant looks and compliments over the course of the year. The gray-painted wheels are a lovely contrast to the orange, and the black-painted spoiler we opted for gives it one last dose of aggression as it flies past you.
Our prediction that a long-term WRX test would be a fun one most definitely came true. The parents on staff managed to get their kids and car seats into the back, but trunk space is undoubtedly limited given the small sedan shape. Maybe a GTI or other hot hatch is the answer if you need more cargo versatility.
The car’s gotten better since we took delivery of our tester, too. Starting for the 2024 model year, Subaru added all the driver assistance systems missing on the 2023 to the fold. Our many highway trips would’ve benefitted from the now-standard adaptive cruise and lane-following. That said, it was also refreshing to drive around a car that didn’t beep at us for getting too close to another lane on occasion, so we’re not that mad about it.
We compared the Limited to the single-year TR that was promptly replaced by the tS for 2025. Of course, the better dampers and Brembos should improve the experience in the tS, but by our account, the regular WRX isn’t drastically inferior to those sportier models. We enjoyed the hell out of the optional CD player. We hooned it like crazy in the winter months on a set of Bridgestone Blizzak tires. And of course, we argued about it nonstop on the Autoblog Podcast.
If you want to see all of our stories going into detail about our long-term WRX, make sure you head here.
*View the 12 images of this gallery on the original article* In 1958, the four Walklett brothers founded Ginetta as a race car maker with the same focus on light weight and super-sharp performance as better-known companies like Ace, Caterham and Lotus. Today, the company makes race and road cars, organizes one-make series' like the Ginetta Challenge run here in the U.S., and sells the GT6 Evo for FIA GT racing around the world. At the 2019 Geneva Motor Show, the company displayed its entry to the supercar game, a fair few levels above the 450-horsepower retro Ginetta G10 and modern Ginetta GTR. At the time, the former Akula (in the related gallery below) was projected to make 600 horsepower and 520 pound-feet of torque from a 6.0-liter V8, drape carbon fiber body panels over a carbon moncoque for curb weight of 2,535 pounds and a 49:51 weight balance, be limited to 20 units, and cost about 400,000 Great British Pounds.
Five years on, the production version of the Akula is ready, and almost all of the above numbers have been revised. The carbon monocoque stays, as do the steel roll cage and carbon fiber body panels. Carbon fiber subframes help support a double wishbone suspension with adjustable, pushrod-activated dampers all around; the front and rear roll bars are adjustable as well. The street engine is a billet aluminum block bored out to 6.4 liters divided among eight cylinders, sending 600 horsepower and 494 pound-feet of torque to the back axle through a limited-slip differential. Weight balance is now an ideal 50:50. Getting the 2,623-pound coupe from standstill to 62 miles per hour is said to take 2.9 seconds, the engine not running out of steam until the far side of 180 mph. That's likely achieved with the seven-speed dual-clutch transmission, owners who want to ultimate engagement will select the six-speed manual.
Instead of the show car's 19-inch front and 20-inch rear wheels, the retail Akula sits no 20-inch aluminum wheels. The P Zero rubber comes sized 265/35 in front, 305/35 in back. Behind the center-lock wheels, the standard ABS-equipped brake package gets four-piston calipers clamping 14.2-inch rotors at the four corners. An Akula Race Package upgrades to carbon ceramics, and installs a six-point racing harness.
Even though the aero-optimized bodywork is toned down from the Geneva car, there should be no doubt as to what the Akula was made to do. The interior reinforces the point even better than the copious ducting. Ginetta built the seats into the moncoque, making the steering wheel and pedal box electronically adjustable. Buyers will need to swing by the Ginetta offices to have their cars' seats formed to their specific backsides.
However, touring is also a vital part of the brief. There's a touchscreen infotainment system with Apple CarPlay, the iPhone kept ready with a wireless phone charger. The trunk holds nearly 17 cubic feet. And the 26.4-gallon gas tank is claimed to power a range of around 450 miles.
In 2019, Ginetta said it planned to build 20 Akulas in the first year of production. Now, the little firm plans to build just 20 Akulas, period, celebrating the 20-year anniversary of Dr. Lawrence Tomlinson buying the company. Pricing starts at 275,000 Great British Pounds ($362,400 U.S.) , and it's not too late to get a build slot.
Oh, and if you're wondering about the name, akula is Russian for "shark."
In this episode of the Autoblog Podcast, Editor-in-Chief Greg Migliore is joined by Associate Editor Byron Hurd for a heavily electrified discussion. They start with their recent drive opportunities. Both spent some time in a Chevy Blazer EV recently, and Greg compares it to his time behind the wheel of the mechanically identical Honda Prologue. From there, they segue to the Volvo S60 Recharge, which will not return for 2025. Byron compares his recent stint in that to his extensive seat time in Autoblog's former long-term S60 T8. After that, they both touch on some brief time behind the wheel of a crippled example of the refreshed 2025 Volkswagen GLI.
Autoblog Podcast #847[audio mp3="https://s.aolcdn.com/os/ab/_cms/2024/09/06102546/09-06-24-autoblog-E847.mp3"][/audio]
Get The Podcast Apple Podcasts – Subscribe to the Autoblog Podcast in iTunes * Spotify – Subscribe to the Autoblog Podcast on Spotify * RSS – Add the Autoblog* Podcast feed to your RSS aggregator * MP3 – Download the MP3 directly
Rundown* Cars we're driving2024 Volvo S60 Recharge2024 Chevrolet Blazer EV2024 Honda Prologue2024 Volkswagen Jetta GLI * NewsHyundai Vision N 74Scout reveal date / look aheadRedesigned Armada
Feedback* Email – Podcast@Autoblog.com * Review the show on Apple Podcasts
Autoblog is now live on your smart speakers and voice assistants with the audio Autoblog Daily Digest. Say “Hey Google, play the news from Autoblog” or "Alexa, open Autoblog" to get your favorite car website in audio form every day. A narrator will take you through the biggest stories or break down one of our comprehensive test drives.
Related video:
Outside of modest updates here and there, sometimes the addition of Apple CarPlay, most cars' infotainment systems on the market are going to be the same as they were when they were built. Lots of things change between generations of vehicles, so it's not always feasible. But Volvo is trying something new by making its latest infotainment available to older models of vehicles. In fact, cars built as far back as 2020 will be able to upgrade.
To be more specific, the infotainment system that will be available is the one that's rolling out on the EX30, EX90 and refreshed XC90. We've tried it a few times briefly, and it does offer some notable benefits such as having more shortcut buttons available at all times, reducing the amount of taps and backtracking needed to bounce between functions. We have lamented that some of these newer models are too reliant on the touchscreen, but that will hopefully be less of an issue on older cars that have more information and functionality elsewhere in the vehicle (such as an instrument screen and more physical switchgear).
Volvo will be sending out the updates over the course of next year. They are over-the-air updates. The Volvos that are compatible are those with an Android-based operating system built in 2020 or later. This includes a long list of models including the following: C40, XC40, EX40, EC40, S60, V60, V60 Cross Country, XC60, S90, V90, V90 Cross Country and XC90.
Volvo did not say whether a fee will be associated with the update, so we presume it will be a free update for owners, similar to an operating system update for a cellphone. What we'll be curious to see is how well the new system runs on older hardware. Ideally, it should run basically the same, but we're bracing for the potential of it running a bit slow on older cars. Here's hoping Volvo's software team really optimized the new infotainment for old hardware.
*View the 6 images of this gallery on the original article* If the tumescent front fascia on the fourth-generation BMW X3 didn't convey its inspiration clearly, enough, look at the new crossover in profile: It's a scaled-down XM, the SUV that still points to BMW's future. The new X3's interior? It's a concept car interior headed for Munich streets, as shown by the 2014 BMW Vision Future Luxury Concept unveiled at that year's Beijing Motor Show. The X3's cabin is the closest thing we have to that show car, recalling the concept's minimalism, boomerang motifs, gold accents and lack of buttons. Side note — and we ask this as big fans of the current 7 Series — why couldn't BMW put that concept into production? It had a monumentally gorgeous spiritual successor to the classic E38 right there in its hands ...
Back to the program. The new X3 wraps two kinds of future in a compact crossover package. To that, M Performance Parts would like to offer owners something timeless: The ability to tack extra bits onto a design that doesn't look wholly at ease wearing them. The X3 already offers the factory options of an M Sport Package and an M Sport Package Pro, mind you. The collection of carbon fiber, CFRP and polyurethane exterior M Performance Parts is said to impart a "more elegant and sporty appearance." As a wiser writer once said on these pages, "You've got eyes. You can decide for yourself."
A front splitter can be had for the first time ever on an X3, this one a three-piece unit in high-gloss black. Behind that there are carbon fiber mirror caps and a carbon and aluminum fuel filler cap. The antenna cover comes in carbon fiber reinforced plastic so as not to interfere with signals. The M Performance rear diffuser below is either made of the same material, or buyers can choose a second version in polyurethane that would match the polyurethane spoiler hanging off the end of the roof. The spoiler comes in black as standard, but can be painted to match the X3's factory color.
If those aren't enough, one can complete the fashion show with M Performance side graphics, black model badging, carbon or aluminum door sills and, for the X3 M50 xDrive with the M Performance Package exclusively, CFRP tailpipe finishers with stainless steel inner rings. Interior fit ranges from M Performance floor mats to stainless steel pedal covers and an Alcantara and leather key fob cover.
A quartet of 22-inch light alloy wheels come in Jet Black matte with polished elements, mounted on summer tires. M Performance tire bags with reinforced handles will make these easier to tote during the severe seasons. The other choice is a set of 20-inch wheels in plain Jet Black Matte on all-season tires.
Pricing isn't out yet. But if these are for you, pricing probably doesn't matter.
John Beltz Snyder
John Beltz Snyder
*View the 34 images of this gallery on the original article* You want to talk about saving the manuals? How about saving the convertibles? They are a dying breed, especially those with a back seat. How about one that’s reasonably affordable? Hope you like a Mustang or, for a little while longer, a Mini.
The 2025 Mercedes-Benz CLE 450 Cabriolet would not be one of those reasonably affordable ones, but it does have a back seat. As you’re about to see, it actually has quite a large back seat. And we’ve already shown that it has a surprisingly big trunk, too. This practicality goes a long way toward countering the reason, it could be argued, convertibles have fallen out of favor: They don’t make very good daily drivers, and when fewer Americans have room in their garages or budgets for an extra car, that matters.
Well, as senior editors James Riswick and John Beltz Snyder discovered, in two different car on opposite sides of the country, the CLE Cabriolet can be a daily driver … with kids, no less. They had differing opinions about how good, however.
Here are their thoughts, with Riswick leading it off.
The leather is sun-reflectiveMy test car had a black interior, which seems a bit nuts for a convertible in Southern California. The tan leather in my own convertible can get awfully butt-searing if I park it with the top down, so I can’t imagine what it would be like with black. The CLE has an answer to that, however, as its leather, regardless of color, is coated in a sun-reflective material that Mercedes says reduces the temperature by 50 degrees. A BMW 3 Series was the first convertible I recall having something like this (E93?), so the CLE is certainly not the first. Still appreciated, though, even if I’d personally opt for not black.
**AirCap works … but is noisy**If you count the CLE as a member of the E-Class Cabriolet lineage, this is the third generation to have Mercedes’ AirCap system. It consists of the windshield header trim panel that rises up to reveal a mesh netting below (pretty much what you’d see in a sunroof wind deflector) and power pop-up wind deflector behind the back seat. They only operate together; you can’t use one or another. I can confirm that they do in fact deflect the wind and minimize air movement in the cabin. It’s definitely a bigger deal for those with long hair, however. I didn’t realize *that* much of a difference below 60 mph, and if anything, I found AirCap to actually be a detriment at those lower speeds for a different reason: noise. Air hitting that mesh in the windshield header is a lot louder than the cabin is at the same speeds when not deployed. It makes me wonder what it would be like if you *could* pop up the deflector behind the back seats but not the windshield header.
The back seat is genuinely largeThe CLE replaces both the C- and E-Class Cabriolets, but it’s bigger than both of them. You can really tell in the back seat, which I would venture is more spacious than that of any convertible car (as in, not a Wrangler or Bronco). It’s even bigger than what you’d find in a Bentley Continental or BMW 8 Series, which cost way more than this.
(Note that in the below photo, the driver seat is pushed almost all the way back)
Want proof? A giant child seat fit easilyThe CLE is officially the first convertible my son ever got to ride in. The back seat was wide enough to accommodate our giant Britax Boulevard child seat, and although I needed to scoot the front passenger seat up to give him legroom, there was no shortage of legroom remaining up front. Impressive! Oh, and guess what kind of car is unquestionably the easiest to load your kid into? That’s right, a convertible with the roof down. I started lowering it with the key while approaching, which is delightfully showy, but also a great feature. I’d argue it’s a must for a two-row convertible.
Even better, installing the car seat was surprisingly easy. Reading the manual is an absolute must as it shows you how to pop out the rear head restraint and therefore access the hole needed to pass through the car seat’s rear LATCH anchor strap. Once you know the trick, however, it was significantly easier than installing this same car seat in literally every pickup truck I’ve tested. OK, so again, having the roof down makes a big difference, but unless it’s raining …
'Does this one change color?'Whenever I get a new car, my son inevitably asks, “does this one change color?” What he really means is, “does this one have 64-color ambient lighting like a Mercedes?” Obviously, this one does, and it makes my son one happy little guy. Oh, and you can do with voice control.
“Hey Mercedes, change ambient lighting to purple.”
“She” will often respond with “OK, changing ambient lighting to (insert color)” followed by some pithy comment about your color choice. Pointless but delightful.
Hard hitting take: This is a lovely carThe CLE looks terrific inside and out, with the top up or the top down. It is impeccably refined to drive, and I can confirm after spending an entire morning tearing through the Santa Monica Mountains, that it can be tremendously rewarding to drive. The inline-six engine is a peach, Jerry, a peach. All told, everything about the CLE Convertible feels special. Even though it has only one competitor, barely, its excellence is undeniable. This is one I didn’t want to give back.
OK, take away Mr. Snyder. How’d you fare in Michigan?
Thank goodness it’s a convertible, for the sake of that car seatI originally attempted to install my daughter’s forward-facing Britax Frontier with the top up, and grew incredibly frustrated and sweaty. There’s a reason I didn’t bother when I had the CLE Coupe. Things get easier with the top down, but James is right that consulting the owner’s manual is necessary. I wouldn’t necessarily call the installation easy, though. There were still some curse words hurled (the kids were out of earshot), but after some wrangling, I got it done, and Lola had no complaints about sitting behind me – Riswick didn’t even attempt that in California, the CLE still isn’t big enough for that. I didn’t even have to move my seat forward for her and I’m still 6-feet tall.
The AirCap benefits the rear occupants“This is up … and now down. Up. Down.” After repeated testing, my large son confirmed that the system made a difference in the back seat at highway speeds, but didn’t make much of a difference around town. I didn’t feel much of a difference either way in the front seat. But, yeah, it definitely creates significantly more wind noise when deployed. The front mesh also seems to gather junk like leaves and dead bugs. Gross.
(I can confirm this. Found some bees in there myself. -Riswick)
**The doors are heavy as heck**These long doors are a bit ungainly. Parked on a slight uphill incline, it’s hard to get them open. It requires a lot of might, and you don’t get a lot of leverage from the front seat. Then they slam shut from the force of gravity.
Backseat ingress and egress are a challengeMy large 9-year-old son spent a lot of time in the back of the CLE, and spent an inordinate amount of time and effort getting in and out of it. The hefty doors are a part of the problem. The leather loop you need to pull from the shoulder of the front seat in order to fold it forward is also a hassle. You have to resist the urge to pull it toward you and instead pull it pretty much straight upward, and it required two hands for my son. It wasn’t just him — my wife struggled with it as well, and I couldn’t pull the passenger loop from my spot in the driver’s seat.
And of course, by the time he’d sat down, he then had to get back up, and reach past the front seat (which he’d have to move forward again if he’d already leaned it back) in order to grab the front armrest to close the door.
Then that all had to be done in reverse to get out. He’d struggle with the leather loop, contort his body in order to reach the door handle (which seemed a mile away), only to struggle against the weight of the door to get it open, often requiring multiple tries. It was usually quicker for me just to play doorman for him.
**The stop-start system is a little uncouth**I normally don’t mind it, but with my motion-sickness-prone wife as a passenger, I had to disable stop-start to prevent herky-jerky driving. When a light would turn green, or a gap opened up for me to make a turn, I’d often reach the gas pedal before the engine had reignited. The result was a sharp jolt from a stop rather than the smooth rollout I’d intended. Easy enough: Just press the button under the ignition to turn it off, but by that time, I’d already set her stomach a-churnin’. This is particularly surprising as one of the benefits of the inline-six’s mild-hybrid system is to smooth out auto stop/starts.
But, damn, the driving is smoothThe CLE Cabriolet, just like the Coupe I drove a few months back, feels luxurious, refined and sporty going down the road. The turbocharged, mild-hybrid powertrain gives you buttery and ample acceleration at any speed, all up and down the rev range. Gear swaps are swift and seamless. The chassis glides over the pavement. The CLE exudes the exact sort of attitude and behavior one looks for in a Mercedes.
**The Eco gauge is fun**Flicking through the content you can display in front of you in the instrument panel, I came across this Eco display. It’s a sort of driving coach to help you drive as economically as possible. It’s an image of a ball. When you accelerate, it rolls toward you, as if acted upon by the g forces. Accelerate too hard, and it turns red. Same goes for braking: Do it smoothly, and the ball remains toward the center, but brake too hard, and it rolls away from you and turns red. If you drive smoothly enough without sending the ball rolling too much, you earn stars.“Ohhhhh,” my son said from the back seat. “It’s a game!” That it is, bud, and a fun one at that.
**You can fit a fair amount of cargo with the top down**It just has to fit in around the trunk separator. This took a little bit to figure out, and it started with pushing a mysterious button on the inside of the trunk lid. That flipped a little piece of plastic up and down. It has to be down for you to put the roof down, and if something is in the way, the separator will just bounce back up. I was able to pack a fair about of cargo — a big pool bag full of toys and towels, a sizable cooler bag and a full backpack — rearward of that separator for a run to the pool. Everyone was happy.
This was the family choiceEvery time we left the house, my son asked, “Can we take the Mercedes?” He chose that over our much roomier Hyundai Palisade, the easier-to-get-in VW Jetta GLI and my questionably reliable 1974 Beetle.
My 3-year-old daughter would ask, “Which car are we taking?” Me replying, “The gray one” would elicit smiles and a little happy dance.
My wife asked, “When can we get one of these?”
Despite some of the inconveniences of a smaller vehicle with two doors and a fussy getting-in-the-rear-seat experience, the CLE was what everyone wanted to ride in, and I was happy to oblige.
Plus Mazda CX-50 hybrid debut, electric Porsche news, a helicopter-derived Caterham and more
Plus, Jeep Wrangler 392, Felipe Massa debacle, hybrid crossover comparo, Ford Lobo rumor and more
Plus, a seven-manufacturer Supercharger EV charging network alternative and Mini's new digital dash
Plus Ford F-150 Lightning discounts, Tesla Cybertruck pre-production, Dodge Stealth rumors and more
We also drive the base VW Jetta Sport with a manual and chat about our long-term Toyota Sienna
Plus, Joel drives the Ford F-150 Lightning Pro and Greg updates us on the long-term Sienna
Plus the new Kia EV9, some long-term updates and a third-car 'Spend My Money' situation
The CT5-V Blackwing is already getting a refresh, and we dive into the first F1 race results
Plus, we hit the latest news from this week and talk about what cars we've been driving
Plus F-250 'High-Roller' restomod, electric Acura NSX, and driving the GMC Yukon Denali Ultimate
Driving GMC Sierra, Kia EV6 and Hyundai Kona Electric, plus a dispatch from the Ford Bronco Raptor launch
Plus, we assemble a roundtable to discuss our past couple weeks of driving four different RWD Japanese sports cars
Wheel time in the 2022 Maserati Levante Trofeo, Audi and Porsche diving into F1 and more
Send us an email at Podcast@Autoblog.com, and we'll bee happy to help you choose your next car in our 'Spend My Money' segment, or answer your questions or discuss any automotive topic on the Autoblog Podcast.
Plus the Ford Bronco, turbo-6 Dodge Challenger rumors, future classics and 'American Auto'
Plus a Toyota Camry Hybrid, luggage testing the off-road set and a deep dive into the mailbag
Plus testing the 2022 Audi RS E-Tron GT and admiring the 1971 Lamborghini Countach LP prototype 500